A LEVEL READING BOOKLET

2020-2021
1ST & 2ND TERM

compiled from different

sources
 DIFFERENT LIVES

A. Jana, Enrico, Sophia, and Erich are four Erasmus students in Turkey. They are
introducing themselves. Read and answer the following questions.

Hello. My name is Jana. I am 19 years old and I am from the Czech Republic. It is a beautiful
and clean country. I am a student. My mother is a doctor. She is 45 years old. My father is an
engineer and he is 50. I have a sister. She is a nurse. She is married. Her husband is a football
player. He can play football very well.

Hi. I‟m Enrico and I‟m Italian. I‟m from Rome. It‟s a very old city. I‟m 21 years old and I‟m
a student. My mother and father are teachers. They are not old. They are both 43. My father is
a Turkish teacher so he can speak Turkish very well. We have a dog. His name is Diego.
Diego is only a puppy so he can‟t do many tricks.

My name is Sophia and I am from Portugal. My country is usually warm and sunny. I am 20.
My brother is a pilot and he is married. His wife is Turkish. Her name is Selin. Selin is a
designer. She can design beautiful and modern clothes. They have three children. Their
children are very clever.

Hi, I‟m Erich. I‟m from Germany. I‟m 21 years old. My mother is a chef. My father is a
businessman, but we‟re not very rich. I have two sisters. They are students. My sisters live at
home with our parents. Our house is in Munich and it‟s very big.

B. Answer the following questions according to the reading passage.

1. How old is Enrico?

2. Where is Erich from?

3. Is Munich a big city?

4. Is Enrico a student?

5. Is Enrico‟s father a businessman?

6. Are Sophia and Jana from Portugal?

1
 Before You Read

1. Do you like bread?

2. Who makes bread?
3. Do bakers have difficult jobs? What do you think?

Reading Text

BAKER1

We like bread. We eat it with breakfast, lunch and

dinner. We make sandwiches with bread. We eat it every
day. Bread comes from a bakery. We buy bread from a
baker.

5 A baker makes bread all day. He starts early in the

morning because we like fresh bread for breakfast. He is
busy all day. He finishes in the evening and goes home.
He is tired because he works long hours every day.

A baker‟s job is difficult. A bakery is a very hot place because the oven is very hot. The
10 baker makes the bread with flour, water, salt and yeast. He mixes them together. He puts the
bread in the oven and waits for 25 minutes. Then, he takes the bread out of the oven. Finally,
it is ready for him

His job is very hard but he likes it. We like him because he makes hot and soft bread, and we
like to eat our delicious bread.

After You Read

Reading Comprehension

A. Read the text and finish these sentences.

1. The baker is tired because _______________________________________________

2. The baker‟s job is difficult because _______________________________________

3. He starts early in the morning because _____________________________________

B. What do the underlined words refer to?

1. it line 1 _________________

2. He line 5 _________________

3. them line 10 _________________

4. His line 13 _________________

2
Vocabulary

A. Choose the correct word for each sentence.

1. We eat __________ every day.

a. bread b. baker c. bakery

2. A baker works in a __________.

a. oven b. home c. bakery

3. A baker works __________.

a. together b. sometimes c all day

4. A baker starts early because we__________ fresh bread for breakfast

a. sell b. like c. mix

5. The baker‟s job is difficult __________ the bakery is very hot.

a. because b. and c. but

6. The bread is __________ in 25 minutes.

a. tired b. busy c. ready

7. A baker __________ the bread out of the oven.

a. takes b. puts c. mixes

8. He __________ the flour, water, salt and yeast together.

a. mixes b. waits c. makes

9. The baker‟s job is __________ hard.

a. mixes b. very c. then

10. He waits __________ 25 minutes before taking the bread __________ the oven.

a. out of/of b. for/from c. for/out of

3
 MY FAMILY

Hello! My name is Lucy. I am a teenager. I live in San Francisco with my family. I‟m of
average height and slim. I do a lot of sports so I‟m quite fit, too. I have got very short blond
hair and blue eyes. I‟m very adventurous, talkative and funny. I love being with my friends
and meeting new people! I love learning about new people and telling them about me! I‟m
friends with everyone at school! (1)

I have got one brother and one sister. My brother, Alex, is 21 years old. He1 has got short,
blond straight hair and blue eyes. He is athletic and good-looking. Every day, I wake up at 7
o‟clock and listen to music loudly. Alex doesn‟t like it. So, we2 sometimes argue about music.
He likes swimming and basketball. He is very neat, organized and hard-working. I am always
joking but Alex rarely smiles. He and his friends always go and see dramatic films, never
comedies. He also calls himself a bookworm. He can‟t go to bed without reading at least 50
pages! (2)

My sister, Megan, is 25 years old. She is a teacher. She has got long blond hair and blue eyes.
She always eats junk food but she is skinny, She3 is the thinnest person in the family. She
loves photography and travelling. On holidays she often travels with her4 friends. Last year
she climbed a mountain in Peru. This year she is going on safari in Africa. She is very
brave! (3)

My father, Danny, is a security guard and he is middle-aged but he looks very young. He has
dark scruffy hair and brown eyes. He is muscular and strong. He is the funniest and the most
active person in the family. He enjoys all kinds of outdoor activities. We always go for
trekking or cycling at the weekends. (4)

My mother, Helen, is a boss at a company. She is also middle-aged but looks quite young.
She has short blond wavy hair and big almond shaped blue eyes. I think the freckles on her
face are so cute! I always wanted to have freckles like my mum but I don‟t! She is funny,
creative and very kind. I can talk to her5 whenever I have a problem. She always listens to me
and finds a solution. I always trust my mum and listen to her advice. I think I‟m very lucky to
have such a great family. (5)

A. Find what these pronouns “refer to” in the text.

1. he __________ 2. we __________ 3. she __________

4. her __________ 5. her __________ 6. her __________

4
B. Give one word answer to the questions:

1. Who talks too much in the family? __________

2. Who loves reading? __________

3. Who likes seeing new places? __________

4. Who would like to have freckles? __________

5. Who solves problems easily? __________

6. Who doesn‟t like loud music? __________

C. Find the word in the text which means:

1. opposite of weak (par.2) __________

2. opposite of rude (par.5) __________

3. very thin (par.3) __________

4. unhealthy food (par.3) __________

5. someone who likes adventure (par.l) __________

6. a helpful idea about what you should do (par.5) __________

5
 JOURNALISTS AND REPORTERS

In the morning, some people buy and read a newspaper with their
breakfast. Some people read newspapers online after breakfast. On
Sundays, some people like to read two or three newspapers. They read
newspapers because they like their journalists and reporters. The
5 journalists and reporters make newspapers interesting. They give us
new ideas.

Journalists usually work in a newspaper office or at a TV station. They

sit at their desks and write their ideas on a computer or laptop. They
tell us about important people or events. They know many politicians
10 and tell us about political news. Journalists are important people
because we get some ideas from them.

Other media people are reporters. Reporters go to different events and find news. They write
about sports or social events. Sometimes they go to the stadium and talk to the football
players. Sometimes they go to the cinema and tell us about new films. Sometimes they go to
15 dangerous places, such as Iraq or Afghanistan. They see a lot of violence and death. Wars
damage cities. A lot of people die in these wars. Many reporters also die every year because
they want to give us important news. People want wars to stop so we can have a peaceful
world.

Reporters and journalists have interesting jobs but dangerous jobs too.

A. True or False. Correct the false statements.

1. On Sundays, people read a book with their breakfast.

2. Journalists work for a newspaper or a TV station.
3. Journalists learn us the news.
4. Journalists know many important people to learn about interesting news.
5. Reporters work in the office on their computers or laptops.
6. Reporters sometimes get killed m places like Iraq or Afghanistan.
7. Journalists and reporters like their jobs.
8. Journalists have dangerous jobs.

B. Answer these questions.

1. What do journalists and reporters give us?

2. Why do people buy newspapers?

3. What do journalists and reporters do?

4. Why do reporters go to dangerous places?

6
C. What do the following refer to?

Example: In paragraph 1 line 2, „their‟ refers to some people‟s.

In paragraph 1, line 4, „they‟ refers to some people.

1. P1 line 4: They read newspapers because they like their journalists.

a. reporters‟ b. the newspapers‟ c. some people‟s

2. P1 line 6: They give us new ideas.

a. the readers b. the journalists c. the newspapers

3. P2 line 10: Journalists are important people because we get some ideas from them.

a. newspapers b. people c. journalists

4. P3 line 12: Sometimes they go to the stadium and talk to football players.

a. football players b. reporters c. journalists

D. Put one of these words in the blanks. There are extra words.

ideas knows many death peaceful news

dangerous important finds events every die
violence ready

1. This is a(n) _______________ lesson became we learn many things.

2. Newspapers give us _______________ about politics.

3. He _______________ many important football players.

4. Iraq is a _______________ place.

5. What sports _______________ do you like?

6. I read a newspaper _______________ day.

7. A reporter _______________ the news and tell us.

8. Reporters see a lot of _______________ and death.

9. Reporters sometimes _______________ when they go to place like Iraq.

10. We all want a _______________ world.

7
 CASE STUDY: THE KOH FAMILY

1 Vincent and Helen Koh live in Arcadia, California. They have three children. They are all
adults now.

2 Ellen, the oldest, lives in Arcadia. In fact, Ellen and her parents are next-door neighbors.
Unfortunately, she does not see her parents often. She is the busy mother of three daughters.
She is the CEO of the Arcadia Savings Bank. She also volunteers twice a week at the local
hospital. These are only three of her responsibilities.

3 The Koh‟s middle child, Tim, lives in Los Angeles, about an hour away from his parents. He
visits often and helps them with their computer problems. Tim is married to Sally. Their son,
Steven, is in high school. Tim stays home and takes care of his family. He works part-time
selling houses. Tim loves risky sports. He plays ice hockey once a week. Tim, his wife, and
his son go skiing almost every weekend in the winter.

4 Jeff is the youngest. He is the “baby,” but he is almost 40 years old. He lives in Philadelphia
far away from his parents. Jeff got his Ph.D. in biology, and he is now a university professor.
Like his sister, he also volunteers at a hospital. On weekends he performs1 in a comedy club.
He enjoys it. When he was young, he always made his family laugh. Now people pay him to
be funny.

COMPREHENSION

Read each statement. Write T (true) or F (false). If the statement is false, change one word to
make it true.

_____ 1. Vincent and Helen Koh have 4 grandchildren.

_____ 2. Ellen is a CEO at a hospital.

_____ 3. Tim lives with his family in Philadelphia.

_____ 4. Tim enjoys sports.

_____ 5. Jeff is the first-born child in this family.

1
perform: to do something to entertain people.

8
READING SKILL

Hill Look at Reading Two again. Then read the sentences. Choose the word or phrase from
the box that means the same as the underlined word.

Ellen‟s doing stand-up comedy Tim arid Sally‟s

Tim, Sally, and Steve Vincent and Helen Koh being a parent, a CEO,
and a volunteer

1. They have three adult children. (paragraph 1) Vincent and Helen Koh

2. Ellen and her parents are next-door neighbors. (paragraph 2) ______________________

3. These are only three of her responsibilities. (paragraph 2) _________________________

4. Their son, Steven, is in high school. (paragraph 3) _______________________________

5. They all go skiing almost every weekend in the winter. (paragraph 3) _______________

6. He enjoys it. (paragraph 4) __________________________________________________

9
 SAN FRANCISCO

San Francisco is in the State of California in the west of the United States. It is near the
Pacific Ocean. People think it is the capital of California, but it isn‟t. First, people from Spain
lived there. Today, Austrians, Italians, Chinese and others live in the city with Americans.
The Chinese live in Chinatown. There are many Chinese restaurants there. The houses, post
boxes and telephones in the streets are very interesting. This part of the town is exactly like
China. Fisherman‟s Wharf is another place where tourists want to go. You can find a table in
a nice little restaurant near the sea there. You can eat sea food and look at the Golden Gate
Bridge. You can watch the ships passing under it and the cars crossing it. The Golden Gate
Bridge is the symbol of San Francisco. After you finish your meal, you can take a boat trip to
Alcatraz. Alcatraz was a famous prison between 1866 and 1920, but only tourists go there
now. San Francisco is different from other American cities. It is more European. The sun
always shines there and there are a lot of things you can do at night. You can go to the
nightclubs, discos, restaurants, cinemas and theatres. That‟s why a lot of young people want
to live in San Francisco.

A. What do the words refer to?

1. it (line 2) = _________________ 2. there (line 3) = _________________

3. there (line 7) = _________________

B. Comprehension Questions

1. Where is San Francisco?

2. Is it the capital of California?

3. Who came to San Francisco first?

4. Which interesting places do tourists visit in San Francisco? (3 places)

5. Who lives in Chinatown?

6. What can you watch in a restaurant at the Fisherman‟s Wharf?

7. What is the symbol of San Francisco?

8. What was Alcatraz?

9. Are there any prisoners in Alcatraz today?

10. Why is San Francisco different from other American cities?

10
 HEAVY METAL

Bang! Crash! Drrng! We are at a Heavy Metal concert. The audience and the band wear
strange clothes. Everyone wears black leather jackets, chain belts, blue jeans and black boots.
Everyone has very long hair. The audience shake their heads and jump up and down. The
music is very loud but no one can understand the singer. Sometimes we hear words like “die”,
“destroy” or “kill‟. Heavy Metal music and fans are different, so many people do not like
them.

Heavy Metal music is unusual. It is usually loud and the lyrics (words of the song) are
violent. The songs are often about death, destruction and war. Heavy Metal war. Heavy Metal
music is different from other pop music. Heavy Metal fans hate pop songs because they are all
the same. Pop singers always sing about love and peace. Heavy Metal fans find them boring.

Heavy Metal fans are sometimes unusual too. According to many people, these fans are
different because their clothes and hair are strange. Many people are afraid of Heavy Metal
fans because they look dangerous. Other young people like clothes and fashion. They change
their clothes every year. Sometimes they wear tight trousers. The next year they wear loose
trousers. They spend a lot of money on clothes. Shopkeepers love these kinds of young
people. However, Heavy Metal fans do not want to be fashionable. They never change their
kind of clothes. They always wear the same kind of clothes. They only wear black clothes.
They look the same as each other but different from other people.

In fact, Heavy Metal fans are very like other young people. They like to meet their friends and
talk about their favorite bands. They lend and borrow tapes. Most Heavy Metal fans do not
like violence or fighting. Many young people love the loud Heavy Metal music. The clothes
and music are different but not bad. Is good music only about good things? Can‟t it be about
other things too?

I. COMPREHENSION

A. Describe a Heavy Metal fan? (What does he/she look like?)

B. True or False. Correct the false ones.

_______ 1. Heavy Metal fans hate pop songs because they are exciting, different and
have interesting lyrics.

_______ 2. Heavy Metal fans are different because they like loud music.

_______ 3. Most young people like clothes and fashion.

_______ 4. Heavy Metal fans like fashion.

_______ 5. Heavy Metal fans look different from each other but the same as other
people.

11
C. Multiple Choice.

1. Heavy Metal songs are about

a. life b. love c. peace d. destruction

2. People are afraid of Heavy Metal fans because

a. they shake their heads b. they look dangerous c. their hair is long

3. Who are Heavy Metal fans like?

a. older people

b. other young people

c. skinheads (they have very short hair or no hair)

D. Reference; What do the underlined words refer to?

1. Para. 2 L. 1: it = _____________________

2. Para. 2 L. 4: they = _____________________

3. Para. 3 L. 3: they = _____________________

4. Para. 3 L. 7: their = _____________________

II. VOCABULARY

A. Multiple Choice.

1. I like Michael Jackson and Madonna. Who are your _____________ singers?

a. lyrics b. favorite c. fan

2. I must wear _____________ in winter because it rains a lot.

a. boots b. fashion c. chain belts

3. I like to _____________ fashionable clothes for parties.

a. get dressed b. wear c. strange

4. Most people want to live until they are very are very old and then _____________ in
their sleep.

a. death b. kill c. die

12
B. Definitions.

1. Words of a song l ___________________

2. Not exciting or interesting b ___________________

3. when music is not quiet l ___________________

4. something you wear on your legs t ___________________

5. a group of people they listen to music and watch concerts or plays a ____________

6. something different u ___________________ / s ___________________

7. when you wear new, modern clothes, you are f ___________________

13
 I AM AN AUSTRALIAN TOO

My name is Tiku. I am an Aborigine, I come from Alice Springs in the center of Australia.
My people have brown skin. We are different from the white people. The white people came
to Australia in 1788 and took our land. They do not understand Aborigines.

In Aboriginal culture, we do not own land. The land is for everyone. The animals and plants
are for everyone. Some places are special for us because they are sacred. We do not want
people to go there. However, white people take the land and use it for farms. They do not
understand our ideas about the land. They do not understand its importance for us.

I am a student but life is difficult for me because I am an Aborigine. For example, most
universities are in big cities. They are far from our communities in the center of Australia.
There are many Aborigines in Alice Springs, but I am the only Aborigine in my class at the
university. I am far from my family and friends, I feel different in the big city. In addition,
universities are very expensive. We must buy many books but Aborigines are poor.

I am the first woman from our community to go to a university. I want to be a teacher because
there are only a few Aboriginal teachers in our schools. I want to teach my people about their
history. It is different from the white people‟s history. I do not want Aboriginal children to
forget their history.

Our grandparents teach us about our history. It is not in books. It is not written history it is
oral history. It is like telling stories, but these stories are very important. They explain our
history. They tell about the beginning of the world. They teach us many things about
Aboriginal life. They teach us to understand the land, trees and animals. They help us to
understand the difference between right and wrong. My grandmother tells us these stories.

I want to learn new things from the university. However, I also want to learn things from my
grandmother. She never went to school, but she is a very wise woman. She knows many
things about Aboriginal culture. She teaches me these things so I can share them with other
Australian students. Then white people can understand us too.

COMPREHENSION

A. Answer. The following questions.

1. Where is Tiku from?

2. Do white people understand Aborigines?

3. Why are some places special?

4. What do white people do with the land?

5. Why is the university difficult for Tiku?

14
6. Aboriginal history explains

a. The beginning of the world,

b. About the land, trees and animals.
c. the difference between right and wrong.
d. All of the above.

7. Tiku‟s grandmother knows about

a. Australian history
b. University life
c. Aboriginal history and culture

B. True and False (correct the false ones)

_______ 1. White people came to Australia in 1788.

_______ 2. Aborigines own land.

_______ 3. Tiku wants to be a teacher because there are many aboriginal teachers in
Australia.

_______ 4. There are many Aborigines in Tiku‟s university.

_______ 5. Aborigines do not write their history in books.

C. Reference, What do the underlined words refer to?

1. our (para.1) = ____________________

2. they (para.2) = ____________________

3. its (para.2) = ____________________

4. they (para.5) = ____________________

5. she (para.6) = ____________________

6. them (para.6) = ____________________

15
D. VOCABULARY

A. Fill in the blanks with these words, (there is one extra word)

trees understand own world explains importance poor farm

uses popular expensive share

I ______________ (1) many things such as books, clothes and a radio. However, I do not
like to ______________ (2) them with my sister. She never ______________ (3) them
correctly. My mother ______________ (4) to her the ______________ (5) of my things,
but she cannot ______________ (6). She is only three years old.

My father works on a ______________ (7). He grows food. There are many plants
and______________ (8) on his farm. They make the ______________ (9) more
beautiful.

Students are usually ______________ (10), so they cannot buy ______________ (11)
things, such as cars and jewelry.

E. Find the word from the text.

1. cats, dogs, cows, sheep a ____________________

2. Mother, father, sister, brother f ____________________

3. At the start, first b ____________________

4. your mother‟s mother g ____________________

5. Not written o ____________________

6. understand and know many things. w ____________________

F. STRUCTURE PRACTICE

Fill in the blanks with these prepositions: from / in / for / to / with / of

1. I come ____________ a village ____________ the center ____________ Anatolia. It

is far ____________ Istanbul. However, I live ____________ Istanbul now.

2. Life __________ big cities is difficult, ____________addition, things are expensive.

____________ example, food and rent are expensive.

3. We go ____________ a university and read books because we want ____________

learn many things.

4. Land is special ____________ the aborigines. They do not want to share

it____________ the white people.

5. Gypsy culture is different ____________ our culture.

16
 MARCH FESTIVALS

March is a month full of many interesting festivals around the world. As winter ends and the
weather gets warmer, people want to get out of their house and have some fun. Here are five
great March festivals that anyone can enjoy!

1. Las Fallas (Spain): From March 15 to 19, the Spanish town of Valencia celebrates the
start of spring with a festival called Las Fallas. The festival‟s name means “The Fires” in
Spanish. There are bonfires and fireworks everywhere in the city. There is also a big
parade of huge puppets or figures that look like famous people.

2. Spring Equinox (Mexico): On March 20th or 21st of each year, Mexicans celebrate the
spring equinox. This is the day when spring officially begins. There are children‟s
parades in many cities. Many famous sites in Mexico, like the Mayan pyramids for
example, also have special celebrations on this day.

3. Holi (India): Held each year in March, this festival in India is also called “The Festival of
Color”. People put colored powder all over their bodies. They dance and sing. People
throw colored water at each other. It is a very fun and relaxed time.

4. Semana Santa (Guatemala): This is a Holy Week in March or April each year. In 2016, it
was on March 20. Although this is a Christian festival, everybody enjoys it Beautiful
carpets are laid down in the street. Parades of people walk down on them.

5. Bali Spirit Festival (Indonesia): Each year, a large festival full of yoga, music, and dance
is held in Ubud, on the Indonesian island of Bali. The festival‟s focus is on mental and
physical health as well as social change. It is a great chance to meet new friends and have
fun.

A. What do the following words mean?

1. their (para.1) = ________________________

2. this (para.3) = ________________________

3. it (para.5) = ________________________

4. them (para.5) = ________________________

B. True / False / doesn‟t say. If the answer is false, correct it.

_______ 1. Las Fallas means “The Fires” in Spanish.

_______ 2. There are famous people at Las Pallas.

_______ 3. Spring equinox is the day when spring finally ends.

17
_______ 4. Adults attend the children‟s parades in Spring Equinox.

_______ 5. People put colored powder only on their face in Holi.

_______ 6. People enjoy throwing colored water at each other during the festival in
India.

_______ 7. Before 2016, Semana Santa was in April.

_______ 8. You cannot go to Semana Santa if you aren‟t a Christian.

_______ 9. If you want to enjoy yoga at a festival, you can visit Bali.

18
 FAST FOOD

Fast food is a kind of food that people eat from a restaurant. The staff of the restaurant quickly
prepares and serves food for the customers. There are many different kinds of fast food, but
the most popular of them are hamburgers, cheeseburgers and French fries. The restaurants
that sell fast food are called “fast food restaurants”. Some of the more popular fast food
restaurants are McDonald‟s, Wendy‟s, Burger King and KFC.

Most of the food served at fast food restaurants contains a lot of calories and salt. A regular
sized McDonald‟s French fries has 570 calories. A regular Burger King hamburger has 290
calories and contains 12 grams of fat. One of the burgers with the most calories is the
McDonald‟s Double Quarter Pounder with cheese. This one contains 740 calories. It is the
kind of food that you shouldn‟t eat too often.

The calories in fast food can cause health problems. On average, an adult male have about
2500 calories per day and for females around 2000 per day. Eating high calorie food on a
regular basis can cause obesity. Many countries already have this problem partly because of
fast food. In 2005, 1.6 billion adults were overweight and doctors think there will be 2.3
billion overweight adults in the world when it is 2015. People must be careful about fast food.
They can have many problems in the future because of fast food.

A) What do the following words refer to:

1) them (par. 1) = ___________________

2) one (par. 2) = ___________________

3) they (par. 3) = ___________________

B) Comprehension questions

1. According to the article, what kinds of fast food are popular?

a) Hamburgers, cheeseburgers and hot dogs

b) Burgers and French fries
c) Burgers, hotdogs and French fries
d) All of the above

2. According to the article, which food item has the most calories?

a) A KFC chicken burger

b) French fries
c) A Burger King hamburger
d) Double Quarter Pounder with cheese

19
3. The word „kind‟ in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to:

a) nice b) soft c) type d) gentle

4. According to the article, how many calories should an average man eat every day?

a) 2000 b) 2500 c) 290 d) 740

5. According to the article, how many people can be overweight in 2015?

a) 2005 b) 2015 c) 1.6 billion d) 2.3 billion

6. The word „overweight‟ in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to:

a) Overload b) underweight c) heavier than average d) lighter than average

e) True or False (correct the false statements)

_______ 1. There aren‟t any popular fast food restaurants.

_______ 2. If you eat fast food every day, you will be fat.

_______ 3. Men and women have the same amount of calories per day.

_______ 4. Doctors think the number of people who has obesity will not change.

_______ 5. Fast food is something good for the body.

20
 DOLPHINS

There are many kinds of animals in the oceans and seas. Fish are the most common animal
there. They swim and live under the sea. They do not need air. Other marine animals,
however, need air. They are mammals. They spend their lives in the sea, but they are warm-
blooded animals just like cats. One animal like this is the dolphin. Dolphins are large grey
5 mammals and look like sharks. They are very graceful, playful animals. No one is afraid of
dolphins because they like man and try to help people. (1)

Dolphins are not the longest or largest sea mammals. Those are whales. However, dolphins
can be two or more meters long. They give birth to live babies. They do not lay eggs. Their
babies drink their mother‟s milk just like us. Dolphins are very social animals and always
10 travel together in groups. They make high sounds and clicks. In this way, they communicate
with other dolphins. We cannot understand them but dolphins understand each other. In fact, a
dolphin can talk with one dolphin near him and with another dolphin far away at the same
time! No other animal can do this. (2)

People like dolphins. In the sea, dolphins sometimes swim very close to people. Dolphins can
15 help ships to find their way. People sometimes catch dolphins and put them in large tanks.
They teach the dolphins to jump high and do other tricks. Dolphins are one of the most
intelligent animals and can learn quickly and easily. Dolphins can give shows in special
aquariums. There are dolphin shows in many countries. (3)

Dolphins can also help people in another way. Swimming with dolphins helps children with
20 learning or speaking problems. These children soon learn to trust these gentle, loving animals.
Then they learn better. (4)

Scientists study dolphins. They want to learn more about their speech. According to some
scientists, they can soon learn to talk with dolphins. When we communicate with dolphins,
what can they tell us? Can the most talkative sea mammals teach anything to the most
25 talkative land creatures? (5)

A. True or false: Correct the false ones.

1. Not all animals in the oceans and seas are fish.

2. Dolphins are warm-blooded mammals.

3. Dolphins lay eggs.

4. Dolphins communicate by making high jumps.

5. Dolphins are playful animals and like to do tricks.

21
B. Choose the best alternative

1. Dolphins _________.

a. are the same as sharks b. look like sharks c. look different from sharks

2. Dolphins show their intelligence by

a. jumping high b. giving shows c. learning quickly

3. Dolphins sometimes are helpful like

a. nurses b. fishermen c. actors

4. Dolphins are not

a. graceful b. gentle c. domestic

C. What do the underlined words refer to?

1. Fish are the most common animal there. (line 2)

There refers to __________________________.

2. Those are whales. (line 7)

Those refers to __________________________.

3. In this way, they communicate, (line 10)

In this way, refers to __________________________.

4. No other animal can do this. (line 13)

This refers to __________________________.

5. Dolphins can help ships to find their way. (line 15)

Their refers to __________________________.

6. Then they learn better. (line 21)

They refers to __________________________.

7. They want to learn more about their speech. (line 22)

Their refers to __________________________.

22
D. Fill in the blanks with the correct words.

oceans communicate sound live soon speech

catch scientists trust intelligent playful mammals
understand at the same time

1. Elephants are large land ____________.

2. Fishermen ____________ fish for a living. That is their job.

3. We can ____________ with people all over the world with satellites.

4. Dolphins can talk with two other dolphins that are far apart ____________.

5. Our lesson will ____________ be finished.

6. That fish restaurant has a large tank of ____________ fish.

7. The ____________ are the home of many kinds of interesting creatures.

8. ____________ study animals and plants in universities to ____________ their

abilities.

9. In big cities, you can always hear the ____________ of traffic.

10. Cats and dolphins are ____________ animals. Both can do tricks and like to be with
people.

11. Are people the only creatures to have_________? What about the talkative dolphins?

12. You can ____________ people in a small town. “They are always helpful.

13. Dolphins and whales are ____________ creatures.

E. Match similar words (synonyms):

_____ 1. extinct a. big

_____ 2. communicate b. a lot of

_____ 3. soon c. die out

_____ 4. generally d. quickly

_____ 5. many e. speak

_____ 6. large f. right away

_____ 7. fast g. usually

23
 CHESS

PRE-READING QUESTIONS

1. What games do you know? What do you need to play them?

2. Which game is the most difficult?

There are many ways to spend a free afternoon or evening. Many people do sports but if it is
raining or cold, they probably prefer to stay at home. Playing games is one way a group of
friends can pass time. There are many kinds of games, but adults usually play either card
games or board games, Checkers and backgammon are very popular board games, but the
king of board games is chess.

The origin of chess is uncertain. Both the Persians and the Indians have a long history of
playing chess. There are records of chess playing as early as the 7th century. By the 11th
century, it spread as far west as England. There were many famous chess players including
Tamerlane, Ivan the Terrible and Napoleon Bonaparte. Chess playing was a serious past-time:
one king even killed his opponents when he lost.

It is easy to learn the game but, it is difficult to be a good player. The opponents sit opposite
each other over a board with dark and light squares. One plays with the “white” pieces and the
other plays with the “black” pieces. The object of the game is to capture the opponent‟s king.
Each player has 16 pieces and these move differently. There is one king, one queen, 2
bishops, 2 knights and 2 rooks. These are lined up on the back row. The 8 pawns are in front
of them. The king can only move one square at a time but in any direction. The queen,
bishops and rooks can move many squares at a time in a line-either forwards, backwards,
sideways or diagonally. The knights, however, move in an L shape in any direction; that is,
they move one over and two forwards or backwards, or two over and one forwards or
backwards. The pawns can only move forwards but they capture other pieces diagonally. The
game is easy to learn. It takes only half an hour to learn. However, the game is difficult
because the players must plan their moves ahead. In a way, chess is like a war.

Chess is popular for many reasons. First, the rules are simple. Second, it is not a game for
gambling. Instead, it takes intelligence to be a good player. Thirdly, it is possible to write
down the moves in the game. Therefore, it is possible to study the moves of famous players.
There are chess sections in many newspapers and magazines. For this reason, people can play
against each other by mail, telephone or on computers.

The World Chess Federation organizes chess tournaments. The experts play together and the
winner becomes the World Champion. Some recent champions were Bobby Fisher, an
American, and Kasparov and Karpov, two Russians. People study their moves and hope to
become better players.

There are other popular board games, but none compare with chess. People love to play the
game at home and also enjoy watching chess matches at tournaments. Chess is a mental war
between people. However, unlike a real war no one gets hurt.

24
COMPREHENSION

A. Questions

1. Where did chess come from?

2. How many squares can the king move?

3. How do the knights move?

4. What pieces are in front of the king, queen, bishops, knights, and rooks?

5. How long does it take to learn chess?

6. Why is chess popular?

7. Why can people play against each other by mail, telephone or on computers?

8. What is chess like? How is it different from a real war?

B. True or False: Correct the false ones

_______ 1. The object of chess is to capture all the opponent‟s pieces,

_______ 2. The king and queen move differently.

_______ 3. You can follow chess games in newspapers.

_______ 4. Famous chess players are gamblers.

C. References: What do the underlined words refer to?

1. he (para.2) = _________________

2. these (para.3) = _________________

3. their (para.5) = _________________

4. none (para.6) = _________________

25
VOCABULARY

A. Fill in the blanks with the correct word.

reasons row ahead possible unlike probably

opponent direction object simple captures including

1. King _____________ prefer chess because it is like war.

2. The game ends when a player _____________ the opponent‟s king.

3. The queen can move in any __________________________.

4. The _____________ of football is to score as many goals as possible.

5. The boxing champion defeated his _____________ in the 9th round.

6. There are many _____________ for using computers.

7. _____________ chess, there is only one type of piece in checkers.

8. The rules of backgammon are very _____________, so many like to play it.

9. There are many card games, _____________ bridge and poker.

10. It is _____________ to learn a foreign language if you study hard.

26
 WELLIES

Everyone wears wellies at music festivals. Ten years ago, people thought wellies were for
children, farmers and gardeners. Nobody wore them - Now, wellies are the latest fashion and
1. they are cool! Ten years ago, wellies were green. Now, you can buy them in lots of
different colors and designs. You can buy flowery wellies, stripy wellies or even wellies with
skulls. They are made of rubber. They keep your feet dry on a rainy day.

„Wellies‟ is a strange name. The long name is „Wellington Boots‟ and they get their name
from the Duke of Wellington who won the Battle of Waterloo in 1815. Wellington boots is
quite long to say, so we use the easier shorter version - „WELLIES!‟ If you wonder why the
Duke of Wellington wore wellies in his time, 2. he was a style icon, kind of like the David
Beckham of his day! He asked his shoe maker to make a boot that was comfortable and
stylish but also good for battles. His shoe maker designed and made the first wellies.

Wellies became popular and fashionable a few years ago. Another style icon - Kate Moss, the
model, wore wellies to the Glastonbury Music Festival in 2005. 3. She is someone who made
wellies more popular. Now, you can buy wellies everywhere. A company called Hunter
makes fashionable wellies for celebrities. 4. They make 200,000 pairs of Hunter wellies every
year.

Note: In America wellies are called “rain boots”.

What do the following words from the passage refer to?

1. They ___________________________

2. He ___________________________

3. She ___________________________

4. They ___________________________

Circle the correct choice.

1. Who wore wellies before they were fashionable?

a. Farmers b. Gardeners c. Both a and b

2. Who gave wellies their name?

a. The Duke of Wellington b. A shoemaker c. David Beckham

3. Where did Kate Moss wear wellies?

a. In a battle b. At a music festival c. At home

27
4. What‟s the name of a company that makes wellies?

a. Fashionable b. Hunter c. Both a and b

5. What do Americans call wellies?

a. Rubber boots b. Uggs c. Rain boots

Answer the questions. Write short answers.

1. What colours can you buy wellies in now?

_______________________________________________________________________

2. What are wellies made of?

_______________________________________________________________________

3. Who made the first wellies?

_______________________________________________________________________

4. How many wellies are made by Hunter every year?

_______________________________________________________________________

28
 RICHARD BRANSON

Sir Richard Branson is an English businessman. He is the chairman of the Virgin Group, a
group of companies including Virgin Atlantic Airways and Virgin Records. It also has more
than 200 entertainment, media and travel companies around the world. According to Forbes
magazine, Branson was the 281st richest person in the world in 2014. He is worth about $4.9
billion and he even owns two private islands.

Branson got bored and left school when he was 16 years old. He started a magazine for young
people in 1966. He called it Student. The magazine was run by students for students. It was so
successful that it sold $8,000 worth of advertising in its first issue. He gave away the first
50,000 copies for free. A few years later, he started a business where people could buy and
sell used records through the mail. It was called Virgin Records.

In 1972, Branson built a recording studio in Oxford shire, England. He started to record
musicians and sell their records. He called the company Virgin Music. The first record he
published was Tubular Bells by a school friend called Mike Oldfield. It became very popular
after being used in the movie “The Exorcist” in 1973. After that, many more musicians came
to work for Branson. Some of them became very famous. Virgin Music became one of the top
six record companies in the world.

A. Reference questions:

1. It (para.1) = _________________________

2. Its (para.2) = _________________________

3. It (para.2) = _________________________

4. Them (para.3) = _________________________

B. Comprehension

1. According to the article, what is the Virgin Group?

a) a group of companies
b) a group of people
c) a musical group
d) a group of students

2. The word “worth” in paragraph 1 could best be replaced with:

a) seeking b) serious c) sending d) valued

29
3. According to the article, why did Richard Branson leave school?

a) he was kicked out

b) he was angry
c) he wasn‟t interested in school anymore
d) he was excited

4. According to the article, what kind of magazine was Student?

a) it was a business magazine

b) it was a humor magazine
c) it was a health magazine
d) it was a youth magazine

5. The word “published” in paragraph 3 could best be replaced with:

a) purchased
b) performed
c) protected
d) produced

6. According to the article, why did Tubular Bells become popular?

____________________________________________________________________

30
 MOTHER TERESA

Mother Teresa was born on August 26,1910, in Skopje, Macedonia. She was given the name
Agnes Gonxha Bojaxhiu. She only changed her name to Sister Mary Teresa when she was 18
years old. Her family was Catholic, and her mother was involved in the local church when
she was a child. When Agnes was only 8 years old, her father became ill suddenly and died.
People don‟t know how he died, but some people think he was poisoned. After her father‟s
death, Agnes became very close to her mother. Her mother was a kind woman who liked to
help other people and Agnes was the same. Even though they were not very rich, they often
invited poorer people to eat with them. Agnes also sang in the local Sacred Heart choir.

At around the age of 12, Agnes thought she would like to follow a religious life. Every year
she would visit the Church of the Black Madonna in Letnice. When she was there she had her
first strong religious feelings. When she was 18 years old, she decided to become a nun. She
moved to Dublin, Ireland. There she joined the Sisters of Loreto. It was at that time that she
changed her name to Sister Mary Teresa. One year later, Sister Mary Teresa went to
Darjeeling in India. Then, when she was 21, she made her first profession of vows to become
a nun. On May 24 in 1937, she took her final profession of vows. She promised to live a life
of poverty, purity and obedience. Mother Teresa taught at Saint Mary‟s school, and in 1944
she became the principal of the school.

On September 10,1946, Mother Teresa experienced a life changing event. When she was
riding on a train in India, she heard Christ speak to her and tell her to stop teaching. She heard
Christ tell her to work in Calcutta and to help the poorest and sickest people. Throughout the
1950s and 1960s Mother Teresa did so much incredible work to help the poor. In 1979,
Mother Teresa was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize to recognize her work bringing help to
people suffering around the world. She founded the Missionaries of Charity with a just a few
members, but by the time she died in 1997, her charity had more than 4,000 workers and
thousands more volunteers. There are now more than 600 foundations in 123 countries around
the world.

Reference:

1. Her (para.1) = ________________________

2. They (para.1) = ________________________

3. There (para.2) = ________________________

4. Her (para.3) = ________________________

31
Comprehension

1. What is Mother Teresa‟s original name?

2. The word „suddenly‟ in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to:

a) slowly b) expectedly c) unexpectedly d) sadly

3. Where was she when she changed her name?

4. The word „obedience‟ in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to:

a) disagreement b) agreement c) observance d) occasion

5. How old was she when she went to Darjeeling, India?

6. What was Mother Teresa‟s job at Saint Mary‟s school?

7. Why did Mother Teresa stop working at Saint Mary‟s school?

8. Why was she awarded a Nobel Prize?

9. The word „founded‟ in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to:

a) ended b) found c) started d) described

32
 CAMPING

Camping is a very popular form of living outdoors. It gives people the opportunity of
spending their free time in nature. You can spend a night in a tent in your own backyard or go
on a trip that may last for several weeks. Some campers stay in one place for days, a week or
even longer. They visit tourist attractions, go fishing or hunting, and do active sports like
5 mountain biking or just simply relax. Each year millions of people go camping. They can
explore new surroundings and be close to nature at the same time.

Types of camping

Most people drive to a campsite and set up a tent there.

Others travel in recreational vehicles. A RV is more comfortable but also much more
10 expensive. They have all the luxuries that you also have at home, like refrigerators, showers,
sinks or toilets.

Another group of campers are backpackers. They are hikers who carry their belongings on
their backs. They usually go to places that you cannot reach by car.

Organized camping holidays usually take place during the summer and they are attended by
15 boys and girls. They combine outdoor activities with other kinds of training or with learning.
Boy and girl scouts are groups of children who go on special camping trips.

Camping Equipment

If you go camping, you will need certain items

♦ The most important item, of course, is your tent. Today tents are normally made of nylon,
20 canvas or other light material. They are not so expensive and easy to fold together and
carry around with you, especially if you are backpacking. The material has to be
waterproof and easy to put up.

♦ If you want to sleep in a tent you also need a sleeping bag. It protects you from the outside
cold and is warmer than a blanket.

25 ♦ Clothing is another important thing when you go on a camping holiday. Take clothes that
protect you from the sun, rain and insects. Hiking boots are good if you walk a lot.

♦ You will also need other everyday items such as a toothbrush, toothpaste and soap. Take
sunglasses, maps and a compass or maybe even a GPS device. Campers should also have
waterproof matches, extra batteries, a knife and a lantern or torch with them.

30 Safety

There are some safety precautions you must take when camping outdoors.

33
 A campfire is one of the many enjoyable parts of a camping experience, but you should do it
right. Never leave your fire unattended. Always have water nearby so that you can put out the
fire if it gets out of control.

35 Safe drinking water is also important. Public camping grounds usually have good water but if
you camp in nature, make sure you have fresh and clear water with you. You can also buy
tablets that clean the water.

If you go hiking on your camping trip, be aware of other dangers. Don‟t touch poisonous
plants like poison oak or poison ivy. If you get caught in a thunderstorm, look for shelter. If
40 you can‟t find a house 40 or another building, sit under trees in a forest. Avoid tall trees that
stand alone in open areas. Get out of the water if you are swimming.

Before you leave home, tell someone where you are going and when you will probably be
back. If you have never been to a place before, don‟t go there alone. Stay calm and remain in
one place in case you get lost and wait until help arrives. Carry matches with you to light a
45 fire and keep warm. Do not 45 rely on cell phones to call someone. Chances are that you
won‟t have good reception if you are in a remote area.

After You Read

A. Reading Comprehension

1. What makes camping so popular?

____________________________________________________________________

2. What are the main activities of campers?

____________________________________________________________________

3. Why are RVs more comfortable for campers than tents?

____________________________________________________________________

4. Who are backpackers?

____________________________________________________________________

5. What are the qualities of modern tents?

____________________________________________________________________

6. What should you do when you get caught in a thunderstorm?

____________________________________________________________________

7. Why is it risky to rely on cell phones?

____________________________________________________________________

34
B. What do the underlined words refer to?

1. they line 5 __________________

2. they line 10 __________________

3. they line 12 __________________

4. they line 15 __________________

5. it line 23 __________________

C. Decide if the following statements are True (T) or False (F). Correct the false
statements.

1. Recreational vehicles are a cheap form of camping. T/F

____________________________________________________________________

2. When you sleep in a tent a blanket is your most important need. T/F

____________________________________________________________________

3. You should have a blanket if you are sleeping in a tent. T/F

____________________________________________________________________

4. You can always find clean water in nature. T/F

____________________________________________________________________

35
 SOME MEXICANS WANT TO LEARN ENGLISH

Mexico is the country south of the United States. Mexico has a different common language
than the U. S. A. A common language is the one that most people speak. In Mexico, it is
Spanish. The Mexican government wants its1 people to learn English, too. (1)

The Mexican president is Enrique Pena Nieto. He wants all of the country‟s students speaking
English within 20 years. He thinks this2 will help Mexicans work better with other countries.
Many countries do not have the same common language. So, they3 speak to each other in
English. Mexico wants every one of its teachers to be fluent in English. Fluent is when people
speak a second language just as well as their first language. Then, the teachers can teach
their4 students to be fluent. There would be English classes through high school under the
new plan. The idea is to make Mexico‟s schools and teachers better. Then, the students will be
better educated. (2)

Not everyone likes these ideas. Some teacher groups are against the idea that makes teachers
take tests. Teachers who refused to take the tests lost their jobs. President Pena Nieto wants to
take away power from these teacher groups. Many have become very strong. Some are
controlling who gets jobs at schools. Some are even deciding how schools spend money.
There were plans like this one in the past. But, none of the other plans worked. The
government says today‟s plan is more clear. Some think the new plan will not teach students
enough. A few hours of English classes each week is not enough. They say this won‟t make
students fluent, even after many years. (3)

Many wonder what will happen to the plan in a few years. Next year, Mexicans will vote for
another president. The man who is in the lead does not like President Pena Nieto‟s ideas. His
name is Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador. He agrees with the teachers who are protesting the
changes. This means that if he5 is elected, he could change Pena Nieto‟s plan. (4)

A. What do these words refer to in the text

1. its = ___________________

2. this = ___________________

3. they = ___________________

4. their = ___________________

5. he = ___________________

36
B. Answer the questions

1. Which paragraph talks about the plans to make the teachers and the students better?

2. Why does the president want all the students to speak English?

3. What can be the heading of paragraph 3?

a. Every student speaks English in the future

b. Teachers will lose jobs

c. The new education plan

d. Actions Against the New Plan

4. Is English speaking a new plan for Mexico? (write the sentence from the text that
supports your answer)

C. Decide if the statement are TRUE (T) OR FALSE (F). Correct the false statements.

1. Mexico and the U. S. A have the same common language. T/F

2. Fluent is when people speak another language well, too. T/F

3. The government says this plan will work because it is more understandable. T/F

4. Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador agrees with Enrique Pena Nieto. T/F

D. Find words from the text that has a similar/same meaning with the explanations
below.

1. belonging equally to everyone (adj.) (par.1) = ________________________

2. learned, experienced (adj.) (par.2) = ________________________

3. to say no (v.) (par.3) = ________________________

4. to be curious, want to know (v) (par.4) = ________________________

5. to complain, argue against (v) (par.4) = ________________________

37
 OLIVES

A typical sight in almost every Mediterranean country is the beautiful hills full of olive trees.
Historians find lists of olive oil in even the oldest written records, so we believe that the olive
tree originated in the Middle East. Olives were an important export crop in ancient Greece.
Later the Romans planted the trees throughout the Mediterranean region. You can now see
olive groves from one end of North Africa to the other. (1)

The olive tree has many different uses. The olive itself is a staple food in many people‟s diet.
Can you imagine a Turkish breakfast without it? In the past, olives were a major source of
food on long trips and voyages. However, it was the oil from olives that was really important.
The ancient people of the Mediterranean called olive oil “liquid gold” because it was very
valuable. In addition, people used it in lamps for light. They used it for making soap and in
many medicines. They even used the leaves as a symbol of peace and a crown for kings. (2)

Olive trees grow very slowly. It takes 15 to 20 years before we can get a crop from the trees.
For this reason, people say that a farmer plants an olive tree for his grandson. However, the
tree lives for a long time. Many groves are more than 400 years old. In fact these trees are
almost immortal. When a tree dies, new branches come up from the old roots and soon
become a new tress. Olive trees grow mostly on hills just like tea plants. However, unlike the
tea plant, they need little rainfall so they are ideal for a Mediterranean climate. (3)

Olive trees give olives only once every two years. However, farmers; pick olives twice; first
for eating olives and second for olive oil. In autumn, they pick the green olives for eating.
They must pickle (salt) them for several months before we can eat them because unpickeled
olives are too bitter to eat. The olives for oil can stay on the tree until late winter. When the
olives are black, the pickers beat the trees with long poles or shake the trees so the olives fall
to the ground. After they take the olives to the factory, they put them in huge presses to
squeeze the oil. (4)

Olive oil is the most easily digested of all oils. It is also full of vitamin A, iron and calcium,
but most importantly, it has no cholesterol so it is ideal for people with heart problems. (5)

Olive trees are very important economically for Turkey. They are a major source of income
for many Aegean towns like Edremit and Ayvalık. (6)

1. COMPREHENSION

A. Questions

1. Where do olive trees come from?

2. Which region has many olive groves?

3. Why is the olive tree so valuable?

38
 4. What uses did the ancient people have for the leaves?

5. Why do we say that a fanner plants an olive tree for his grandson?

6. Why do olive trees grow so well in the Mediterranean Region?

7. How often do we get an olive crop?

8. When do workers pick olives for eating?

9. What do we do with green olives before we can eat them?

10. How do workers pick olives?

11. Why is olive oil so good for us?

B. Multiple Choice

1. The main idea of the text is

a. the importance of olives

b. the growing of olive trees
c. the making of olive oil.

2. Paragraph 2 describes

a. The length of time it takes for olives to grow

b. The uses of olives and olive oil
c. the time we pick olives.

3. Parag. 3 describes

a. The way the trees grow

b. The picking time
c. the processing of oil.

4. In parag. 4 line 6, them refers to

5. Olive growers are busy in

a. spring b. summer c. autumn d. winter

6. Paragraph 5 tells why olive oil is

a. Good for us b. used c. squeezed

39
 HETTY ROBINSON

Hetty Robinson learnt all about money when she was very young, As a child, she read the
financial pages of the newspapers to her rich father. While she was reading them, she learned
how to earn money. Her father died when Hetty was 30 years old and she inherited $ 1
million. When she herself died, her two children received a fortune of more than $100
million. (1)

Hetty made her money on the New York stock exchange. She was a genius. She was named
„the Witch of Wall Street‟ because she made money quite easily. She was one of the richest
women in the world, but she was very mean she counted every cent and she spent very little.
She didn‟t own a house because she didn‟t want to pay property taxes. She and her children
lived in cheap hotels. (2)

She spent almost nothing on clothes, and wore the same black dress every day. She washed it
herself, but she only washed the bottom of the dress, where it touched the ground, because she
didn‟t want to spend money on soap. Other people had their own offices, but Hetty used a
desk in the bank where she kept her money because it didn‟t cost anything. She sat in the
bank and ate her sandwiches while she bought stocks and shares. If the bank complained, she
just moved all her money to another bank. (3)

Hetty‟s family paid the price for her meanness. When she was 33, she married a millionaire,
Edward Green, and they had two children. Green, however, lost all his money, so Hetty left
him. When her son, Ned, hurt his knee in an accident, Hetty didn‟t want to pay for a doctor,
so she took him to a hospital for poor people. The doctor knew that Hetty was wealthy and
asked for money, but Hetty didn‟t pay any money and took the boy away. His leg didn‟t get
better and two years later doctors removed it. (4)

But in the end Ned got his revenge. At the age of 81, Hetty had an argument with a shop
assistant about the price of a bottle of milk. She got so angry that she had a heart attack and
died. She left all her money to her sons, who spent it all on parties, holidays and expensive
jewelry. (5)

A. What do the following refer to?

1. them (para.1) = ___________________

2. It (para.3) = ___________________

3. They (para.4) = ___________________

4. It (para.4) = ___________________

40
B. What do the following words mean? Mark the best choice.

1. If a person is “mean” (para.2), she/he.....

a) owns many houses b) spends hardly any money

c) spends money easily d) gives money to poor people

2. If a person is “wealthy” (para.4), she / he is

a) kind b) ill c) rich d) intelligent

C. True or False. Correct the false statements

_______ 1. Hetty knew a lot about finance when she was young.

_______ 2. Hetty wore different clothes every Week.

_______ 3. Hetty rented an office near the bank where she kept her money.

_______ 4. Hetty kept all her money in the same bank all her life.

_______ 5. Hetty wasn‟t rich when she got married.

_______ 6. When Ned hurt his knee, Hetty paid a lot of money to the doctor because the
doctor asked for it.

D. Answer the following questions.

1. Why did people call Hetty „the Witch of Wall Street‟?

2. Where did Hetty and her children live in New York?

3. Why did Hetty leave her husband?

4. What did the doctors do to Ned‟s leg?

5. How did Hetty die?

6. What was the argument with a shop assistant about?

7. How did Ned take his revenge?

41
 A NEW DOWRY ITEM: THE COMPUTER

Min Huang is a banker in a small city in China. She surprised her new in-laws when she
showed them a computer in her dowry. It was there with the traditional items like furniture,
dishes and linen. (1)

When the family asked about the computer, she explained that she wanted to improve her
professional skills. Her office was computerized. “I also hope to connect to the Internet at
home to broaden my horizons,” she said. When she told her parents that she wanted a
computer for her dowry, they didn‟t hesitate to buy her one. They knew a computer would be
important to her and to her new family‟s future. (2)

People who study Chinese marriage customs are very interested in this story. According to
those, the groom‟s parents are responsible for the couple‟s housing. The bride‟s family
supplies the daily necessities. However, the contents of the dowry have changed over time. In
the past, when rural people lived in fairly harsh conditions, they usually provided grain and
clothing for daughters who would soon be married. This showed their desire to protect them
from hunger and cold. (3)

In the 1950s, farm equipment and animals became popular items. Parents hoped that their
daughters‟ lives could be improved through hard work. Modern times, however, brought the
need for VCRs, stereos and computers. Through these, parents hope that their daughters will
be part of a successful modern world. (4)

Min‟s parents said, “We want our daughter to be part of a new world. A computer is part of
that world.” Min completely agrees, and is thankful to have such generous and intelligent
parents. (5)

A. What do the following refer to?

1. them (para.1) = _________________

2. one (para.2) = _________________

3. those (para.3) = _________________

4. these (para.4) = _________________

5. that (para.5) = _________________

B. True or False. Correct the false statements.

_______ 1. Min Huang had only modem things in her dowry.

_______ 2. The items in the dowry are the same as the old times.

_______ 3. Min‟s parents supports her ideas about dowry.

42
C. Answer the questions.

1. What was in Min Huang‟s dowry?

2. Why did she want a computer? (Give 2 reasons.)

a) ________________________________________________________________

b) ________________________________________________________________

3. According to Chinese traditions what are the bride‟s parents responsible for?

4. Why did rural people give grain and clothing to a daughter before her marriage?

5. Why do Min‟s parents think a computer is necessary for her?

6. What does Min think of her parents?

43
 THE HISTORY OF PIZZA

Today, pizza is one of the world‟s favorite foods. All over the world, people make different
pizzas, with different ingredients. But where does pizza come from? And who made the first
one?

People have been making pizzas for a very long time. In the Stone Age, some people mixed
5 flour with water to make dough. Then, they cooked it on hot rocks. Over time, people started
using the cooked dough as a plate, covering it with various other foods, herbs, and spices, and
made the world‟s first pizza.

Then -in the early 1500s- European explorers brought the first tomatoes back from the
Americas. Tomatoes are a basic ingredient in many pizzas today. At first, however, most
10 Europeans thought eating tomatoes would make them sick. So, for about 200 years, few
people ate them.

Slowly, people learned that tomatoes were safe to eat, as well as tasty. In the early 19th
century, cooks in Naples, Italy, started the tradition of putting tomatoes on baking dough. The
flat bread soon became a favorite food for poor people all over Naples. In 1830, a cook in
15 Naples took another big step in the history of pizza-he opened the world‟s first pizza
restaurant.

Today, about five billion pizzas are made every year around the world. In the U. S. alone,
people 15 eat about 350 slices every second! People may not know it, but every piece is a
slice of history.

A. Choose the best answer for each question.

1. What is the main idea of the text?

a. Stone Age people made the first pizza.

b. Pizza was an important food in Naples, in Italy.
c. Pizza has a long history and has changed over time.

2. “it” in line 5 refers to ____________.

a. dough b. water c. flour

3. What does “people started using the cooked dough as a plate” (lines 6-7) mean?

a. People put other foods on top of the dough.

b. People cooked the pizza dough on hot rocks.
c. People used the same pizza dough again and again.

4. “them” in line 10 refers to ____________.

a. Europeans b. pizzas c. tomatoes

44
 5. In line 12, the phrase “safe to eat as well as tasty” could be replaced with _______ .

a. only safe when they tasted good

b. safe to eat, and they tasted good
c. good to eat if they were cooked well

6. In line 12-13, the word century refers to ____________.

a. 50 years b. 100 years c. 200 years

7. Who were the first people to put tomatoes on pizza?

a. people in the U.S.

b. people in Naples, Italy
c. people in the Stone Age

8. Which of the following sentences is likely to be true?

a. Tomatoes were a basic ingredient in pizzas in the 1700s.

b. The first pizzas in Naples didn‟t cost much money.
c. Europeans in the 1500s didn‟t like the taste of tomatoes.

B. Complete the information below with words from the text. One word is extra.

cook flat ingredient tasty traditional various

Who Made the First Hamburger?

Around the world, there are 1 ______________ people who say the first hamburger was made
in their country. For example:

Some say that in the 1200s, Mongolian soldiers had no time to 2 ______________ their food.
So they put meat under their saddles to make it soft and flat, like the patties in hamburgers
today. Others in Hamburg, Germany, say hamburgers came from “Hamburg steak”-a (n)
3. ______________. German dish. The main 4 ______________ in this dish is salty meat,
which is put on bread.

One story says, in 1885, a man named Charles Nagreen was selling meatballs at a U. S. fair.
The meatballs were very 5______________, but were hard to eat while walking. So Nagreen
put them between pieces of bread. Without knowing it, he had made a new type of food.

Which story is true? No one knows for sure.

45
PRONOUN REFERENCE

• pronouns are words such as HE, SHE, IT, THEY, and THEM

• usually refer to a noun earlier in a text.

• To understand a text, it is important to know what each pronoun refers to.

Sara bought chilies. She put them in my favorite curry. It was too hot to eat!

In each sentence, draw an arrow between the pronoun in bold and the word it refers to,
as in the example above.

1. The jalapeno is a popular chili from Mexico. It takes its name from Jalapa, in Veracruz.

2. My brother and sister asked mother not to put chilies in the food she made.

3. After Europeans brought chilies from the Americas, they spread very quickly around the
world.

4. The cayenne pepper is hotter than the sweet bell pepper, but it isn‟t as hot as the Carolina
Reaper.

5. Indians put chili peppers in many of their dishes. They often add them to curries.

46
 A. Read the information below. Then match each word in bold with its definition.

Long ago, the Greek writer Plato wrote about Atlantis-an island that sank into the sea. In his
story, the people of Atlantis were very rich. But they were also very greedy. They wanted too
much, so they lost everything.

1. _________________: went underwater

2. _________________: having a lot of money

3. _________________: land with water around it

4. _________________: wanting a lot of money, things, or food

B. Quickly scan the passage on the next page. Remember that names of people and
places usually start with capital letters.

1. What names of people can you find? Underline them.

2. What names of places are mentioned? Circle them.

THE LOST CITY OF ATLANTIS

Most people have heard the story of the lost island of Atlantis. But is any part of the story
true? (1) Over two thousand years ago, the Greek writer Plato wrote about Atlantis, an island
in the Atlantic Ocean. The island‟s people were 5 very rich. They built big cities with many
great buildings. At the center of the island, they built a beautiful golden temple. But the
5 people became greedy-. They had many things, but they still wanted more. So the gods
became 10 angry with them, and the island was struck by earthquakes and very large waves.
Finally, the whole island sank into the sea. (2)

Many explorers have looked for Atlantis. In 2004, Explorer Robert Sarmast reported finding
the remains of a city under the sea near Cyprus. However, Sarmast and other scientists later
10 found 15 out the structures under the sea were natural, not man-made. (3)

Many people think Atlantis is simply a story. The purpose of the story is to teach people not
to be greedy. Richard Ellis wrote a book about Atlantis in 1999. He says “there is not a piece
of solid evidence” for a real Atlantis. (4)

So was the island real or not? We only know one thing: The mystery of Atlantis will be with
15 us for a long time. (5)

47
C. Choose the best answer for each question

1. Another title for this passage could be _______________ .

a. Atlantis Sinks
b. Is Atlantis Real?
c. I found Atlantis

2. In Plato‟s story about Atlantis, the people were _______________ .

a. angry at the gods

b. wealthy but greedy
c. greedy but beautiful

3. “them” in line 6 refers to _______________ .

a. buildings b. people c. cities

4. What happened after Robert Sarmast said he found Atlantis?

a. He wrote a book about his findings.

b. Richard Ellis said that Atlantis was not real.
c. He found out die structures were not man-made.

5. What is the main idea of the third paragraph?

a. Scientists found out the structures were natural.

b. Explorers found a city under the sea near Cyprus.
c. People are looking for Atlantis, but no one has found it.

6. We can replace the word simply (line 11) with _______________ .

a. just b. easy c. sometimes

7. Which sentence is closest in meaning to “there is not a piece of solid evidence” for a
real Atlantis, (lines 12-13)?

a. There is only one reason to believe the Atlantis story is true.

b. The story of Atlantis is made up of many small pieces.
c. There is nothing to make us believe the Atlantis story is true.

48
SKIMMING

• Aim: to find out what the text is about.

• look at the whole passage quickly to see what it is about.

• do not read every word.

• look at the headings, photos, and captions.

• read the first line of each paragraph, and quickly read the conclusion.

A. Look at these reasons for reading. For each reason, do you skim or scan? Check (v)
the correct boxes.

SKIM SCAN

1. To see if a story is funny or serious

2. To find the names of countries mentioned

3. To find a quote ("") by a scientist

4. To see if the author feels positive about the topic

B. Quickly skim the passage below. What is it mainly about? Circle a, b, or c.

a. Kimura has found Atlantis in the Pacific Ocean.

b. Kimura believes he has found a lost land near Japan.
c. Kimura has shown that the strange structures he found were made by humans.

The Lost Continent in the Pacific Ocean

People believe that thousands of years ago, like Atlantis, the lost continent of Mu sank
because of an earthquake. Today, no one knows if there really was a place called Mu, or
where it was.

However, Professor Masaaki Kimura thinks he knows where the remains of Mu are. He
believes they are near the Yonaguni Islands of Japan. Kimura thinks the strange structures he
has found were made by people. Some other researchers don‟t think so. No one is sure, but
the research continues.

49
 ARE WE OBSESSED WITH HEALTH AND SAFETY

Thirty-five years ago, things were different.

Children threw snowballs, and we all cycled without helmets. Children ran and played at
school, sometimes they fell over and then they got up again. Last week Cameron Mayers
celebrated his birthday with a big birthday cake. He wasn‟t allowed candles because they
were “fire risk”. And he had to cut the cake with a plastic knife. Of course it is important to
protect children from accidents but Cameron Mayers isn‟t a child and he wasn‟t at school. He
is a radio DJ and he was celebrating his birthday at work! (l)

In the last 35 years, the number of health and safety regulations has doubled. In school,
headmasters and teachers have to prepare a risk assessment for activities, sports events and
school trips. In companies, managers have to assess risk in every office and factory. Then
they create rules and regulations, because they want to minimize the risk. But has health and
safety become an obsession? Take these examples. (2)

Art attack

Children at primary schools in Birmingham have to wear protective glasses during art lessons,
to protect their eyes from paint and glue. Do they use toxic paint? No. of course not! It‟s a
precaution. The children also aren‟t allowed to eat sweets at school because they could
suffocate. (3)

Fun and games

No fun and games for children these days. Parents keep them safe and away from hazardous
environments. In many schools across the country, children aren‟t allowed to run in the
playground, and they certainly can‟t play football, because they might fall over. There are
even schools that don‟t let their children play with that very dangerous toy... The yoyo! (4)

Mind your backs!

But it‟s not only schools that have the “health and safety” obsession. Offices want to protect
their workers, too. In some offices in Britain, workers have to stand during meetings. Why?
Because they mustn‟t move their chairs, to protect their backs. If they want to move a chair
they have to call a porter... 48 hours in advance. (5)

Dangerous jobs

Policemen are brave people. They are often in risky situations: they catch dangerous
criminals, drive fast cars, and they sometimes ride bicycles. Ride bicycles?! But it‟s OK,
because Cheshire Police Force makes its policemen pass a cycling proficiency test before they
can go out on their bikes! And firemen aren‟t allowed to install fire alarms. ..because it‟s
dangerous to go up a ladder. (6)

50
READING COMPREHENSION

A. Match the words in italics and bold words and phrases in the article with definitions
1-5.

1. ___________________ to block the passage or have the air passage blocked

2. ___________________ a persistent idea or feeling

3. ___________________ something you do in order to prevent something dangerous

or unpleasant from happening.

4. ___________________ to place (machinery, equipment etc) in position and connect

and adjust for use

5. ___________________ an official rule or order.

B. What do the underlined pronouns in the text refer to?

1. They (para.2) = _____________________

2. Their (para.3) = _____________________

3. They (para.5) = _____________________

4. Its (para.6) = _____________________

C. Choose the best answer for the following questions.

1. Based on the article, the reader can tell that

a) Children at primary schools in Birmingham use materials that can damage their
eyes.
b) Children aren‟t allowed to play football in schools around the world because they
might fall
c) The number of health and safety regulations 35 years ago was almost half as much
as it is today.

2. The article states

“If they want to move a chair, they have to call a porter.”
What is the closest meaning to the word “porter”?

a) transporter b) servant c) carrier

3. Which one of these questions does the article answer?

a) Why aren‟t children allowed to eat sweets at school?

b) how do policemen catch dangerous criminals?
c) Why aren‟t children allowed to play with the yoyo?

51
4. Suppose you were writing a summary of the article. Which of these would be most
important to put in the summary?

a) The number of health and safety regulations is twice as much as it was 35 years
ago.
b) In Britain, if people want to move chairs in offices, they have to call a porter 48
hours in advance.
c) Policemen are brave people.

5. Here is a sentence from the article

“In schools, headmasters and teachers have to prepare a risk assessment for
activities, sports events and school trips.”
Which of the following words would best replace “assessment”?
a) notice b) evaluation c) awareness

6. Why did Cameron Myers have to cut his birthday cake with a plastic knife?

a) His boss told him that it was a “fire risk”.

b) He is too young to cut the cake with a sharp knife.
c) His workplace wanted to protect Cameron and others.

7. Why does Cheshire police Force make its policemen take a-proficiency test before
they can ride on bikes?

a) The police Force wants to avoid traffic and reduce global warming.
b) The police Force wants to use bikes to catch dangerous criminals that do not use
the main roads.
c) The police force wants to protect the policemen from dangerous bike accidents.

8. According to the article which job has increased in popularity in the last 35 years?

a) Risk assessment managers b) Football coaches c) Policemen

9. The article states

“No fun and games for children these days. Parents keep them safe and away from
hazardous environments”
What is the closest meaning to the word “hazardous‟?

a) Dangerous b) Protective c) Ridiculous

10. The article discusses many new health and safety regulations in different locations
around Britain. Which is NOT a new regulation discussed in the article?

a) New playground rules in Birmingham primary schools

b) Offices that have standing meetings to protect workers backs.
c) Firemen that aren‟t allowed to drive fast cars and ride bicycles.

52
 OLYMPIC GAMES

In today‟s world, organized sports, athletic games and competitions are important in almost
every country. For many millions of people, especially men, sport is the most important thing
in their lives. If their favorite team wins, they are extremely happy. If it loses, they are
extremely unhappy. In international sports events, everyone supports their national team.
5 There are various international sports events, such as the Football World Cup, but the most
famous games are the Olympic Games.

Millions of people watch the Olympic Games on TV today, but they were very small at first.
There are records of the Olympic Games from 776 B.C. until 393 A.D. They took place in the
Greek city-state of Elis every four years. At first, there was only one sport: running. The
10 competitors ran along a course 180 meters long. The first recorded champion was Coroebus,
and his prize was an olive branch.

The Greeks gradually added different sports. First, there were longer races. Then, the
competitors did new sports: wrestling and the pentathlon. Athletes in the pentathlon had to do
five different things; they ran, jumped, wrestled, and threw the discus (a round, flat object)
15 and the javelin (a spear). After the pentathlon, boxing and chariot racing began. In the end, the
ancient Olympics had almost as many sports as today.

Gradually more and more people began to compete in the games. At first, only freeborn Greek
men competed. In other words, no slave could take part. One hundred and fifty years after the
first games, boys began to compete. Women could not compete or watch the game, Perhaps
20 this is because the athletes were naked. At first, competitors only came from Athens and
Sparta, but soon competitors came from all over the Greek world. Eventually, they came from
all over the Mediterranean.

There were no Olympic Games again until the 19th century. A Frenchman, Baron Pierre de
Coubertin, wanted the games to begin again. He thought sport improved people‟s character.
25 Therefore, he organized the first modern Olympic Games in 1896 in Athens. Like the ancient
games, the modern Olympics took place every four years (except during World War I and
WW II). Unlike the ancient games, the organizers gave gold, silver and bronze medals to the
winners, not olive branches. In the beginning, all the athletes were amateurs. However,
gradually they became more serious and professional. They spent all their time training for
30 competitions. Finally, in 1992, professionals could take part. Some of the famous modern
athletes are Jesse Owens, Emil Zátopek and Roger Bannister they set records in running.
Daley Thompson won the decathlon, the hardest event, three times.

Mark Spitz broke many records and won 7 gold medals for swimming in the 1972 game. No
one won this many medals before 1972 at one time.

35 Nowadays, sport is becoming more important. Every country wants to hold the games in their
country because holding the games is financially advantageous. In addition, every country
wants to 35 win the most gold medals because winning gold medals is very prestigious. Sport
is now a part of international politics.

53
A. True or False. Correct the false ones.

1. The Olympic Games were very large at first.

2. Foot races were the first games in the Olympics.

3. The number of sports in the games gradually got smaller.

4. Only men could compete because all the competitors were naked.

5. Only Greeks could take part in the earlier Olympics.

6. All competitors in modern Olympics are amateurs.

B. Answer the following questions

1. When did the Olympic Games begin?

2. Who was the first champion?

3. Where did the first Olympics take place?

4. Which sports were added to the Olympics after running?

5. Where were the first modern Olympic Games held?

6. Whose idea was it to start the modern Olympic Games?

7. What sport is Mark Spitz famous for?

8. What ancient sport is not in the modern Olympics?

C. What do the underlined words refer to?

1. If it loses, they are extremely unhappy, (line 3)

It refers to _______________________________________.

2. ... and his prize was an olive branch, (line 11)

His refers to _______________________________________.

3. Perhaps this is because ... (line 20)

This refers to _______________________________________.

54
 4. Eventually, they came from all over ..... (line 21)

They refers to _______________________________________.

5. ... they set records in running, (line 31)

They refers to _______________________________________.

D. Fill in the blanks with the correct word.

team athlete naked ancient take part race training

eventually improve competing records various prestigious
amateurs advantage

1. The Olympic Games began in ___________ Greece.

2. An ___________ competes in athletic games

3. The first athletes did not wear clothes. In other words, they were ___________.

4. Most students want to go to a ___________ university.

5. Some athletes ___________ in different events. The pentathlon is five different

events.

6. The marathon ___________ is over 42 kilometers long;

7. Athletes must spend a lot of time ___________ to become good.

8. There are so many runners all ___________ for the gold medal.

9. Knowing a foreign language gives you an ___________ in getting a job.

10. The Turkish ___________ usually does well in wrestling events.

11. In each Olympic Games, runners set new___________.

12. Athletes compete in___________ competitions in many countries,

13. Before 1992, only ___________ could compete in the Olympics.

14. If you work hard, ___________ you will ___________ your English skills.

55
E. In the text, find the words

1. with the opposite meaning (antonyms):

a. win ______________

b. freeborn ______________

c. large ______________

d. after ______________

e. amateur ______________

f. ancient ______________

2. with the same meaning (synonyms):

a. to start ______________

b. in the beginning ______________

56
 THE SHAKERS

“Shake it up baby. Twist and shout,” was sung by Beatles, but it was practised almost two
hundred years earlier by a religious group called “The Unified Society of Believers.” This
religious group, led by Ann Lee, came to America from Manchester, England, in 1774
looking for a place to freely practise their religious belief. Eventually, they became known as
“The Shakers” because the believers worshipped by singing, dancing and whirling around. (1)
The Shakers were a peaceful community that welcomed people of all races. They were against
war and lived in their own villages separate from the rest of society. They lived communally,
that is, sharing their property and working for the common good. The qualities they admired
were kindness, generosity, modesty, purity, cleanliness, and love for humanity. Their villages
of plain white houses were very neat. Even the roads were swept clean. (2)
The shakers are probably best known for their celibacy* and hard work. Single men women
did not marry. Married couples who joined the Shaker community had to live in separate
houses. In the Shaker community, males and females lived and worked separately as Brothers
and Sisters. They never shook hands or touched each other in any way. When conversation
between a man and a woman was necessary, it was done in the company of others. Males and
females sat opposite each other when they came together once a day for conversation and
singing. Even when they danced and whirled around during worship, men and women always
kept their distance. (3)
As might be expected, the Shaker style of dressing was modest, simple and plain, and their
clothes were dark in color. The women combed their hair back under a cap and wore long
dresses with a cloth that covered the chest. Men wore dark pants and simple coats. It was
extremely unusual to see these celibate people wearing bright or attractive clothing. (4)
“Put your hands to work and your hearts to God,” said Ann Lee to her followers. The Shakers
took this seriously and worked very hard. In order to be self-sufficient. The Shakers grew
their own food, wove their own cloth and made their own tools, utensils and handicrafts. They
made chairs, buttons, tubs, baskets, smoking pipes, pens, brooms, brushes, hats, shoes and
hand-woven coats. Although simple and plain, these were of the highest quality. (5)
Not only were the Shakers industries, but they were creative and inventive as well. Unlike
some other religious groups, the Shakers liked technology and labor saving devices. Their
long list of inventions and improvements includes such items as the first garden seeds
packaged in paper and machines such as a revolving oven and a wood-burning stove. (6)
Although it may seem that the Shaker life was all rules, work and worship, it was not without
joy. They spent pleasant hours picking fruit, walking in the woods, going for carriage rides,
and laughing together-in separate groups, of course. (7)
Over the years, the original Shaker community in New York-expanded to twenty-four
scattered communities among eight states in the eastern US. Many people were attracted to
their peaceful ways and clean crime-free villages. Eventually, the Shakers paid the price for
their celibacy: they didn‟t have any children to carry on their traditions and beliefs, and their
numbers became fewer. Today, their villages are museums and their handicrafts are items for
collectors. (8)

*
celibacy having no sex, usually because of religious beliefs

57
A. What do the following refer to?

1. they (para.1) = _________________

2. they (para.3) = _________________

3. it (para.3) = _________________

4. this (para.5) = _________________

5. it (para.7) = _________________

B. Mark the following statements True (T) or False (F). Correct the false ones.

_______ 1. Married people were not allowed to join in the Shaker community.

_______ 2. The Shakers avoided wearing bright and attractive clothes

_______ 3. The quality of the tools which the Shakers made was not very good.

_______ 4. The Shakers were hard working, but they also had time for entertainment.

_______ 5. The Shakers lived in New York only.

C. Answer the following questions.

1. Why did the Shakers come to the United States?

2. What example does the writer give to show that the villages of Shakers were very
clean?

3. What are the Shakers most famous for?

4. How often did the Shakers meet to talk and sing?

5. In what way were the Shakers different from some other religious groups?

6. Why did the Shaker population decrease?

58
 GOING FOR GOLD

1 Gold was probably first, found on the ground, and used by prehistoric man, in tool-making.
In ancient times, it was made into plates. Cups, vases and vessels of all kinds, and of
course, jewelry. The first use of gold as money occurred in Anatolia in 670 BC, but it has
always been accepted as money anywhere in the world. Sailors, for example, wore a gold
earring. If they were shipwrecked, they could exchange it to get home again. Gold is still
given to military pilots for the same reason. People have always been fascinated by gold.
How many times have people killed others and how many lives have been lost for it? The
gold, of the Pharaohs was stolen from their tombs in the Pyramids. The Inca and Aztec
empires were destroyed for gold. Later in history, hundreds of men from other civilizations
died in the jungles of South America they searched for the golden city of Eldorado. In
1849, thousands of people left their homes to join the California Gold Rush.-Many were
killed by Indians and diseases such as cholera, tuberculosis, chicken pox and the Black
Death.

2 Pure gold is rare both in nature and in manufacturing. It is usually mixed with other
metals. The proportion of gold is shown.in carats. If the carat number is high, this means
there is more gold but fewer other metals in it. Pure gold is twenty four carat and the
cheapest is nine carat. The word carat comes from the Greek word, keration, which means
a carob seed. These seeds were used to weigh gold and diamonds.

3 Most gold, today is found in South Africa (612 tons a year) and North America (459 tons a
year). About 83% of it is used for jewels. Of the rest, about 9% is used by industry, about
6% is used for coins and 2% is made into gold teeth. Gold is usually found in very small
pieces or nuggets. The largest nugget, the Holtermann Nugget, was found in 1872 in
Australia. Its weight was 214 kilograms.

4 The largest reserves of gold are held in the USA in the Federal Reserve Bank and at Fort
Knox. The second biggest stores are held by the Bank of England and the Bank of France.
Not all of this gold belongs to the governments of these countries. A lot of it is owned by
companies, other governments and individuals. When gold is bought and sold, it isn‟t
usually moved. Only the names on a piece of paper are changed. The gold itself stays in
the bank.

5 Today, gold is still the most important and valuable metal. And man has used it in many
different fields. For example, in the 1920s doctors in France started using gold to treat a
disease called rheumatoid arthritis. In the 1960s, scientists used gold-coated mirrors to
maximize infrared reflection. In the 1980s, car manufacturers used gold for the metal parts
of airbags.

59
A. What do the following refer to?

1. they (para.1) : ______________________________________

2. It (para.2) : ______________________________________
3. its (para.3) : the weight of ___________________________
4. these countries; (para.4) : ______________________________________

B. Find words in the text that mean the following. Write only One word on each line,
and do not change the form of the word.

1. attracted (para.1) (adj) : _________________________________

2. illnesses (para.1) (n) : _________________________________
3. small pieces (para.3) (n) : _________________________________
4. areas of activity or interest (para.5) (n) : _________________________________

C. Mark the following statements True (T) or False (F). Correct the false ones.

T F 1. The first gold coins appeared in Anatolia.

T F 2. The Inca and The Aztec empires always fought with each other for gold.
T F 3. Keration was used to weigh carob seeds in Greece.
T F 4. Only 2% of gold is used in dentistry.
T F 5. The American government owns all the gold in Fort Know.
T F 6. When companies buy or sell gold, it is usually kept in the bank.

D. Answer the following questions.

1. What was the first use of gold?

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

2. Why is nine carat gold the cheapest?

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

3. Give two examples of how people used gold in the twentieth century.

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

60
 TURKISH COFFEE GOES TO EUROPE

(1) We sat down in some comfortable chairs at a pavement cafe and ordered some coffee.
The waiter quickly brought it to us. There were two small porcelain cups of coffee and
two glasses of water on the tray. My coffee was black and unsweetened. My friend‟s
coffee was sweetened with sugar. The waiter said, “Drink the water first because it clears
the mouth”. After we drank the water, we drank the coffee. We did not drink everything
in the cup because there were coffee grounds at the bottom. After we finished our coffee,
we were ready to go out to see the sights of Salzburg.

(2) Yes, we had real Turkish coffee in Austria! Turkish coffee came to Austria three hundred
years ago. Before that, Europeans did not drink coffee, but they knew about it. They
knew that it was a special Turkish drink. Some Europeans tried it and disliked it. They
said that coffee smelled terrible and tasted terrible too.

(3) Coffee came to Europe in 1683. At that time, the Ottomans tried to capture Vienna. When
they could not capture it, they left but they could not take their coffee with them. They
left behind 500 bags of coffee beans. The Austrians thought that the coffee beans were
camel food. They started to burn it because they did not have any camels. When the
beans burned, the coffee sent out a wonderful aroma (pleasant smell).

(4) In Vienna at that time, there was an Austrian spy named Kosinscki. He knew the
importance of coffee. When he smelled the coffee, he shouted at the soldiers, “Stop!
Stop! Do not bum those bags.” The soldiers listened to him because he helped them
defeat the Ottomans. In fact, the Austrians wanted to give him a medal for that.
However, Kosinscki did not want a medal because he could not earn money from it.
Instead, he asked the Austrians for the coffee and a shop because he wanted to sell the
coffee and earn money.

(5) The Austrians gave him the coffee beans and a shop in the center of Vienna. Afterwards,
he made the shop look like the coffee houses in Istanbul. He also prepared the coffee like
the coffee in Istanbul. He served the coffee in a small porcelain cup with a glass of water
next to it. This was the first coffee house in Europe.

(6) Kosinschi‟s coffee house was the first one, but not the last one in Europe. Soon there
were coffee houses in other European countries. They even went to America. They
became important centers for social life. Here people discussed politics, business and
literature. Therefore, some people feel that coffee affected world history. Maybe it did or
maybe it didn‟t. The important thing is that coffee soon became a popular drink
throughout the world, and it is now one of the most valuable crops grown in the world.
Can you imagine a life without coffee?

61
I. COMPREHENSION

A. References

1. P3: They started to burn it because they ...

It refers to __________________________

2. P4: Do not burn those bags.

Those refer to __________________________

3. P4: The soldiers listened to him because he helped them to defeat the Ottomans.

Them refer to __________________________

4. P4: The Austrians wanted to give him a medal for that.

That refers to __________________________

5. P5: ... with a glass of water next to it

It refers to __________________________

B. True or False: Correct the false statements.

_______ 1. The Austrian waiter brought the tourists some Nescafe.

_______ 2. The Austrians learned about coffee from the English.
_______ 3. The Ottomans wanted to capture Vienna and they brought camel food with
them.
_______ 4. When coffee burns, it smells wonderful.
_______ 5. Everyone in Vienna understood that the burning bags were coffee.
_______ 6. Kosinscki understood that he could sell the coffee and become rich.
_______ 7. Kosinschi‟s coffee house was just like a Turkish one.

C. Questions:

1. What is traditionally served with Turkish coffee? Why?

2. Why did the Austrians want to burn the coffee beans?

3. This text tells about ________.

a. how to make good coffee

b. How coffee was introduced in Europe
c. Turkish coffee houses

62
II. VOCABULARY

Fill in the blanks with the correct word.

terrible sights before that served

brought at that time literature asked
taste discuss real captured

1. Cakes and desserts ____________ sweet.

2. Students ____________ different subjects in small discussion classes.

3. It is difficult to understand old Turkish ____________ because it is written with a

different alphabet.

4. Paris has many wonderful ____________ to see.

5. Coca cola came to Turkey in the 1960s. ____________, people only drank lemonade
and fruit juices.

6. Dinosaurs lived all over the earth ____________ , the earth was warmer and wetter.

7. Sulphur dioxide smells ____________. It smells like rotten eggs,

8. The restaurant ____________ only French food so we could not order kebabs.

9. I ____________ for a napkin because the hamburger was very juicy and I got sauce
all over my hands.

10. The Ottomans ____________ many places around the Mediterranean Region. They
had one of the largest empires.

11. My friend ____________ the wrong books to class with him yesterday.

12. That painting was checked and it is ____________; it is very valuable.

63
 ONLINE SHOPPING

Every year, more businesses are offering their goods to online shoppers. They post their
online catalogs on the Internet and wait for customers to arrive at the virtual checkout with
their credit card numbers ready. It‟s a fairly inexpensive way to do business, and the virtual
store is open 24 hours a day to anyone with access to the Internet. But is online shopping as
good for consumers as it is for businesses?

Online shopping offers consumers several advantages. (I) Buying from an online store is very
convenient for people with a home computer. Consumers don‟t need to take a bus downtown
or drive a car and pay for gasoline and parking. The Internet also offers a wide selection of
products. Customers can compare products and prices from several different businesses
before making a decision about what to buy. At some sites, they can even read reviews from
other shoppers to help them decide whether a product is good or a business is reliable. (II)

There are also several disadvantages associated with online shopping. Customers cannot
actually touch or try on a product before they buy it, so they may not be sure about the
product‟s quality. Shipping is also a concern since most products purchased online must be
sent to the customer. (III) Online shoppers also worry about privacy when they provide their
credit card numbers and other personal information over the Internet. (IV) When shopping
online, using good judgment is extremely Important.

Identify the choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

1. The word ONLINE in paragraph 1 means _________.

a. walking on a line
b. on the Internet
c. in a store
d. real life

2. The word CATALOG in paragraph 1 means_________.

a. a list of products to sell

b. book
c. computer
d. pictures

3. From the passage, we can infer that people shop online with _________.

a. credit cards
b. cash
c. checks
d. coupons

64
4. The word CONVENIENT in paragraph 2 means _________.

a. safe
b. slow
c. waste of time
d. easy

5. The word RELIABLE in paragraph 2 means _________.

a. real
b. trustworthy
c. broken
d. damaged

6. What is NOT mentioned as an advantage of shopping online?

a. You don‟t need to find parking.

b. You don‟t need to pay for gas.
c. You can buy products from other countries.
d. You have a wide choice of products.

7. What is NOT mentioned as an example of a disadvantage of shopping online?

a. You can‟t touch the product.

b. It takes time to receive your products.
c. Using credit cards online may not be safe.
d. Payment options are limited.

8. The word PURCHASED in paragraph 3 means _________.

a. ordered
b. bought
c. sold
d. requested

9. What is NOT mentioned in the passage about doing business online?

a. It‟s not expensive.

b. Catalogs can be posted online.
c. The process is automated.
d. It‟s easy to do.

10. Look at the four numbers that indicate where the following sentence could be added to
the passage. Which letter indicates the best place for the sentence?

Some goods may arrive quickly while others take weeks to reach your doorstep.

a. I
b. II
c. III
d. IV

65
 THE BEETLE: A LEGEND ON WHEELS

One of Hitler‟s dreams was to increase the number of car owners in Germany, so he employed
Dr. Ferdinand Porsche, the well-known constructor, to design an affordable and reliable car
for the people. Hitler and Porsche often had arguments, but Porsche was afraid of him, so he
stayed in the project and continued his work in the Wolfsburg car factory. In 1938, the factory
produced the first cheap car “for the people”. It included all the characteristics that Hitler
ordered. The engine was at the back of the car and it had quite a specific shape: It was very
round and it looked like an insect. That was the reason why it was called “Beetle”. (1)

During World War II, the Germans used the Wolfsburg car factory to make all-terrain cars
---Kubelwagens--- and airplanes for the army. However, as soon as the war ended, Beetle
production started again and the Beetle immediately became even more popular than Ford‟s
Model “T”. The great success started with the import of Beetles to Holland in 1947. By 1972,
the total number of Beetle cars produced had increased to over 15,000,000. (2)

Then sales started to go down because the Beetle was still a 1940s design, although there were
some small changes in the engine. In the end, the Beetle lost the war against technology. In
1974, the new Golf model replaced the Beetle in the Wolfsburg car factory. The car designers
decided to make a car completely different from their original Beetle model. In 1975,
Volkswagen introduced this new Golf in the United States where it was called the
“Rabbit”. (3)

Over the years, the Germans produced many models of Volkswagens, using the Beetle and
Golf as a starting point and including many other concepts and standards. These were
produced in Emden, Osnabrack, Wolfsburg and other German cities. Today many people say
that Volkswagens are among the most comfortable and powerful cars in Europe. (4)

The production of the Beetle in Germany ended in 1978. However, in the early 1980s, there
were still millions of Beetles on the road. People formed Beetle Clubs all around the world
thinking that it would never disappear. Around 1990, there were fewer Beetles on the road.
Today, they have new models of Beetle but it is almost impossible to see the old Beetle in the
streets; however, the owners of the remaining Beetle models still try to keep their small cars
in the best possible condition. They enjoy driving the Beetle because it has a history behind it.
This makes it very special for them. (5)

A. What do the following refer to?

1. Their (para.3) : ______________________

2. These (para.4) : ______________________

3. It (para.5) : ______________________

66
B. Mark the following statements True (T) or False (F).

_______ 1. Hitler wanted Porsche to locate the engine at the back of the car that he
produced.

_______ 2. The Beetle was more modern than Ford‟s Model T‟.

_______ 3. The Rabbit was quite similar to the Beetle.

_______ 4. In the 1980s, there were Beetle clubs not only in Germany but also in many
other countries.

C. Answer the following questions.

1. Why was the production of the Beetle stopped during World War n?

2. Why did the Wolfsburg car factory start to produce the new Golf instead of the
Beetle in 1974?

3. “Why is Volkswagen still popular in Europe today?

4. What is so special about the Beetle?

67
 Queen Elizabeth I

Pre-Reading Questions:

1. What famous women leaders do you know in history?

2. Do women make good rulers? Explain.

VOCABULARY IN CONTEXT

Guess the meanings. Circle the word(s) that are the closest in meaning.

1. In times of trouble, a nation needs a strong leader. The country was struggling against
religious disagreements.

a. looking b. fighting c. expanding

2. Francis Drake was a seaman and a pirate. He attacked the Spanish ships coming from the
New World.

a. robbed b. burned c. helped

3. She encouraged merchants to trade with India.

a. conquered b. governed c. gave help to

4. Because of her good knowledge of finance, England didn‟t go bankrupt. Instead, it

prospered.

a. have no money / became rich

b. become rich / lost money
c. become poorer / lost power

5. Elizabeth made England a great nation by being able to see ahead and set a course to
achieve this goal (aim).

a. governing b. planning ahead c. setting up rules

68
(1) In times of trouble, a nation needs a strong, wise leader. Sixteenth century England was
such a country. It was struggling against religious disagreements and against powerful
foreign powers. Although Queen Elizabeth I was a woman, she was one of the most
successful rulers in history. During her rule (1558-1603), England changed from a small
unimportant country into a world power.

(2) Before Elizabeth became queen, Christianity was divided into two warring groups:
Catholics and Protestants. While Henry VIII and Queen Mary (Elizabeth‟s father and
sister) were ruling, a struggle between the two religious groups started in England. The
country was close to a civil war. At the beginning of her 45 year rule, Elizabeth was able
to bring the two sides together in an agreement. The agreement included some things
from both religions. In this way, she was able to hold the nation together and keep the
peace.

(3) In addition to her political skills, she was a skilled diplomat. She tried to keep her country
out of foreign wars. She was wise enough to avoid these until she built up a strong navy.
She was a successful diplomat because of her knowledge of foreign languages. She was
able to speak personally with diplomats in Latin, French, Italian and Spanish because no
one knew English then. Although she did not like to fight wars, sometimes she had to.
The Spanish threatened to attack England in 1588. The English navy and the weather
helped her to defeat the great Spanish navy. After that, relations with Spain were never
peaceful. England even helped the Dutch people throw out the Spanish and become
independent.

(4) Elizabeth was also interested in building up her country economically. She encouraged
the seaman, Francis Drake to attack the Spanish ships coming from the New world. She
wanted Drake to find a new trade route to the Far East so he became the first Englishman
to sail around the world. She sent Walter Raleigh, one of her favorites, to set up a colony
in America He brought back tobacco and the potato from there. She also encouraged
merchants to set up a trading company in India; this was the beginning of the British
Empire. Because of her knowledge of finance, England was the only country that did not
go bankrupt at that time. Instead, English money strengthened and England got rich and
prospered

(5) Although Elizabeth depended on her ministers for good advice, she always had the last
word. She took an active interest in everything. However, her people wanted her to marry
so that there would be a successor. Although many people wanted to marry her, she
remained single. She was clever enough to know that a husband would try to control her
and she would lose power.

(6) Elizabeth was not only interested in politics, diplomacy and finance but also in the arts.
She personally supported and protected the great English playwright William
Shakespeare. Because of Elizabeth‟s active role and influence, we call this the
Elizabethan Age.

(7) Elizabeth was a successful ruler because she was wise, brave and far-sighted. She was
skilled in politics and diplomacy. She was determined to make England a great nation.
She was able to see ahead and set a course to achieve this goal. She did this by avoiding
military expenses and providing peace, stability and prosperity to her nation. The
Elizabethan age was one of great exploration, adventure and literature. There never was a
better queen!

69
I. COMPREHENSION

A. Circle the correct answer.

1. Which leader was a contemporary (living at about the same time) of Elizabeth?

a. Julius Caesar b. Suleyman c. Mahatma Gandhi

2. England before Elizabeth‟s time was having ________ troubles.

a. medical c. religious b. economic

3. The two religious groups didn‟t go to war because________.

a. Elizabeth made them come to an agreement.

b. the two sides got tired of struggling and agreed to stop fighting.
c. she threatened to stop them by using violence.

4. The English economy prospered because ________.

a. Drake managed to sail around the world

b. Elizabeth built up the navy
c. She encouraged trade and colonies

5. Elizabeth never married because she ________.

a. listened to the advice of her ministers

b. was afraid of losing power
c. didn‟t want a successor

B. Answer the questions.

1. What two groups were causing problems in England then?

2. What skill made Elizabeth a good diplomat?

3. Which country did England fight against then?

4. Why did Francis Drake sail around the world?

5. Who was writing plays during Elizabeth‟s life?

6. How did Elizabeth make England a great nation?

70
C. References

1. P2: In this way refers to ____________________

2. P3: these refers to ____________________

3. P3: ... knew English then. Then refers to ____________________

4. P3: ... she had to. Had to refers to ____________________

5. P3: After that refers to ____________________

6. P4: ... potato from there. There refers to ____________________

7. P4: ... this was... This refers to ____________________

71
 A PEACEFUL REVOLUTIONARY: GANDHI

Pre-Reading Question

1. What methods do people use to create a revolution?

Vocabulary in Context

Guess the meaning of the underlined words.

1. Gandhi followed Jainism, a very peaceful, non-violent religion in India.

a. against violence
b. for violence
c. using violence

2. He went to England to study law. As a young lawyer, he went to South Africa.

a. someone who practices a religious career
b. someone who practices medicine
c. someone who practices a legal career

3. The British governed India at that time. The government decided to end Indian‟s rights.
a. lawyer
b. rulers of country
c. nationalists

4. They wanted to end their political rights. Gandhi led a campaign against this policy.
a. protested
b. agreed
c. encourage

5. While he was speaking in court during a trial, he couldn‟t wear his turban.
a. when judges decide whether a prisoner is innocent or guilty.
b. when rulers decide to make a war
c. when people have a party

6. He fasted for three weeks. He refused to eat anything at all.

a. didn‟t sleep b. didn‟t eat c. didn‟t talk

7. He was not able to solve the problem of religious intolerance. There were many religious
groups in India who hated each other.
a. violence
b. understanding
c. inability to let people be different

72
SCANNING: Reading quickly and spotting detailed information by looking for figures,
dates, numbers, symbols and definitions.

Read the following questions and look for their answer very fast. Write short answers.

1. Where was Gandhi born?

2. Where did he live after England?
3. When did he enter politics?
4. Who put Indians in prison without trial?
5. Where did the British put him after the campaign?
6. What was the name of the poorest people in India?
7. Who shot Gandhi? When?

Today, when we think about revolutions and their leaders, we think about people like Fidel
Castro of Cuba, Mao TzeTung, Ayatollah Khomeoni or Nelson Mandela. There are many
others, Although some of them were extremely successful like Mustafa Kemal Ataturk, others
were complete failures like Danton. (1)

Gandhi was born in India in 1869. His father was a minister in the government of the state of
Gujarat. Gandhi later became a lawyer because of his father. His mother was a deeply
religious person and her beliefs strongly influenced Gandhi throughout his life. Gandhi was a
Hindu but the religious ideas of the Jains (a small, peaceful religious group) also affected him.
His most important ideas, nonviolence, religious tolerance and fasting, came from these
sources. (2)

When Gandhi was a young man, he went to England to study law. His stay in England was
very important because he met many influential British intellectuals there. They introduced
him to many new, western ideas. In 1893, he went to South Africa to practice law. His
experiences during his first days greatly affected him. The whites in South Africa were
treating the Indians and blacks there very badly. While he was speaking in court during a trial,
he could not wear his turban. While he was traveling on a train, he had to leave the first-class
compartment because he was not white. These were personal insults. In 1894, the government
of Natal (one of the states of the Union of South Africa) decided to end the political rights of
the Indians and treat them like the black (apartheid). Gandhi led the campaign against this
policy. This was the beginning of his political life. He used a special political method of non-
violent resistance and civil disobedience. This means when a person does not agree with a
law, he should refuse to obey it. In addition, this disobedience must be peaceful and he should
resist the police non-violently. (3)

After living abroad for more than twenty years, Gandhi returned to India and entered politics
there. In 1919, the British government of India (India was a British colony then) began to put
Indian nationalists in prison without trials. Gandhi started a civil disobedience campaign to
protest against this. The campaign was very successful, but the British put Gandhi in prison.
While he was there (two years), political feelings in India changed. Before this time, the
Hindus and the Muslims worked together to make the British leave India. Later, however,
religious differences separated the two groups. Gandhi believed that religious tolerance was
very important. In 1924, he fasted for three weeks. He said that he would not eat anything at
all until they began working together again. He nearly died. Then the Hindus and Muslims
stopped fighting because they loved and respected Gandhi. (4)

73
Gandhi not only fought against the British but he also fought against social problems in India.
He tried to protect the poorest people—the untouchables. These people had no political or
social rights before Gandhi‟s time. He introduced new ideas to them. They decided to make
their own clothes and tools instead of having them imported from Britain. In addition to the
economic reforms, he introduced a new educational system because they had no schools
before this time. (5)

Despite the fact that Gandhi was successful in obtaining social reforms, he was unable to
solve the problem of religious intolerance. Because the Hindus and Muslim could not live
together peacefully, the British colony, after becoming independent, was divided into two
states (India and Pakistan). There was a huge exchange of populations. During this time, there
was much violence and killing. Gandhi himself became a victim of violence. A young Hindu
fanatic shot and killed him in 1948. (6)

The world remembers Gandhi as a great leader and thinker. He mixed Eastern and Western
ideas. People throughout the world are still using his political method to gain political rights.
Many people think that Gandhi was not only a hero but also a saint, a truly good man. (7)

I. COMPREHENSION

A. True or false. Correct the false ones.

1. Gandhi got many of his ideas like nonviolence and fasting from the Jain religion. T/F

2. Indian intellectuals introduced him to many western ideas. T/F

3. The British in South Africa wanted to treat Indians there like first class citizens. T/F

4. Gandhi used apartheid in his struggle against the British in S. Africa. T/F

5. After returning to India, Gandhi led protests against the British government. T/F

6. At first, the Muslims and Hindus worked together to make the British leave India.
T/F

7. Gandhi tried to help the poor people of India by setting up schools. T/F

8. Religious tolerance caused the separation of the British Colony into the two modern
states of Pakistan and India. T/F

9. Gandhi‟s method to gain political rights was civil obedience and violent resistance.
T/F

B. References: What do the underlined words refer to?

1. P2: „came from these sources

2. P3: „intellectuals there‟

3. P3: This was the beginning‟

74
 4. P4: „against this‟

5. P5: „ideas to them‟

6. P5: „before this time.‟

II. VOCABULARY

A. Find the correct word for each blank in the two groups.

experience exports treat trial abroad imports reformed obey gain

1. She spent two years __________ while she was studying music. Now she‟s back
home.

2. We had a terrible __________ while we were traveling through Kenya. A lion

attacked us.

3. Turkey __________ tea, tobacco and hazelnuts to other countries.

4. It is difficult to __________ foolish rules.

5. I __________ a lot of experience in summer training.

6. Most students feel that the university entrance exam test needs to be __________.

7. At the __________ he was found to be innocent; the police later found the man who
stole the money.

8. We should __________ animals kindly.

9. Turkey __________ some kinds of electronic devices from other countries because
they can‟t manufacture them here yet.

Influential separate court solve revolution respect campaign

10. The city government started a __________ to pick up litter from the streets.

11. The Russians were very __________ in the area of ballet.

12. You can __________ the white from the yolk (yellow part) of an egg if you are
careful.

13. The French __________ was in 1789. It influenced social reforms all over the world.

14. Being tolerant means showing __________ for other beliefs.

15. In South Africa, they wouldn‟t let Gandhi wear a turban while speaking in the
__________ .

16. It is not easy to __________ many of our problems.

75
B. Write the past tense forms.

think ____________ wear____________ leave ____________

say____________ come ____________ put ____________

speak____________ choose____________

lead ____________ shoot ____________

break ____________ forget ____________

buy ____________ hold ____________

III. STRUCTURE PRACTICE

A. Change these sentences with „despite‟ into sentences with „although‟

Example: Despite the bad weather, the men survived.

Although the weather was bad, the men survived.

1. Despite very little food, the men survived for a long time.

2. Despite his good education, the South African whites treated him badly.

3. Despite his good advice, she still couldn‟t get the car to work.

B. Connectors: Use the words in parenthesis to re-state the sentences.

1. Gandhi fought both against the British government and social problems, (not only...
but also)

2. In addition to Rhodes, Suleyman captured Erzurum and Van. (besides)

3. Sir Walter Raleigh brought not only tobacco but also potatoes from the new world,
(both ... and)

4. Besides plays, Shakespeare also wrote poetry. (In addition to)

76
 WHY FINLAND‟S SCHOOLS ARE SO SUCCESSFUL

Pre-Reading Questions

1. What should be the basic aims of education in a country?

2. Describe the education system in your own country.

3. Do you believe that this system is successful? Can the students benefit from this kind of a
system?

For many years the school system in Finland has been very successful. In the PISA survey,
which compares reading, math and science knowledge of 15 year olds around the world,
Finland is not only the top European country but also competes with Asian giants like
Shangai, Singapore and South Korea. What makes the educational system in this small
country so strikingly different from others in the western world? (1)

First of all, the Finish government makes it possible for all children to attend preschool,
which comes after kindergarten. Compulsory education begins at 7. Teachers work with their
pupils in school as much as possible. They have little homework to do when they get home.
When teachers are not with the pupils, they spend a lot of time in school working on the
curriculum and new projects. They teach in teams if it helps them reach their goals. That is
why dropout rates are low compared to other countries. (2)

In contrast to other nations, teaching in Finland is a highly admired profession. Finland

selects its teachers very carefully. Only talented students go on to a university and receive a
master‟s degree in education. Finland only takes the “best” to educate its youth. (3)

Schools in Finland are small, at least for international standards. In some cases they know
every pupil in their school and can adjust to them. Teachers try everything to succeed with
their students. Most of the pupils get additional help in their elementary school years, either
by the teachers themselves or through specially trained educators. (4)

Most of Finland‟s schools get their money from the government. The people who are in
charge of the education system are trained teachers, not politicians like in other countries. (5)

All Finish children, whether they come from the city or a rural town, whether from a rich or
poor family, have the same opportunities in education. Education experts claim that there is
very little difference between very good and the worst students. Two thirds of Finish pupils
who finish compulsory education move on to higher education, the highest rate in the
European Union. (6)

Until the 1960s Finland‟s school system had been influenced largely by its neighbor, the
Soviet Union. Most students left school after six years; some went on to private school. Only
the wealthy ones got a better education. Finally, in the middle of the 1960s, the Finish
government saw the need to change and modernize their education system if they wanted to
be internationally competitive. They made a simple decision: a single school for all the 7 to 16

77
year olds. They also put a focus on language learning. Students learn Swedish as their second
and English as their third language. (7)

A part of Finland‟s success also results from the fact that its society is homogenous. There are
not so many differences between the wealthy and poor, as in America or other western
European countries. This is reflected in the classroom, too. Teachers always try to show
pupils how to behave socially and care for others. They teach them that taking responsibility
is very important for their future careers. (8)

I. References

1. Their (para.1) : ________________________

2. They (para.1) : ________________________

3. It (para.1) : ________________________

4. Its (para.3) : ________________________

5. Them (para.4) : ________________________

6. Their (para.4) : ________________________

7. Its (para.8) : ________________________

8. This (para.8) : ________________________

II. Reading Comprehension

1. Explain the results of the PISA Survey in your own words.

2. What is the process for selecting teachers in Finland?

3. Who are responsible for the development of the educational system in Finland?

4. What makes it possible in Finland that almost all students continue their education
without leaving school?

5. What is another important factor that leads to Finland‟s success in education?

78
III. TRUE/FALSE. Correct the false statements.

_______ 1. Students in Asian countries are in general more successful in reading, math
and science than those in European countries.

_______ 2. Finnish children are required to do lots of extra work at home starting as
early as 7 years of age.

_______ 3. Recently, fewer students leave school in Finland than in other European
countries.

_______ 4. In Finland teachers do their best and work very hard to apply the curriculum
developed by trained and skillful politicians.

_______ 5. About 65% of Finnish students quit school after having completed their
compulsory education.

_______ 6. The Finnish education system hasn‟t always been so successful as it is

today.

_______ 7. The USA and some European countries do not enjoy such a homogenous
population as Finland.

IV. Vocabulary

A. Synonyms Matching

1. survey ________ a. rich

2. goal ________ b. emphasis

3. curriculum ________ c. percentage

4. rate ________ d. student

5. profession ________ e. questionnaire

6. receive ________ f. objective target

7. pupil ________ g. course of study

8. wealthy ________ h. get; obtain

9. focus ________ i. job

79
B. Fill in the blanks using the correct vocabulary

dropout in charge of influenced striking competing

adjusts rural reflected

1. Fortunately, the human body quickly ____________ itself to changes in temperature.

2. Shakespeare greatly ____________ the poets and playwrights of his own time as
well as many others coming after him.

3. The most ____________ difference between the twins is that one of them is fair-
haired whereas the other is totally dark. I‟ve never seen anything like that.

4. This is such a big and profitable business that several companies are with
____________ each other to gain the contract.

5. None of the comments that has appeared in the newspapers fully ____________ the
real views of the politician, so he was highly angry with the press.

6. Although Steve Jobs was known to be a university ____________ he was very

successful in his business and was well-known for his many innovative devices.

7. It is important to build new factories in ____________ areas so that the rate of

unemployment will go down in those places, which in turn will lead to a decrease in
migration to big cities.

8. My parents have left me ____________ my four-year-old twin sisters and I am just

about to go crazy. It is impossible to take care of these little monsters!

80
 THE TREND TOWARDS HOME SCHOOLING

Record numbers of children are being taken out of school and educated by their parents at
home in Britain. Up to 100 children a month are leaving the classroom because of their
parents‟ dissatisfaction with the education system. Around 15,000 families are now teaching
their youngsters at home, a rise of 50 percent from last year, according to the latest figures.
(1)

The popularity of home schooling is mainly due to the rigidity of the examination system,
parents being unable to get their children into the school of their choice, and disillusionment
with the teaching methods. Some parents also prefer to keep their children at home because of
bullying and a lack of discipline in schools. Academics believe that schools could become
obsolete within 20 years as parents turn to media technology, such as the Internet, to educate
their children. Professor Meighan of Nottingham University says that as well as the schools,
the teachers could also become obsolete in 20 years‟ time because children will be taught at
home using the Internet, computers and video. He adds that teachers will take on a new role as
advisors who sort through the available information. Regarding these possible changes in the
education system, Sir Christopher Ball, the director of learning at the Royal Society of Arts
brings up the issue of institutionalized schooling. He predicts that the education system of the
future will include a global curriculum and a worldwide qualifications system. (2)

Six years ago, Ms. Leslie Barson founded the Otherwise Club, which now comprises of 35
families around north London. Professional teachers are brought in to help the children with
more specialized subjects, but for the most part parents and children work together. According
to Ms. Barson the whole idea of educating children should be to develop their self-
confidence. Her son, Luis, who is now teaching himself math, agrees with his mother and
says “I like the freedom to learn things that interest me, particularly music. I don‟t feel I am
missing out on anything by not being at school because I am a member of various clubs and
have friends who attend normal school.” (3)

Some educationalists, however, disagree with Luis and claim that home schooling could
worsen children‟s relationships with others because of long periods spent with their parents.
Most academics who are of this opinion fear that children could also become shy as they have
limited contact with people other than their parents. Professor Michael Barber of London
University has worked out a compromise to eliminate the possible negative aspects of home
schooling. He thinks that children could spend half their time at home and half at school
because they need to learn the rules of work in a democratic society and learn to deal with
relationships with adults other than their parents, and this is only possible through experience
in school. (4)

A. Find words in the text that mean the following. Write only ONE word on each line,
and do not change the form of the word.

1. The feeling of being not satisfied with something (para.2) (n.): _________________

2. out of use, not used any longer (para.2) (adj.): _________________

3. An agreement between two different or opposite things (para.4) (h.): _____________

81
B. Answer the questions

1. Apart from educational reasons why do parents prefer home schooling?

2. According to some educationalists, how could home schooling affect social relations of
children? Why?

3. How could home schooled children benefit from spending half their time at school?

a) ____________________________________________________________________

b) ____________________________________________________________________

C. Mark the following statements True (T) or False (F). Correct the false ones.

_______ 1. There are fewer families now teaching their children at home than in the
past.

_______ 2. According to academics, the changes in the education system will change
the role of the teachers in the future.

_______ 3. It can be inferred from the text that at present, the institutionalized schooling
system doesn‟t have a global curriculum.

_______ 4. The Otherwise Glub is so self-sufficient that they never need help from
outside.

_______ 5. Ms. Leslie Barson‟s son, Luis, regrets that he doesn‟t go to normal school
like his friends.

82
 SHOPPING BAGS

Shopping bags, although convenient, have created major environmental issues around the
world. Scientists estimate that about 500 billion plastic shopping bags are used each year
around the globe. Hundreds of millions of these bags end up being thrown away annually.
Studies have shown that only about 1 to 3 percent of plastic shopping bags are recycled. This
has created a load of plastic bags in landfills, streets, and waters throughout the world. The
environmental consequence of this overload could be catastrophic. (1)

In the late 1980s and 1990s, plastic bags were responsible for causing floods in most of
Bangladesh. Experts found that many people were throwing out their plastic bags as litter.
The drainage systems throughout the country became clogged with them and this caused the
floods. (2)

Animals have also suffered. In Western Europe, marine biologists have found many whales
have died from ingesting plastic bags. The whales mistake the bags for prey and swallow
them. This damages their insides and eventually kills them. Flamingoes and pelicans who
scavenge along shores have also died after eating a plastic bag. (3)

Last but not least, plastic bags may be altering the ecosystem of the world‟s oceans. Marine
biologists have learned that ocean species will often “catch a ride” on plastic debris in the
water. This lets them travel farther and more quickly than they could under their own power.
After arriving at their destination, these traveling species will then eat the native species. This
is a grave threat to marine biodiversity. (4)

To combat these problems, many stores and governments have sought alternatives to plastic
shopping bags. In Ireland, for example, politicians passed a new law that levied a tax of 15
cents for consumers who use a plastic shopping bag. In places like Japan, some stores offer a
small discount to shoppers who bring their own reusable bag for carrying home their
purchases. (5)

A. Reference

1. This (para.1) __________________

2. They (para.4) __________________

B. True / False

_______ 1. All the shopping bags that are used every year end up being thrown away.

_______ 2. Whales die when they touch the plastic bags.

_______ 3. Governments are trying to find solutions to plastic bag problem in various
ways.

83
C. Choose the correct answer.

1. According to the article, how many plastic shopping bags are used every year around the
world?

a) about 50 million b) about 50 billion

c) about 500 million d) about 500 billion

2. The word “consequence” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to

a) cause b) impact c) closure d) importance

3. Paragraph 2 is about

a) how disposed plastic bags caused flooding in Bangladesh

b) the results of the flooding in Bangladesh in the late 1980s and 1990s
c) the number of plastic bags produced in the late 1980s and 1990s
d) how companies were responsible for causing floods in most of Bangladesh.

4. According to the article, what is one the causes of whales dying in Western Europe?

a) sensing plastic bags b) consuming plastic bags

c) comprehending plastic bags d) dispatching plastic bags

5. The word “eventually” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to

a) rarely b) equally c) infrequently d) ultimately

6. The word “them” in paragraph 3 refers to

a) prey b) whales c) flamingoes d) pelicans

7. The word “debris” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to

a) litter b) cleanliness c) debit d) bottles

8. According to the article, what did the governments in Ireland do to counter the problem
of plastic bags?

a) they offered costumers reusable bags for only 15 cents each

b) they added a 15 cents tax for shoppers who used a plastic shopping bag
c) they added a 51 cents discount for shoppers who brought their own reusable bag
d) they offered a small discount for shoppers who brought their own reusable bag

84
 SLEEP MATTERS

A. Before reading the text, think about why we sleep and dream.

The science of sleep is more than 50 years old, but much remains a mystery. We still don‟t
really know exactly what sleep is for or why we dream, but there are some interesting
theories. (1)

Most scientists agree that we have periods of REM (rapid eye movement) sleep and non-REM
sleep. Although previously scientists believed that all dreaming happened during REM sleep,
recent research shows that we have different kinds of dreams, with non-REM dreams being
short and dull and REM dreams being long and vivid. Some scientists believe that one
function of dreaming is probably to process information and find meaning. There is some
experimental evidence that REM sleep promotes creative thinking. (2)

The idea that sleep plays an important role in learning and memory isn‟t new. But there is
now considerable evidence that REM sleep is strongly connected with learning how to do
something, for example how to play an instrument. This contrasts with non-REM sleep, which
seems to be connected with spatial memories, for instance learning to find your way around a
new city. (3)

How you feel when you wake up depends on what stage of sleep you‟re in. If you wake up
feeling wide awake and refreshed, you probably woke up during a phase of light sleep. On the
other hand, if you wake up feeling groggy, this is probably because you‟ve woken up during a
deeper phase of sleep, so you‟re still half asleep. Fortunately, research shows a short nap of
10-15 minutes could help you catch up, but avoid a longer siesta as it could leave you feeling
groggy. Some sleep researchers believe that a 10-minute snooze can improve your overall
performance and could prevent accidents for overtired drivers and nurses. (4)

Researchers agree we need between about 6 and 8 hours sleep a night for good mental and
physical health, but studies show about 1 in 10 people have problems sleeping. To avoid
insomnia and get a good night‟s sleep, it‟s important to go to bed at about the same time every
night. Avoid watching TV, using a computer or doing exercise shortly before going to bed
and make sure you‟re neither too hot nor too cold. If you‟re worrying about something when
you go to bed, there‟s no point in telling yourself not to think about it. Instead, think about a
pleasant, relaxing scene, which should soon help you to fall asleep. (5)

B. Which paragraph in the text (2-5) talks about the following?

1. tips for improving your sleep _____________________

2. how dreams differ _____________________

3. waking up and short sleeps _____________________

4. sleep and different kinds of memory _____________________

85
C. True/False. Correct the false ones.

_______ 1. All dreaming happens during REM sleep

_______ 2. REM sleep might help you think creatively
_______ 3. REM sleep would probably help you to learn to ski.
_______ 4. A short nap will leave you feeling groggy.
_______ 5. A short sleep could help avoid accidents caused by tiredness.
_______ 6. Watching TV should help you get to sleep.

D. Complete the sentences with words connected with sleeping and dreaming. They are
in the same order as they appear in the text.

1. Non-REM dreams are short and _____________________.

2. REM dreams and long and _____________________.
3. If you woke up feeling _____________________ awake, you probably woke during
a phase of light sleep.
4. If you woke during a deeper phase of sleep, you‟re probably still _______________
asleep.
5. Research shows a short _____________________ could help you catch up.
6. Avoid a longer _____________________.
7. Some researchers believe a 10-minute ____________can improve your performance.
8. To avoid _________, it‟s important to go to bed at about the same time every night.
9. Think about a pleasant, relaxing scene, which should help you to __________ asleep.

E. Which words or expressions from exercise 4 have the following meanings?

1. a short sleep, usually during the day _____________________.

2. difficulty sleeping _____________________.
3. boring _____________________.
4. begin to sleep _____________________.
5. completely awake _____________________.
6. having or producing very clear and detailed images _____________________.
7. not fully awake _____________________.

86
F. Match the expressions below to the meanings in the blanks.

to sleep on it to be fast asleep to sleep like a jog/a baby

to nod off to sleep in

1. to continue sleeping after the time that you usually wake up _______________.

2. to sleep very well _______________.

3. to think about something for a while _______________.

4. to go to sleep, especially when you do not plan to _______________.

5. to be sleeping in a way that makes it difficult to wake you _______________.

G. Use words and expressions from exercises E and F to complete the questions.

1. Do you sometimes find it difficult to _______________ at night?

2. If you have _______________, what do you do to help you get to sleep?

3. Do you have _______________ dreams or are they _______________and boring?

4. Do you usually feel _______________ and refreshed when you wake or do you feel
_______________.

5. Do you enjoy having a short _______________ during the day?

6. Do you sometimes _______________ at the weekend until 10 am. or later?

7. If you‟re worried about something, it‟s a good idea to _______________

8. Do you sometimes _______________ while watching TV or on a train?

87
 FUNGI

Different types of fungi are often used in cooking-mushrooms are mixed into pasta and soups,
mold is used to make cheeses, and yeast is used in making bread and beer-but they can also
save lives. Some of the most valuable medicines in the world are derived from fungi,
including penicillin, which helps fight disease and infection in the body. Many medicines for
allergies are also made from fungi.

Doctors in the Far East have known for centuries that certain plants and fungi are beneficial in
the treatment of illnesses. (I) In the West, however, fungi have been seriously studied for their
healing effects only for the last 70 years. (II)

How did a common mold that was thought to be bad become an important medicine? (III) In
1928 in a hospital laboratory, Alexander Fleming was studying the flu virus, and by mistake,
penicillin was created. Fleming won the Nobel Prize for his breakthrough. It was one of the
greatest medical discoveries of the century. Penicillin and other medicines derived from
molds and fungi are now indispensable in the treatment of viruses and such diseases as
cancer. (IV)

Can people treat their own illnesses by eating pizza with mushrooms? Absolutely not! In fact,
some kinds of wild mushrooms are poisonous. Specific types of yeast and fungi must be
grown by scientists in a laboratory in order for them to work as medicines. So, buy your
mushrooms at a supermarket and enjoy them on your pizza, but let the doctors make
medicine.

Identify the choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

1. The word DERIVED in paragraph 1 means _____________.

a. related to
b. made from
c. connected to
d. caused by

2. What food is NOT mentioned in the passage as containing fungi?

a. Cheese
b. Beer
c. Bread
d. Butter

3. What is NOT mentioned as something fungi is used to treat?

a. Viruses
b. Cancer
c. Bacteria
d. Allergies

88
4. The word BENEFICIAL in paragraph 2 means _____________.

a. helpful
b. dangerous
c. unknown
d. healing

5. Chinese doctors have been using fungi as medicine _____________.

a. for hundreds of years.

b. for the last 70 years.
c. since 1928.
d. since the 20th century.

6. The word BREAKTHROUGH in paragraph 3 means _____________.

a. broken object
b. work
c. discovery
d. research

7. The word INDISPENSIBLE in paragraph 3 means _____________.

a. given out
b. valuable
c. forgotten
d. useless

8. Which statement is NOT true?

a. Penicillin was created by accident.

b. Penicillin was created in a laboratory.
c. Penicillin was created by Alexander Fleming.
d. Penicillin was created from mushrooms.

9. Why was the discovery of penicillin so important?

a. It led to many deaths.

b. It led to medicines that treat many diseases.
c. It won Fleming the Nobel Prize.
d. It was an accident.

10. Look at the four numbers that indicate where the following sentence could be added to
the passage. Which letter indicates the best place for the sentence?

It happened by accident.

a. I
b. II
c. III
d. IV

89
SHORT ANSWER

1 Eponymous inventions are named for the people who invent them. Some examples are
the saxophone, invented by Adolphe Sax, and the sandwich, invented by the Earl of
Sandwich, who was hungry for something portable that he could eat anywhere.
2 Another eponymous musical instrument was invented by Leon Theremin, a Russian
physicist who moved to the United States in the 1920s. He introduced the first completely
electronic musical instrument, called the Theremin. The Theremin is simply a box with
circuits and transistors inside and two metal antennas sticking out of it. Musicians play
the instrument by moving their hands closer or further away from the two antennas, but
they never touch the instrument!
3 Several years later, a Hungarian journalist named Ladzlas Biro moved to Argentina and
developed a pen that people could use without a separate bottle of ink. The pen had a tiny
ball at the tip and quick-drying ink inside. When someone applied the pen to a piece of
paper, the ink that was transferred to the paper pulled more ink from inside the pen. In
1938, Biro received the first patent for a ballpoint pen, which many people still call a
biro.
4 In 1953, a medical doctor named Virginia Apgar noticed that when babies were delivered
in hospitals, doctors and nurses paid special attention to the mother but didn‟t have a way
to evaluate the health of the baby. She developed the Apgar Scale, a description of
appearance and bodily functions which hospitals worldwide now use to quickly rate a
baby‟s health within minutes of birth.

11. The above paragraphs are labeled 1-4. Match each paragraph with the correct title from
the box below.

A. A First Rate Scale

B. For Name‟s Sake
C. Music with the Magic Touch
D. A Practical Pen

12. Complete the summary below according to the text, using words from the box.

evaluate known touching scale portable

Many inventions have been named after their Inventors. Leon Theremin gave his name to the
first completely electronic musical instrument, the Theremin. Musicians play it without ever
(1) ______________ it! The popular ballpoint pen is (2) ______________ as the biro, after
the man who invented it. Virginia Apgar gave her name to a (3) ______________ that is now
widely used around the world to quickly assess a newborn baby‟s health.

13. Answer YES if the statement agrees with the information in the passage. Answer NO if
the statement contradicts the information in the passage. Answer NOT GIVEN if there is
no mention of this information in the passage.

(1) The Apgar Scale measures a mother‟s health.

(2) Biro invented his ballpoint pen in 1938.
(3) Leon Theremin won an award for his invention.

90
 ARE YOU HOOKED?

No one likes to admit they‟re an addict. They are sad creatures ruled by deadly substances
such as tobacco or alcohol. But there are others less damaging to the health. Like it or not,
large numbers of us are addicts. Addictions cam be chemical (caffeine), emotional (shopping),
physical (exercise) or downright strange - such as picking your spots! You‟re the odd one out
if you don‟t have at least one everyday addiction. What do you do when you feel under
pressure, bored or depressed? Get lost in the world of TV? Go shopping? Eat one bar of
chocolate after another? (1)

Becci has been a chocaholic for ten years. “I just get an urge for it - a need,‟ says Becci. “I
really don‟t know why, it‟s just so delicious. People say that chocolate can make up for lost
passion -1 don‟t know about that, but I love the way it melts in my mouth.” Every day, Becci
gets through several bars of her favorite Cadbury‟s chocolate (the one with the soft caramel
center is the best). But it‟s not only the bars she goes for- hot chocolate drinks and chocolate
cakes are also essentials. Towards exam time, Becci feels she has to increase her intake to
cope with all the work. “If I get up late, I‟ll have chocolate for breakfast, then more Mid more
during the day. I am addicted. It‟s like smoking, I suppose, but I have no plans to give it up. If
I like it so much, why should I?” (2)

Addiction to exercise can ruin your life, Janine learnt to her cost. “I was swimming at least
fifty lengths a day, jogging to the gym and doing three aerobic classes a week. At home, I
used an exercise bike and keep fit videos. My husband said that I didn‟t have time for him,
and he was right. But I couldn‟t believe it when he left me. Finally, I came to my senses. I
wanted to get fit but it ail got out of hand and my addiction ruined my marriage. Now, I‟m
seeing a counselor and gradually reducing the amount of exercise I do.” (3)

Well-known Member of Parliament, Tony Benn, just can‟t live without his favorite drink. He
has on average eighteen pints of tea a day and his addiction has raised concern about his
health. When he collapsed recently, some people blamed his excessive tea drinking. Mr. Benn
has calculated that, over the years, he has drunk enough tea (around 300,000 gallons) to
displace an ocean-going liner. If he ever tried to stop, he would find it agonizing. (4)

Anne shopped for thirteen hours a day without leaving her living room- she was addicted to
TV shopping. When she got home from her job as a night care worker at 8.30 a.m., Anne
would immediately tune into a satellite TV shopping channel and buy everything in sight. Her
home was soon an Aladdin‟s cave of household goods and trendy clothes she didn‟t need.
When her cash ram out, she stole money from the elderly patients in her care and was charged
with theft. “It seemed so easy,” she says. I didn‟t realize I‟d become so addicted. “Anne‟s
family have now removed her satellite receiver. (5)

A. Reference

1. that (para.2) _____________________

2. it (para.2) _____________________

91
B. Find words or phrases in the text with the following meanings.

1. the exception, the unusual person (para.1) _________________________

2. a desire (para.2) _________________________

3. to compensate (para.2) _________________________

4. to change from solid to liquid (para.2) _________________________

5. to destroy (para.3) _________________________

6. to realize what is happening (para.3) _________________________

7. to stop being under control (para.3) _________________________

8. to make people worried (para.4) _________________________

9. to fall down (para.4) _________________________

10. too much (para.4) _________________________

11. very difficult and painful (para.4) _________________________

12. fashionable (para.5) _________________________

13. to come to an end (para.5) _________________________

92
 THE DISAPPEARING HONEY BEE

Did you know that the honeybee is disappearing? This reading tells us how this problem
could change the world and affect our future.

Do you run away when you hear a bee buzzing? Many people do. A bee sting hurts and some
people are allergic to bee venom. But did you know that bees are very important to humans?
Honeybees do more than just make honey. They fly around and pollinate flowers, plants, and
trees. Our fruits, nuts, and vegetables rely on these pollinators. One third of America‟s food
supply is pollinated by the honeybee. (1)

Have you seen or heard a honeybee lately? Bees are mysteriously disappearing in many parts
of the world. Most people don‟t know about this problem. It is called “colony collapse
disorder” (CCD). Some North American beekeepers lost 80% of their hives from 2006-2008.
Bees in Italy and Australia are disappearing too. (2)

The disappearance of the honeybee is a serious problem. Can you imagine never eating
another blueberry? What about almonds and cherries? Without honeybees food prices will
skyrocket. The poorest people always suffer the worst when there is a lack of food. (3)

This problem affects other foods besides fresh produce. Imagine losing your favorite ice
cream! Haagen Daaz is a famous ice cream company. Many of their flavors rely on the hard
working honeybee. In 2008, Haagen Daaz began raising money for CCD. They also funded a
garden at the University of California called The Haven. This garden helps raise awareness
about the disappearing honeybee Mid teaches visitors how to plant for pollinators. (4)

Donating money to research is the most important thing humans can do to save the honeybee.
Scientists need money to investigate the causes of Colony Collapse Disorder. Some scientists
blame CCD on climate change. Others think pesticides are killing the bees. Commercial bee
migration may also cause CCD. Beekeepers transport their hives from place to place in order
to pollinate plants year round. (5)

Not everyone has money to donate regularly. There are other ways to help the honeybee.
Spread the word by telling your friends and family about the problem. Tell your teacher about
the disappearing bees too. Maybe your class can write a letter to the government. (6)

A. Find the words in the text that have the same meaning as the definitions or
synonyms given below:

1. P1: a. to transfer male pollen from one flower to another to allow fertilization and
seed development
b. to depend on (or need) someone or something

2. P2: in a way that is not easily understood

3. P3: a. to rise very high or rise very much in a short time

b. a shortage (or not enough) of something

93
 4. P4: provide with money for a particular purpose

5. P5: to study, do research or try to find the truth

B. What do the underlined words refer to?

1. P2: lost 80% of their hives:

2. P4: This problem affects

C. True or false. Correct the false statements.

_______ 1. Honeybees not only make honey but also pollinate flowers, plants and
trees.

_______ 2. Food prices will not change even if the number of honeybees decreases.

_______ 3. According to Haagen Daaz, people should become aware of the

disappearing honeybee, so he funded a garden at the University of
California called The Haven.

_______ 4. Donations are necessary for scientists to do research on Colony Collapse

Disorder.

_______ 5. The only thing you can do is donating money to research to help the
honeybees.

D. Choose the best answer.

1. The problem of honeybees disappearing is called

a) colony disappearing disorder b) colony collapse disorder

c) colony cooperation disorder

2. According to the article, honeybees pollinate __________ of America‟s food supply.

a) all b) a quarter c) one third

3. One of the possible causes of CCD is the use of poisons called

a) pesticides b) allergies c) pollinators

4. Moving honeybees from place to place is called

a) CCD transportation b) commercial bee migration c) beekeeper pollination

94
 GOOD AND BAD LUCK

From earliest times, humans have tried to make sense of the world around them. They have
also attempted to control their environment and their own future. In ancient times, this was
often difficult, so they looked to the natural world for assistance. Across cultures, humans
have believed that certain animals, plants, or natural events could bring good or bad luck.
Although the origin of these beliefs is rooted in the past, many of them continue today. (1)
Animals played a big part in the lives of early humans, so it is not surprising that they often
became part of human belief systems. Animals were often associated with their most obvious
characteristics. For example, lions and bears were feared and respected for their strength, so
they became symbols of strength and bravery. However, the connection between animals and
their meaning is not always so clear and may vary from one culture to another. (2)
This cross-cultural variation may arise for different reasons. Perhaps the most important
reason is that animals have different characteristics. One culture may focus on one
characteristic and another culture may focus on a different one. The crow is a good example
of this. Crows will eat dead animals. As a result, in some cultures, such as in ancient Rome
and in Europe of the Middle Ages, the crow was associated with death and became a symbol
of bad luck. However, crows are also very intelligent and are able to survive in difficult
situations. The Native American tribe, the Crow, even took their name from the bird and is an
example of a culture where crows are a symbol of good luck. (3)
The bat offers a different reason for cross-cultural variation. Bats fly at night and often carry
diseases. In western countries, therefore, they became associated with night, death, and
witches. Even today, bats are feared and avoided. In Chinese culture, in contrast, the bat is a
symbol of good luck and happiness. In this case, however, the connection is not related to the
behavior of bats. Instead, it is related to the sound of the word. The word bat in Chinese
sounds very similar to the word for good fortune. (4)
Animals were not the only symbols of good luck and fortune for ancient people. Some plants
were also considered to be lucky. In Europe, for example, the oak tree is a symbol of strength
and luck. Historians believe that this belief began when ancient people saw lightning hit oak
trees. The trees often burned down and were destroyed, but the nuts from the oak tree—
acorns—did not burn. As a result, ancient people believed these acorns could protect them
from harm. Acorns became symbols of good luck. (5)
Some cultures also have customs in which people try to improve their luck. They make
wishes in very specific circumstances. In western culture, people make wishes when they
blow out candles on a birthday cake, when they see a rainbow or falling star, or when an
eyelash falls to their cheek. In many non-Western cultures, however, making a wish like this
is considered too bold. In those cultures, you should only make a wish if you offer something
in return. For example, you might offer fruit, flowers, candles, or promise to change your
behavior in the future, as you make the wish. (6)
All over the world, symbols of good and bad luck remain part of modern life although, as in
the case of crows and acorns, many people are unaware of their origins. Even historians
disagree on how some of them began. However, they do agree that such symbols come from
the universally human wish to interpret and control our world. (7)

95
Choose the correct answer for each question.

1. Where do we get many of our symbol s of good and bad luck from?

a. our ability to control the environment

b. the natural world
c. man-made environments

2. In which cultures is the crow considered a symbol of good luck?

a. many western European cultures

b. Asian cultures
c. some Native American cultures

3. Why are bats considered to be lucky in Chinese culture?

a. because bats don‟t carry disease

b. because they behave in a clever and intelligent way
c. because the word for bat sounds like the word for luck

4. Why are acorns considered a symbol of good luck?

a. because they can survive forest fires

b. because they are types of fruit
c. because they come from big, strong, oak trees

5. Which paragraph is about things that people do to bring themselves luck?

a. paragraph 2
b. paragraph 4
c. paragraph 6

6. In paragraph 4, what does the word “it” refer to in the phrase: it is related to the sound of
the word?

a. the bat
b. the connection
c. good luck

7. What do people in many non-Western cultures do before making a wish?

a. They do something generous.

b. They do something bold,
c. They may look for a falling star or a rainbow,

8. What is the main idea of the reading?

a. Many animals are symbols of good and bad luck.

b. What we consider to be lucky or unlucky has historic roots.
c. Different cultures have different interpretations of things that are lucky and unlucky.

96
 TRADITIONS AND SUPERSTITIONS

Pre-Reading Questions:

1. What are some traditions that have changed in Turkey?

2. What are some of the causes of the changes of these traditions?

Vocabulary in Context

Give the meaning of the words by looking at the words around it. Underline those words that
help you understand the words in bold type.

1. What are traditions? They are the beliefs, customs, music, stories, food, and dress that
each generation hands down to the next.

2. A pilgrimage is a journey to a sacred place like Mecca or Jerusalem.

3. Muslims cannot eat pork whereas Hindus cannot eat beef. Jews have many rules about
food but Christians have none.

4. Many traditions seem to be universal whereas others are more local.

5. Modern warfare is so destructive that we have to find more peaceful ways to solve our
problems.

Wherever you go in the world, people eat hamburgers, wear jeans, play the same video games
and listen to Rock and Roll music. American culture seems to be dominating all other cultures
in the world. Even language is not safe. People who do not know English sometimes have
trouble understanding what Turkish politicians and economists say on television because of
the amount of English words they use. In short, the traditions of different countries seem to be
dying out. (1)

What are traditions? They are the beliefs, customs, music, stories, food, and dress that each
generation hands down to the next. They are social habits that we follow without thinking.
Their origins are largely unknown. They are the things that make people around the world
different from each other. We can get a better understanding of traditions if we classify them
into three groups: religious traditions, social traditions and superstitions. (2)

Religion is the source of many of our traditions. One example of this is holidays. In fact, the
English word for holiday originates from „holy days‟, that is, religious days. Many of our
most important holidays, such as Ramadan and Christmas, are religious in origin. Other
traditions like circumcision and pilgrimages also come from religion. A pilgrimage is a
journey to a sacred place like Mecca or Jerusalem. Many daily practices also depend on
religion. For example, Muslims cannot eat pork whereas Hindus cannot eat beef. Jews have
many rules about food but Christians have none. (3)

There are many social traditions that originated long ago. No one remembers why we wear
wedding rings on the fourth finger of the left hand. Similarly, we have forgotten why knives

97
have round ends, why we use forks instead of chopsticks, why men wear trousers in the West
but dresses in Arabia. Have you ever thought about why the week is seven days, why white is
a symbol for purity in the West but for death in the East? There are thousands of details in our
daily life that started for reasons that we no longer know. Even the stones that wc tell our
children or the dances that we do at ceremonies have forgotten origins. In other words, many
social traditions have historical origins. (4)

Superstitions are beliefs that we share with other people in our society about luck. Sometimes
we try to avoid bad luck by avoiding certain things. For example, we do not walk under
ladders or cross the path of a black cat. Many people try to avoid the number 13. This is why
many hotels in the US will not have a 13th floor or a room number 13! Another example is
knocking on wood to avoid bad luck- On the other hand, doing certain things may bring bad
luck such as opening umbrellas in the house or breaking mirrors. Many of these superstitions
seem to be universal whereas others are more local. People of the Middle East and the
Balkans believe that a blue bead on their child‟s clothes will keep away bad luck or the „evil
eye‟. (5)

People have two distinct attitudes about traditions. Some people feel that no traditions are
worth saving. They believe that every place on the earth will gradually become the same.
They feel that modern conditions (technology) cause this situation, a global culture. On the
other hand, others want to preserve all traditions. They prefer a world with many different
cultures. They think that it is possible for many different cultures to live together peacefully.
Whatever the results, the world is too small for people to be fighting each other over little
differences. Modern warfare has become so destructive that we now have to find more
peaceful ways to solve our problems. Instead, we should learn to understand and respect each
other and give others the right to be different. In other words, we must be more tolerant of
each other‟s traditions. (6)

I. COMPREHENSION

A. True or False. Correct the false statements.

1. People around the world are starting to behave similarly. T / F

2. Traditions come from governments. T / F

3. Religion plays an important role in making people different. T / F

4. There are historical reasons why we do one thing and not another. T /F

5. Superstitions are the same all over the world. T / F

6. Everyone wants traditions to be saved. T / F

7. We should be able to solve most social problems by warfare. T / F

98
B. References: Explain what the underlined word refers to.

1. P2: ... to the next.

2. P3: ... Christians have none.

II. VOCABULARY

A. Fill in the blanks with the correct words in the two groups below.

custom details dress source habit generation

amount worth in origin

1. The prosperity of the country depends on the __________ of wealth or money it has.

2. It is not __________ losing your health just to be slim. Stop dieting so much.

3. I‟ll tell you the __________ of my trip later on.

4. Many Indian women still wear their national __________. It is called a „sari‟.

5. The traditions that prevented the Untouchables, or very poor (in India), from getting
any education or good jobs were religious __________.

6. The best __________ of vitamins and minerals is fruit and vegetables.

7. It was the __________ of China to tie up the feet of young girls so that their feet
would stay small.

8. My aunts and uncles are in the same __________ as my parents.

9. Smoking is a bad __________ that is hard to give up.

attitudes share valuable no longer worth hand down

similarly symbol

10. Men‟s __________ towards women are slowly changing. They __________ think of
them just as servants.

11. Older children in very large families generally __________ their clothing to their
younger brothers and sisters.

12. Muslims cannot eat pork for religious reasons __________, Hindus cannot eat bef.

13. That painting by Picasso is very __________. Do you know how much it is
__________?

14. Students who live in a dormitory learn to __________ with their roommates.

15. In Japan, turtles are the __________ for long life, so many Japanese gardens have
rocks in the shape of a turtle.

99
B. Synonyms: Find the words in the list which can replace the underlined ones.
Substitute them in the sentence by making any grammar changes necessary,

holy preserve avoid dominate distinct no longer

however to sum up/in short valuable instead
in other words worth

1. The ancient Romans had an eight-day week but the Israelites had a seven-day week.

2. There are many sacred places in the world where pilgrims visit. One such place is
Mother Mary‟s House in Ephesus near Kuşadası.

3. That diamond ring is worth a lot.

4. You can keep away robbers if you lock your house at night.

5. I cannot buy CDs anymore because they are too expensive.

6. Queen Elizabeth did not want to marry because her husband would control her and
she would lose power.

7. How much does that car cost?

8. He said he had a cold, a headache, a backache and a stomach ache. In conclusion, he

said he was ill.

9. The word „democracy‟ is used globally in at least two different meanings.

10. Many people use olive oil in cooking in the place of margarine because it is better
for you.

11. We want to save the wild animals in the world.

12. That is, we must be more tolerant of each other‟s traditions.

B. Suffixes: Making adjectives from nouns. Add the suffix „-ly‟ to these time words and
write the proper one in the blanks.

week month year night

1. Some birds migrate, or make a __________ journey back and forth, from the
Northern Hemisphere to the Southern one.

2. Newsweek is a __________ magazine whereas Time is a __________ magazine.

Both provide a lot of political news.

3. There is a __________ performance at the theater.

100
D. Add the suffix „-al‟ to the following words and use them in the sentences below.

education nation finance agriculture person culture industry

1. He went abroad for __________ reasons. They are none of your business.

2. He is a retired teacher but he is still interested in __________ matters.

3. The __________ center has a large auditorium for theater and concert performances.

4. Every country has a __________ anthem (march).

5. The management could not understand __________ problems so the business went
bankrupt.

6. __________ products like tea and oranges are very important to the Turkish
economy.

7. __________ areas are usually dirty and polluted because of the many factories.

III. STRUCTURE PRACTICE

A. Relative or adjective clauses: Write the two short sentences that make up these long
ones.

Example: There are many traditions that originated long ago.

There are many traditions. They originated long ago.

Example: Traditions are old things that each generation hands down to the next.
Traditions are old things. Each generation hands them down to the next

1. Ataturk made many reforms that changed old traditions.

2. People try to avoid doing certain things that they think will bring bad luck.

3. We must tolerate other country‟s traditions that come from religion.

4. Superstitions are beliefs about luck that we share with other people in our society.

5. Rituals are acts which help people to feel comfortable.

6. White magic is a type of magic which is supposed to bring luck.

7. People with enemies often use black magic which can be used for revenge.

101
B. Relatives clauses with „who‟. Underline the relative clause; the first one is done far
you.

1. This was a proper burial for a man who had so many adventures at sea.

2. The lucky girl who catches the flowers at a wedding will be the next bride.

3. Women who work outside the home have two full time jobs

4. People who get divorced must give a lot of attention to their children.

102
 SO YOU WANT TO BE A MILLIONAIRE

There is no specific formula you can use to become a millionaire. At school, we are told that
receiving a proper education is all that we need to do well in society. However, a recent study
by Professor Gary Cooper of the University of Manchester has proven this wrong. Professor
Gary Cooper studied the lives of successful entrepreneurs and discovered that 60 percent left
school early, either due to expulsion or boredom. Other studies show that there is little
connection between how well children do at school and the success they achieve as adults. (1)

At the moment, there are 95,000 millionaires in Britain alone. Those who recently became
millionaires come from a variety of backgrounds. The easiest way is to start out wealthy. In a
survey of the richest 200 people in Britain, more than 50 percent inherited money. Twenty-
five percent of those who head large corporations were born into wealthy families. (2)

If you are not bora wealthy, you may be able to take advantage of your good looks. Dr.
Raymond Bull of Portsmouth University says that good looks make early life easier. He then
adds that people expect a good-looking person to be kinder and more efficient. However,
don‟t be surprised if you find yourself employed as a decorative figure due to your good looks
while your less attractive colleagues are moving up the career ladder. (3)

Professor Cooper divided successful people into two categories: the entrepreneurs and the
intrapreneurs. The former often left school early and had several business disasters.
However, in general, they are very determined people. The latter, on the other hand, have
risen up through the levels of organizations. They are the children everyone thought would do
well. Over half of them went to universities. They are good organizers and get on well with
people. One dramatic difference between Cooper‟s two groups is that many of the
intrapreneurs felt that they had been the victims of discrimination early in their lives. This has
not been the case for entrepreneurs. (4)

Nonetheless, even if you were born poor and lack good looks, there is still plenty you can do
to improve your chances of success. There are many self-help manuals available to help you
reach the top. There is even a magazine called Personal Success, filled with ads for courses
that will transform your thinking and behavior. Most of today‟s courses on positive thinking
originated in the United States. Many start by emphasizing the importance of self- belief and
its role in being successful. (5)

All these methods are the result of the fact that the old idea of a career ladder leading to
success in big corporations no longer applies. There is much greater emphasis on personal
development However, what none of these methods do is to look at the quality of your life or
consider whether the price of success is too high. Most entrepreneurs are anxious people who
are not strangers to self-destructive behavior. Twenty-five percent of top executives are
unhappy with the long hours they have to work and the destructive effects this has on their
family life. It seems that true success turns out to be based on more than motivation. There is
a need for harmony, creativity and healthy relationships. (6)

103
A. What do the following refer to?

1. this (para.1) : _______________________________

2. more than 50 percent (para.2) : more than 50 percent of __________
3. The former (para.4) : _______________________________
4. The latter (para.4) : _______________________________
5. its (para.5) : _______________________________
6. this (para.6) : _______________________________

B. Find the words in the text that mean the following.

1. forcing someone or being forced to leave a school, organization or country

(para.1)______________
2. someone who starts their own business (para.1) ______________
3. receive money, a house, etc. from someone after they have died (para.2)
______________
4. people with whom one works in a profession or business (para.3) ______________
5. the practice of treating one person or group of people less fairly or less well that
other people or groups (para.4) ______________
6. prove to be the case (para.6) ______________

C. Mark the following statements True (T) or False (F). Correct the false statements.

1. _______ If a child does well at school, it shows that he/she will be successful when
he/she grows up.
2. _______ The richest people, who joined a survey in Britain, said that they had
worked hard to earn money.
3. _______ Self-belief is important to become successful.

D. Answer the following questions.

1. How can having good looks become a disadvantage in one‟s career?

2. What has the idea of a career ladder leading to success in big corporations replaced
with?

3. Why are twenty-five percent of top executives unhappy?

4. According to the writer, what is „true success‟ based on?

104
 ORGANIC FOODS

Organic food is very popular these days. It can also be very expensive. Some organic food
costs twice as much as non-organic food. Parents of young children, and even some pet
owners, will pay high prices for organic food if they think it‟s healthier. But many others
think organic food is just a waste of money. (1)

There is one main difference between organic and non-organic food. Organic farms do not use
agricultural chemicals such as pesticides that stop insects from damaging crops. In many
countries foods that claim to be organic must have special labels that guarantee they‟re grown
organically. (2)

Some people think organic also means “locally grown”, and originally this was true. But over
time organic farming has become big business, with many organic foods now being grown by
large agricultural companies that sell their products far from where they‟re grown. Processed
food made with organic ingredients has also become more popular. At first, only small
companies produced these products. But as demand overtook supply, big food companies
that had been selling non-organic products for many years also began selling organic
products. Small organic food companies found it difficult to compete with these big
companies, and many didn‟t stay in business much longer. (3)

Is organic food safer and more nutritious? This is an important part of the debate. Many
farmers and consumers believe it is. They think agricultural chemicals can cause serious
illnesses like cancer, but there isn‟t much evidence proving this is true. However recent
studies have shown that eating organically-grown produce reduces your chances of
developing heart disease. Many doctors think it‟s more important to stop dangerous bacteria
from contaminating foods. These bacteria can contaminate both organic and non-organic
fruit and vegetables, and doctors recommend washing produce carefully before eating it.
Meat, fish and chicken can also become contaminated, so washing your hands before
handling these foods is also very important. Many doctors also believe we should reduce the
amount of sugar in our diets, and there is a lot of evidence to support this idea. They
recommend carefully checking the list of ingredients on processed food and drinks for all the
words that really mean sugar, like glucose, sucrose and fructose. And they remind us that the
aim of most big food companies is to make lots of money, even if they damage our health
while doing so. This means processed foods that are called “organic” can also be very
unhealthy if they contain lots of sugar. (4)

Most people agree that naturally grown food tastes better. Is tastier food worth the extra
money? That‟s a matter of opinion. Whether organic food is healthier or not is still not clear,
so more research is needed. However, consumers of organic food often say “better safe than
sorry” when it comes to what we eat. (5)

105
I. Comprehension

A. Find the words in the text that have the same meaning as the definitions or
synonyms given below:

PI:

1. chemical-free: __________________

P2:

2. chemicals that farmers put on their crops to kill harmful insects: _____________

P3:

3. the desire of consumers for a particular product or item: ________________

4. the amount or number of products ready to be sold: __________________

P4:

5. good for your health (of food and drinks only): __________________

6. a discussion in which opposing ideas or arguments are expressed: _____________

7. to make something less pure or poisonous: ________________

8. to advise: __________________

P5:

9. being careful is better than taking risks (idiom): __________________

B. What do the underlined words refer to?

1. P1 ... organic food if they think ... -

2. P2 ... guarantee they are grown ... -

3. P3 ... that sell their products ... -

4. P3 ... small companies produced these products ... -

5. P3 ... and many didn‟t stay ... -

6. P4 ... This is an important ... -

7. P4 ... before eating it.-

8. P4 ... to support this idea -

106
C. True or false. Correct the false statements.

1. Some organic food costs half as much as non-organic food.

2. Some pet owners will spend a lot of money on organic food if they think it is
healthier.

3. Big food companies started selling organic products because more people wanted to
buy them.

4. Big food companies‟ selling organic products gave an opportunity to small

companies to expand their business.

5. It is a fact that agricultural chemicals can cause serious illnesses like cancer.

6. It is important to avoid consuming processed food and drinks which contain sugar
like glucose, sucrose and fructose.

D. Answer the questions.

1. How can consumers understand that the foods are organic?

2. Where do large agricultural companies sell their products?

3. How can you reduce your chances of developing heart disease according to recent
studies?

4. What kinds of fruit and vegetables can dangerous bacteria contaminate?

5. What makes processed foods and drinks unhealthy even if they are organic?

E. Choose the best answer.

1. What is the main difference between organic and non-organic food?

a) size of the company

b) me of pesticides
c) location of the farm

2. All processed foods should have a label listing the product‟s

a) ingredients
b) pesticides
c) organics

3. What is the aim of most big food companies while selling their products?

a) protecting public health

b) encouraging people to eat organic foods
c) making a lot of profits

107
 4. Most people agree that naturally grown food tastes

a) safer
b) better
c) worse

II. Structure Practice

Noun Clauses with “If‟ or “Whether” in the subject or the object position.

Whether organic food is healthier or not is still not clear.

Whether or not organic food is healthier is still not clear.
subject of the sentence
It is still not clear if/whether organic food is healthier for not).
object of the sentence

1. Is the house haunted? It is a mystery, (subject position)

____________________________________________________________________

2. Is there life on other planets? It is questionable, (subject position)

____________________________________________________________________

3. Are they twins? It is unknown, (subject position)

____________________________________________________________________

4. Will she get a scholarship? It is doubtful, (object position)

____________________________________________________________________

5. Did he really go bankrupt last year? I want to know this, (object position)
____________________________________________________________________

6. Is he aware of his son‟s problems? I wonder, (object position)

____________________________________________________________________

108
 THE FAMILY

Vocabulary in Context:

Guess the meaning of the underlined words.

1. There are many members of different generations in the same household.

2. Different generations may not be able to live together because their interests and
lifestyles are so different.
3. It is harder to keep up a comfortable lifestyle on only one income so many women are
going back to work.
4. Many modern appliances, such as washing machines, make housework easier.
5. There can be no substitute for a close, loving family. Nothing can take its place.

The family is the basic unit of society. It‟s the place where we feed and take care of children
because human babies cannot take care of themselves. Parents provide the necessary care,
attention and shelter that they need. While they are bringing children up, they teach them the
basic culture of their society. While the children are maturing, or growing up, they learn
language, values (the behavior society approved of) and morality (the rules of right and
wrong). They also learn the skills that they need to become proper adults. While they are
playing, listening or doing simple jobs, they are constantly learning the proper behavior and
duties of men and women in their society. The things that children learn in childhood affect
their whole lives. (1)

Although the family is such a common institution worldwide, not all families are alike. In the
pre-industrial age, when people mostly lived on farms, or villages, families were different
from today. People used to have very large families. There were many children and other
relatives living together. It was common for the grandparents and several unmarried brothers
and sisters to live with the married couple and their children. There were many members of
different generations in the same household. This type of family is called an extended family.
The mother, grandmother and other adult women in the house all worked together to rear the
children and do the housework. The men, on the other hand, were responsible for growing
crops in the fields, raising the animals and repairing or making anything that the family
needed because the family used to produce almost everything themselves. In other words,
families were more self-sufficient then. (2)

This kind of family changed, however, when life became more industrialized and people
started to leave the farms to live in the cities. At first, young people moved to the city. They
left their parents on the farms. When they married, their parents did not usually live with
them. The family consisted of only the married couple and their children. This sort of family
is called the nuclear family. In this type of family, the mother is responsible for all the
housework and taking care of the children until they go to school. The father is the
breadwinner, or the provider: in other words, he brings home the money to pay for the basic
things that the family buys to live on. The family is no longer the center for production of all
its needs*1. That is, families are no longer self-sufficient. (3)

Not only the family structure but also living conditions have changed2. As long as a family
could afford to have the mother stay at home, the nuclear family was able to survive. For

109
many families, however, this was not financially possible. Modern life is also much more
expensive than it used to be. As the cost of living rose in the United States, more and more
women needed to work outside the home so the family could have a comfortable lifestyle. At
the same time, an emphasis on equality for men and women opened the door to new job
opportunities for women. Moreover, modern education has made many women dissatisfied
with the traditional role of woman as a homemaker. They wanted interesting careers outside
the home just like their husbands have. As a result, modern families are not only smaller but
also the wives may be working outside the home. (4)

Moreover, other changes have resulted in family structure changes. Since 1980, another sort
of family in the United States has increased tremendously. This is the single-parent family.
Today, there are roughly 90 million single-parent families with children under the age of 18
years old. That is a 200% increase since 1980. Nearly 99% of these single-parent families are
headed by women. Many sociologists have studied single-parent families to find out why they
are increasing in number. The fact that it is now easier to get a divorce in the United States
does not fully explain the increase in single-parent families. In many countries, divorce rates
stabilized (remained the same) in the 1980s but the number of single-parent families
continued to increase. (5)

In addition to single-parent families, blended families have evolved. In these homes, parents
have children from previous marriages living in the same home. For example, John Diego, 45,
of Miami, Florida, has two children from his first marriage. His second wife, Martha, has two
children from her first marriage. John and Martha also have a child together. John and Martha
and the five children live together in a blended family. (6)

Although day care centers or grandparents can look after the children and modern appliances
make housework much easier and provide more free time to women, small nuclear families
still face other problems. Divorce or death of one parent can greatly affect the family. Another
problem is who will take care of the couple‟s parents when they become unable to care for
themselves. It is often not possible for the different generations to live together because of the
generation gap. Not only are their interests and lifestyles widely different due to age
differences but also due to the changes made by technology. Therefore, the various
generations have difficulty getting along with one another under one roof. As a result, the
problem of what happens to older people when they lose their spouse becomes a difficult one
to solve. However, the worst problem is what happens to the children. Small or broken
families where the single- parent or parents are working can leave the child without enough
guidance or support. If he is left alone too much, he may not be able to resist the
attractiveness of drugs and other dangers of modern life. (7)

Despite changes in the family, it is still the most important institution in society. There can be
no substitute for a close, loving family when bringing up children. Without a stable home, the
child will have trouble developing into a mature, healthy member of society. As long as we
care about the next generation, we must protect the family. (8)

110
I. COMPREHENSION

A. What do the underlined words refer to?

1. P1: ... They teach them ...

2. P2: ... families were more self-sufficient then.
3. P7: ... if he is left ...
4. P8: As long as we care about...

B. Answer the following questions by giving short answers:

1. What things do children learn from their families?

2. What was the role of women / men in extended families?
3. What is the role of women / men in the nuclear families?
4. Why do women nowadays want to continue to work after having children?
5. Why is housework no longer a problem?
6. What makes it difficult for two generations to live together?
7. What may happen to children without parental guidance?
8. What makes mature, healthy adults?

C. Choose the correct answer

1. The family‟s most important job is to _________.

a. approve of the behavior of their children

b. provide education for their children
c. provide for all the children‟s needs

2. The family in pre-industrial times was _________ it is now.

a. the same as
b. larger than
c. smaller tan

3. The nuclear family consists of the _________.

a. married couple and their children

b. married couple, their parents and their children
c. all the relatives of the married couple

4. According to the passage, all the below are reasons why the modern family is getting
smaller EXCEPT_________.

a. the number of child deaths get smaller

b. the cost of life is much higher nowadays
c. women don‟t want to give up working
d. children are leaving the family earlier

111
 5. All the below are problems facing families nowadays EXCEPT _________.

a. the loss of one parent

b. the care of the older generation
c. the children not getting along with each other
d. the children not having enough parental attention

D. True or False. Correct the false statements.

1. Although women‟s role of taking care of the home and children generally has
remained the same, many men living in rural areas in extended families work in their
fields whereas men in nuclear families work outside in various kinds of jobs as the
provider.

2. Now that it is easier to get a divorce, research by sociologists in the US show that the
number of single parent families has increased.

3. Blended families consist of children of a woman‟s previous marriage and children of

the man‟s previous marriage and can also include children from the new husband and
wife.

II. VOCABULARY

A. Definitions: Match the words to their correct definition.

_______ 1. morality a. money that comes in from work, rents, etc.

_______ 2. values b. husband or wife
_______ 3. spouse c. legal ending of a marriage
_______ 4. divorce d. husband and wife
_______ 5. couple e. what is important in society
_______ 6. income f. all the people and things of a house
_______ 7. household g. set of rules of behavior

B. Synonyms: Match the words on the left with the suitable synonym on the right

_______ 1. stable a. today

_______ 2. lifestyle b. kind
_______ 3. grow up c. slowly
_______ 4. sort d. withstand
_______ 5. resist e. balanced
_______ 6. gradually f. living conditions
_______ 7. reduce g. lower
_______ 8. nowadays h. bring up
_______ 9. rear i. mature

112
C. Fill in the blanks using the words in the box.

career produce as long as grow mature face reduce

responsible basic self-sufficient interests approve

1. Mathematics is one of the __________ subjects in elementary school.

2. Families used to __________ everything that was needed including soap, furniture
and food.

3. __________people know how to accept responsibilities.

4. We __________ many difficulties in our lives.

5. The family did not _________ of his friends so they didn‟t let him go out with them.

6. I have many __________ including sports, music, poetry and reading.

7. He tried to __________ the time that he spent on traveling to work by buying a car.

8. Although he studied engineering, he really wanted a __________ in music

9. The government is __________ for providing good schools.

10. Kittens __________ to be cats very quickly.

11. Although people living on farms are generally __________ for food, people living in
cities are not. They have to buy everything they eat.

12. __________ there are children, we will need responsible parents.

III. STRUCTURE PRACTICE

A. Suffix „-ness‟: Changing adjectives to nouns: Make the following adjectives into
nouns by adding the suffix „ness‟ and place them in the correct sentence.

great unhappy weak careless

1. Divorce causes a lot of __________ .

2. I have a __________ for chocolate. I can‟t seem to get enough of it.

3. His __________ made him lose his job.

4. A person‟s __________ depends on his achievements.

113
B. Prefix „Pre-’. Add the prefix pre- to these words and place them in the correct
sentence. ‘Pre-’ is used before nouns, verbs, or adjectives.

war school historical reading view

1. These are __________ prices. Everything got more expensive after the revolution.

2. Dinosaurs are __________ animals.

3. He saw a __________ of the new film.

4. __________ children have to go to day care centers.

5. The __________ questions help you think about the vocabulary that you will need to
know.

C. Noun Clauses beginning with “That”, (in the subject position)

❖ It is now easier to get a divorce in the United States.

❖ That does not fully explain the increase in single-parent families.

The fact that (That) it is now easier to get a divorce in the United States does not fully
Noun Clause (subject of the sentence)

explain the increase in single-parent families.

Exercise: Combine the following sentences using “The fact that or That” at the beginning.

1. She couldn‟t pass the exam. That disappointed us.

____________________________________________________________________

2. She cheated in the exam. That made the teacher furious.

____________________________________________________________________

3. The world is round. It is a well-known fact.

____________________________________________________________________

4. He is not mature enough to take over the firm. It is apparent.

____________________________________________________________________

5. Debbie has passed her driving test. It is surprising.

____________________________________________________________________

114
 OH, NO! NOT ANOTHER TEST!

Think about the last test you took. How much of what you learned for the test do you still
remember? Many people take tests to pass a course or get a promotion, but they often forget
the information afterward! This is especially the case for people taking large international
tests like TOEFL or IELTS. These tests usually involve multiple-choice questions, and people
often study to increase their scores, not to learn important information. In fact, educators are
divided on whether these kinds of tests are the most effective way to assess a person‟s
abilities.

Those who support such tests say people‟s test scores are the only way for educators and
employers to compare people. However, there are people trying to reform this system. They
believe that standard tests aren‟t the best way to measure a person‟s ability. These reformers
also believe that intelligent people are not always good at taking tests or memorizing facts. A
multiple-choice test cannot always tell what people have learned, or whether they can apply
that knowledge in the future. A

Reformers believe that other types of evaluation achieve better results. Tests that contain a
mix of written and spoken questions give a more complete assessment of what the person is
capable of. A portfolio, or a collection of work done throughout a course, can show how much
the student has improved individually. Group interviews, where a group of people are
interviewed at the same time, can also be useful for employers since they show how people
interact with others. B

Alternative educational institutions, such as Montessori and Waldorf schools, don‟t believe
that education should be focused on testing. At these schools, the classroom is very relaxed
and “free,” with students learning from each other as much as they learn from teachers. Some
of these schools even allow students to choose what they study. Teachers create activities
designed to let students show their abilities or knowledge of a certain subject. In these
schools, the focus is on learning by experiencing and doing things. C

The debate on testing continues, and educators have yet to find a perfect method of evaluating
learning. Until that day comes, old test methods will be used and new test methods will
continue to be developed. But one thing‟s for sure-testing will continue to play an important
part in all our lives, so study hard! D

1. What is this passage mostly about?

a. large international tests

b. alternative educational institutions
c. traditional and alternative testing methods
d. a debate between educators and employers

2. What is the purpose of this passage?

a. to advertise b. to persuade c. to explain d. to compare

115
3. According to paragraph 1, why do people study for tests?

a. to improve their test scores b. to learn important information

c. to be the best in their class d. to prepare for their career

4. According to paragraph 2, what does standard most likely mean?

a. evaluated in the same way c. given outside the school

b. taken on a computer d. made for an individual class

5. Paragraph 3 describes

a. different methods of evaluation

c. how employers think during interviews
b. students‟ improvement over time
d. how to conduct written and spoken tests

6. Which type of evaluation is NOT listed as an alternative to current methods?

a. a portfolio b. a group interview c. spoken questions d. multiple-choice tests

7. In the last sentence of paragraph 3, what does the word they refer to?

a. group interviews b. people studying c. employers d. school teachers

8. Alternative educational institutions believe that

a. testing is a very important part of education

b. education should be focused on experience
c. students should learn primarily from their teacher
d. only the teacher should choose the class topics

9. You will see the letters A, B, C, and D in the reading passage. Where is the best place to
put the following sentence?

These types of evaluations truly demonstrate a person‟s strengths, whereas older methods
only show that a person can select the correct answer.

a. A b. B c. C d. D

10. According to the passage, which group of people would agree with the following
sentence?

Multiple-choice questions and test scores are the best way to compare people.

a. supporters of traditional testing

b. educational reformers
c. educators and students
d. employers looking for new people

116
 THE GREENHOUSE EFFECT

Pre-Reading Questions:

1. How important is the environment to you and other people in Turkey?

2. What environmental problems are there in Turkey and the world?
3. Who caused these problems and how can we solve them?

Vocabulary in Context: Guess the meaning of these words.

1. The greenhouse glass allows the sun‟s heat to enter and traps it so it can‟t escape.

a. lets / hunts
b. stops / holds it in
c. lets / holds it in
d. holds it in / kills

2. Burning trees in rainforests creates a second problem.

a. causes b. describes c. realizes d. covers

3. Trees absorb CO2 so fewer trees means more CO2 in the atmosphere.

a. expose
b. release
c. exhaust
d. take in and hold

4. As the temperature increases, the polar ice caps will begin to melt.

a. time / disappear
b. deterioration / exhaust
c. efficiency / contaminate
d. degrees of heat / turn into liquid

5. Floods may happen where the land is at sea level.

a. water flowing over dry land / as low as the sea

b. soil sliding / above the sea
c. snow sliding / below the sea
d. winds blowing / over the sea

6. We can conserve, or use, less fuel by raising energy prices.

a. increase their weight

b. decrease their value
c. reduce their efficiency
d. increase their cost

117
The earth‟s atmosphere is gradually growing warmer. It is getting warmer because of the
Greenhouse Effect. A greenhouse is a glass building which is used for growing plants. The
glass allows the sun‟s heat to pass through and warm up the inside by trapping the heat and
preventing it from escaping. The more the sun shines, the hotter the greenhouse becomes.
Gases in the atmosphere work just like the glass in the greenhouse. They allow the sun‟s heat
to pass through the atmosphere and then trap it. However, some gases trap heat more
effectively than others. Recently, the amount of effective heating-trapping gases has
increased, and so the earth is getting warmer. The increase in the temperature of the earth‟s
atmosphere is called the Greenhouse Effect. The heat-trapping gases which cause this effect
lead to various problems, whose solutions most people are reluctant to implement, or carry
out. (1)

There are two main gases which cause the Greenhouse Effect. The first gas is carbon dioxide
(CO2) which comes from burning fossil fuels. It also comes from the destruction of rainforest
trees in South America, Asia and Africa. In fact, 25% of the CO2 in the atmosphere is
produced in this way, either by cutting down the trees or by forest fires. This creates a second
problem because trees absorb carbon dioxide. The more trees we cut down, the fewer trees
will remain. Fewer trees means less absorption of CO2 which, in turn, means more CO2 in the
atmosphere. (2)

Carbon dioxide contributes to about 15% of the Greenhouse Effect. The second major
greenhouse gas is chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) which can be found in many everyday
materials. Indeed they are all around you. They are found in your home: in furniture, carpets,
and refrigerators. They are found in your car in foam, plastics, cushions, insulation and air
conditioning. They are also found at work in packaging, solvents (used for cleaning electrical
equipment) and air conditioning and even when you travel on aircraft. The greatest problem
of CFCs is their delayed action. In other words, they cause damage long after they are
released into the atmosphere. It is estimated that one single molecule of CFC can take up to
50 years to reach the ozone layer and once it gets there, the chlorine that it produces traps
much more heat than one molecule of CO2. Furthermore, CFCs remain active in the upper
atmosphere for over 100 years, continually reproducing themselves. This means that the CFCs
that were produced in the 1970s, 80s Mid 90s haven‟t started to create a problem yet! (3)

Other minor greenhouse gases include methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O). The
concentration of methane in the atmosphere is increasing at a rate of 1 to 2% per year, and
nitrous oxide at 0,5 to 2% per year. Both methane and nitrous oxide are produced by the
burning of rainforests and rubbish. Methane is also released from domestic cattle waste and
fertilizer and nitrous oxide from power plants and vehicles. Although the amount of methane
in the atmosphere is very small, it is a problem because it is, in fact, 30 times more effective
as a greenhouse gas than CO2. (4)

Although warmer weather does not seem to be a bad thing, the global temperature is
increasing very fast. Estimates vary, but the increase will likely be about 5°C (5 degrees
Celsius) in the next 50 years. Scientists speculate that this increase will lead to several
problems. First, as the temperature increases, the polar ice caps will begin to melt. Actually,
scientists have shown that this has already started to happen. This can cause the sea level to
rise. An increase of one meter can cause serious problems in many countries. For example,
floods may occur in many low-lying countries, such as Egypt, Bangladesh and the
Netherlands. In the Maldives, the highest place is only 2 meters above sea level so most of the
islands would disappear. Even in Northern Europe some countries already spend millions of
dollars every year to prevent the sea from flooding the land. Secondly, weather changes will

118
affect agriculture and food production. Some countries will become hotter and drier whereas
others will become wetter. Thus, in the new hotter and drier countries, the soil will become
unsuitable for growing crops. On the other hand, the soil in the cold dry countries will not
become more fertile although they do get more rain. In both situations, the soil will not
improve so food production will decrease. (5)

There are several possible solutions to the Greenhouse Effect. First, we must learn to conserve
fossil fuels; that is, use less coal, oil and gas. We can conserve fuel by raising energy prices
and increasing taxes on energy, and by becoming more energy efficient. For example, by
using double paned windows and florescent light bulbs we can help save energy.
Furthermore, we can convert to non-polluting renewable energy, such as solar, sea and wind
power. In addition, a change in car technology is needed. There are more than 500 million
cars in the world, each producing several tons of CO2 a year. If we can develop newer engine
technology, we can rapidly reduce the production of CO2. Besides this, we must preserve the
rainforests because they help to reduce the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. As a
matter of fact, the destruction of the rainforests produce three of the greenhouse gases. We
must grow more trees, not cut them down! Finally, we must ban CFCs. There have been
several attempts by governments to solve the CFC problem. However, not only countries but
also individuals must help to prevent the Greenhouse Effect. We should all buy only
environmentally safe products. We must stop using such products as aerosol sprays. (6)

In conclusion, global warming is increasing. Many factors, mostly of human origin, have
contributed to this warming. Now it is time for us to face our responsibilities, implement the
solutions that we already know about, and work towards even better solutions. It is up to us,
mankind. If we do not protect Earth quickly, some day it will be too late to protect ourselves
from the floods and ecological damage that will result. (7)

I. ANALYZING THE TEXT.

1. PI: What does they refer to? _____________

2. Some gases trap heat more effectively than others. _____________

True or false. Correct the statement if false.

3. Why is the earth getting warmer?

4. P1: What does whose refer to? _____________

5. P2: What does This refer to? _____________

6. What are the gases most responsible for the Greenhouse Effect?

7. Examples of everyday materials which contain CFCs are landslides, avalanches and
floods. _____________
True or false. Correct the statement if false.

8. P3: What does there refer to? _____________

9. Why will CFCs be a problem in the future?

119
 10. Methane is produced from the burning of rainforests, fertilizers, rubbish, and cattle
waste.
True or false. Correct the statement if false.

11. Why should we be concerned about methane?

12. The Greenhouse Effect will cause the temperature to rise about 5°C in the next 20
years.
_____________True or false. Correct the statement if false.

13. Which countries should the Greenhouse Effect affect the most?
Why?

14. Changes in weather will improve food production because the soil will get more
rainfall.
_____________ True or false. Correct the statement if false.

15. P6: What does they refer to?

16. How many ways can we solve the greenhouse problem? Explain with examples.

II. VOCABULARY DEVELOPMENT.

A. Combine the verbs with the correct noun phrase.

_______ 1. estimate a. the heat from escaping

_______ 2. allow b. the heat
_______ 3. implement c. fossil fuels
_______ 4. convert to d. sun‟s heat to pass through
_______ 5. prevent e. a/the solution
_______ 6. conserve f. the number (value) of something
_______ 7. trap g. other forms of energy

B. Fill in the blanks with the most suitable word.

floods conserving speculate rate eyesore contribute

implement due to increase concentration rise unsuitable
absorbs in turn

1. By _____________ fossil fuels, we can continue to use them for many years.

2. It is necessary to _____________ new environmental protection laws immediately.

3. An _____________ in temperature will melt the ice caps.

4. Mountainous regions are more affected by acid rain because they have higher
_____________ of clouds, fog and rain.

120
 5. After a lot of rain, there may be many _____________ in low-lying areas or along
river banks.

6. Prosperity can be measured by the _____________ of industrialization.

7. _____________ a shortage of supplies, the Ottoman army was unable to capture

Vienna.

8. Burning fossil fuels _____________ both to the formation of acid rain and to the
production of CO2.

9. Dry soil _____________ water easily.

10. Hot dry climates are _____________ for raising crops.

11. One disadvantage of windmill farms is that people feel they are an _____________.

12. Sulphur dioxide combines with water and this, _____________, makes acid rain.

13. Scientists _____________ about the adverse effects of the greenhouse gases and the
possible solutions to stop global warning.

C. Put the appropriate preposition or adverbs after the verbs, into / out / in / of / up /
for / to

1. We should make the public aware _____________ this problem.

2. Cheap forms of alternative energy must be developed before we use _____________

all the fossil fuels.

3. We should phase _____________ the use of dumps for rubbish and start using more
technically advanced, safer landfills.

4. It is time _____________ us to face our responsibilities toward the environment.

5. During the accident, he was exposed _____________ a large amount of radioactivity.

6. Turkey is rich _____________ geothermal resources.

7. Nuclear power produces thousands of tons of radioactive waste which we do not

know how to get rid _____________ safely yet.

8. Many homes have converted _____________ natural gas for heating.

121
III. STRUCTURE PRACTICE.

A. The .... -er, the .... -er (shows dependence)

Match these sentences with the sentences below which have he same meaning.

_____1. The more the sun shines, the hotter the greenhouse becomes.

_____2. The more the global temperature rises, the faster the ice caps will melt.

_____3. The more trees that are cut down, the less the CO2 is absorbed.

_____4. The more cars on the road, the greater die air pollution.

_____5. The faster the city spreads, the less land is available for agriculture.

_____6. The more technology improves, the cheaper it becomes.

a. The amount of land available for agriculture depends on the rate the city grows.

b. CO2 absorption depends on the number of trees cut down.

c. As the sun shines, the greenhouse becomes hotter

d. As technology improves, it costs less.

e. As the number of cars on the road increases, the air pollution grows.

f. The rate that the ice caps melt depends on the global temperature.

122
 A MASTER OF PARFUME

The creation of a new perfume is not a simple process. It requires a lot of imagination, a deep
understanding of how the sense of smell works, and almost always a considerable amount of
time. Edmond Roudnitska, a Frenchman who died in 1996, was a world-renowned perfume
expert. Some people claim that he had the greatest nose of all time. In his 60 years in the
business, he created only 17 perfumes that he considered good enough to put on the market.
However, these 17 are some of the most commercially successful combinations of essences of
the 20th century, and include several products for Marcel Rochas and Christian Dior. (1)

Roudnitska didn‟t follow the traditional route of other perfume makers. Although he was born
in Grasse, the perfume capital of the world at the time, he had no education, background, OT
work experience when he first found employment in the industry. Within a year, he left his
hometown to take over as the top perfumer for a company outside of Paris. After working
there for about 20 years, he formed his own creative workplace, Art et Parfum, in a small
town near Paris. Later he moved the company to a location near Grasse, where he lived and
worked until he died at age 91. (2)

Roudnitska had an excellent understanding of biology and how the sense of smell works in
humans. He used this skill to create his distinctive perfumes. He emphasized that people
needed to understand two basic rules if they wanted to obtain results like his. The first rule is
that even though you put a lot of a certain essence into a mixture, the nose is never able to
sense all of it. The second rule is that if one essence in a mixture is present in an extremely
small amount, the nose will automatically strengthen this odor, perhaps causing it to dominate
others in the mix. Making use of these special understandings, Roudnitska created some of the
most successful perfumes in the world.

A. Choice the best answer

1. The purpose of this passage is to _________________.

a. describe how perfume is made

b. describe what makes a perfume commercially successful
c. describe the life work of Edmond Roudnitska
d. describe some distinctive perfumes

2. Roudnitska worked as a perfumer for _________________ years.

a. 17 c. 60 b. 20 d. 91

3. In paragraph 1, what do the words put on the market mean?

a. sell to the general public

b. sell at a local market
c. display in stores
d. become extremely successful

123
 4. Which of these activities did Edmond Roudnitska do first?

a. He formed the company Art et Parfum.

b. He worked for a perfume company in Grasse,
c. He worked for a perfume company outside of Paris.
d. He created perfumes for Christian Dior.

5. In paragraph 2, the word there refers to _________________.

a. his hometown
b. a company outside of Paris
c. the perfume capital of the world
d. a location near Grasse

6. What is the main idea of paragraph 3?

a. Roudnitska was able to create very distinctive perfumes.

b. The nose can‟t smell all the essences in a mixture.
c. Sometimes a small amount of an essence can dominate others in a mixture.
d. Successful perfumers understand how the sense of smell works.

B. true or false.

_____ 7. In paragraph 1, sentence 4, the word nose means ability to smell.

_____ 8. Roudnitska worked in Paris for 20 years.

_____ 9. Roudnitska did not enjoy his work.

_____ 10. Roudnitska died while working in Paris.

C. Identify one or more choices that best complete the statement or answer the
question.

11. If a man is renowned for his cooking, he is __________ his cooking.

a. proud of
b. famous for
c. well known for
d. relaxed about

12. What does the underlined word mean in the sentence, “Maria has considerable
influence over her friends”?

a. great
b. unknown
c. significant
d. creative

124
 13. If you handle a situation, you ____________________.

a. avoid it
b. take responsibility for it
c. control it
d. object to it

14. Where are commercials found?

a. in textbooks
b. on the radio
c. in newspapers
d. on television

15. Which of the following can you do in order to obtain something?

a. Energize it.
b. Modernize it.
c. Purchase it,
d. Search for it.

D. Complete each sentence with a word from the box.

export purchase claim employment

16. Mark was able to find _______________ as a teacher after he finished college.

17. The U.S. needs more oil so it must _______________ it from other countries.

18. Because they grow so much rice, Thailand can _______________ some of it to other
countries.

emphasis guard joy distinctly commercial

19. Their eyes were full of _______________ when they saw their child take her first
steps.

20. Many people _______________ the president wherever he goes.

21. Our teacher places a lot of _______________ on correct pronunciation.

22. The different flowers are placed in _______________ shaped vases.

125
E. Match each word with the correct definition.

a. to ensure something does not happen

b. buying and selling of goods and services
c. to be the most powerful or important
d. say something is true

____ 23. dominate

____ 24. prevent

____ 25. trade

____ 26. claim

F. Match each sentence starter with the correct ending.

a. is a display.
b. is its essence.
c. is an authority.
d. is a budget.

____ 27. The most important part of something

____ 28. The amount of money available for spending

____ 29. A person who knows a lot about a particular subject

____ 30. Something that is put in a place where people can see it

126
 RENEWABLE ENERGY

Pre-Reading Questions:

1. What do you think „renewable energy‟ means?

2. What kinds of energy sources are there in Turkey?

Vocabulary in Text: Guess the meaning of the underlined words.

1. Nuclear energy produces radioactive waste which we do not know how to get rid of
safely.

a. end products / get free from b. fuels / burn c. contamination / disappear

2. As technology improves, the costs should decrease.

a. increase b. be reduced c. release

3. Perhaps we will have satellites like this in the coming years but for now this idea is
uneconomical.

a. in the past / later b. at this time / at once c. in the future / right now

4. One possible solution is to make off-shore wind farms which would be situated in the sea.

a. near the sky / formed

b. in the sea near the land / placed
c. close to mountains / observe

5. Perhaps these technologies will be further developed when the cost of producing
electricity increases greatly. Presently, they are simply engineering dreams.

a. locally / eventually b. similarly / gradually c. more / for now

6. Due to its geographical situation, Turkey also has rich geothermal resources.

a. In contrast / a quality of nature

b. Once / a chance of placing
c. Because of / a source of supply

(1) Most of the pollution problems in the world come from the burning of fossil fuels,
namely from coal, oil and natural gas. These fuels are the largest sources of man-made
carbon dioxide as well as sulphur dioxide and nitrogen oxides in the atmosphere.
However, the major problem with fossil fuels is that they are not renewable. This means
that they will be exhausted, or used up, in the near future. It is estimated that coal will
last only another 300 years and oil and natural gas only 50 to 100 years. One renewable
form of energy is nuclear power. Unfortunately, this form of energy is extremely
dangerous and a major pollutant. It produces thousands of tons of radioactive waste

127
 which we do not know how to get rid of safely. Thus, we must look for other renewable
forms of energy which are both safer and cleaner. Fortunately, alternative energy is all
around us; it comes from the sun, wind, water and under the ground.
(2) Solar power, or energy from the sun, is the most important source of energy for living
things. Now many modern buildings have solar panels to provide heating and hot water.
These panels use sunlight to produce electricity. In fact, some American and
Scandinavian buildings get 100 % of their energy in this way. However, there are two
problems with solar energy. First, it is quite expensive. Of course, as technology
improves, the costs should decrease. Second, it does not always work. Its efficiency
decreases in poor weather, especially on cloudy days. One way to avoid this is to collect
solar energy in space. The energy can be collected by satellites with huge solar panels.
Then it will be sent back to earth by microwave. Perhaps we will see satellites like this in
the coming years but for now this idea is uneconomical.
(3) Another well-known energy source is wind power. In Holland, windmills have been
using wind power for hundreds of years. The modern windmill is not very different in
basic design but it is much more efficient. Of course, there are several specific
requirements for this energy source. It requires wide, flat areas preferably in high places
or near the sea. In these areas, many hundreds of windmills are built together to make
wind farms. These wind farms are popular in Britain and America. In California, for
example, nearly 10% of their energy will come from this source in the coming years.
Nevertheless, there are several disadvantages of wind farms. They are noisy, unreliable
and eyesores. Besides, they may be a danger to birds. Furthermore, severe weather
conditions may damage or destroy the blades, or the turning parts, of the windmills.
(4) Hydroelectric power is already an important energy source and in the future, wave power
may possibly become equally important. Twenty-five percent of the world‟s electricity
comes from the energy which is produced from dams on rivers, just like the one in the
GAP Project in eastern Turkey. In the future, the sea may also be used as a source of
water power. There are several methods for obtaining energy from the sea. Different
kinds of machines have been developed which can turn the energy of waves or the tides
into electrical energy. Perhaps these developments will be further improved when the cost
of producing electricity increases greatly. Presently, they are simply engineering dreams
for the future.
(5) The last form of renewable energy is geothermal energy. This energy comes from hot
water which, in turn, comes from deep under the ground. It is usually found in areas of
the world which have earthquakes and volcanoes. For this reason, it might be considered
an unreliable source of energy. Nevertheless, thousands of buildings are heated by
geothermal energy in several countries, such as Hungary, Japan, New Zealand and even
Iceland. In fact, 60% of Iceland‟s electricity is produced in this way. Due to its
geographical conditions, Turkey also has rich geothermal resources.
(6) As we can see, there is no shortage of renewable energy sources. Volcanoes are proof of
the enormous amounts of energy under our feet. Two-thirds of the world‟s surface is
covered by water. Much of this water produces waves of unbelievable power. Then, there
are winds, another possible source of energy. Finally, we have solar energy which could
be our greatest hope for cleaner energy. As long as these resources are not used, we are
losing a great opportunity for clean, renewable energy. Although it is impractical now, as
technology improves, it will become more efficient and less expensive. By spending
more money now for research and development, we could solve the present energy
problem. It is essential for us to realize that in the future alternative energy sources will
not be a luxury but a necessity.

128
II ANALYZING THE TEXT.

Follow the instructions below.

1. P1: Find the word in the text that means:

where something comes from ________________

2. P1: What does they refer to? ________________

3. P1: Find the word in the text that means:

completely used up ________________

4. P1: Find the word in the text that means:

made a scientific guess ________________

5. Nuclear energy is both safe and clean. ________________

True or false. Correct the statement if false.

6. P1: What does it refer to?

7. Solar panels can produce both heating and electricity. ________________

True or false. Correct the statement if false.

8. P2: What does in this way refer to?

9. P2: Find the word in the text that means:

the price of something ________________

10. P2: What does its refer to? ________________

11. P2: Find the word in the text that means:

working well; giving good results without
wasting time or effort ________________

12. P2: What does this refer to?

13. Select the most suitable answer.

The major disadvantage of solar power is that ________________
a. it produces unpleasant sights
b. it is cheap
c. it is inefficient when the sun doesn‟t shine
d. it only provides heating

14. Huge satellites can‟t collect solar energy because of ________________

clouds. True or false. Correct the statement if false.

15. Windmills may be damaged by huge winds. ________________

True or false. Correct the statement if false.

16. P3: Find the word in the text that means:

needs ________________

17. P3: What does this source refer to? ________________

129
18. P3: Find the word in the text that means:
unpleasant to see ________________

19. P3: Find the word in the text that means:

in addition ________________

20. P3: Find the word in the text that means:

bad, violent harsh ________________

21. Select the most suitable answer.

Wind farms could be used for producing electricity if they _____.
a. didn‟t endanger birds.
b. were placed far away from people
c. required flat areas
d. could be put on oil platforms offshore

22. Windmills may be damaged by huge winds. ________________

True or false. Correct the statement if false.

23. Select the most suitable answer.

The biggest hydroelectric sources come from ________________.
a. waves
b. projects
c. machines
d. dams

24. P4: Find the word in the text that means:

getting ________________

25. P4: Find the word in the text that means:

very much ________________

26. Waves and tides are being widely used

to produce electricity. ________________
True or false. Correct the statement if false.

27. Geothermal energy means using natural hot water

sources to produce electricity or heating. ________________
True or false. Correct the statement if false.

28. P5: Find the word in the text that means:

not safe or dependable ________________

29. P5: Find the word in the text that means:

however, despite this ________________

30. P5: What does in this way refer to? ________________

31. P5; Find the word in the text that means:

many, of good quality ________________

130
 32. P6: Find the word in the text that means:
huge ________________

33. P6: Find the word in the text that means:

good chance ________________

34. P6: Find the word in the text that means:

very important ________________

35. P6: What does it refer to?

36. Select the most suitable answer.

Developing alternative energy sources is ________________
a. luxury
b. very practical
c. ineffective
d. necessary

II. VOCABULARY DEVELOPMENT.

A. Write the adjective forms of the following nouns.

noise _______ luxury _______ efficiency _______

necessity _______ possibility _______ technology _______

B. Write the noun forms of the following verbs.

require _______ research _______ prove _______

estimate _______ situate _______ improve _______

C. Complete the sentences using the words in the chart.

NOUN VERB ADJECTIVE ADVERB

1. efficiency (P2) inefficient efficiently
2. renewal renew renewable (P1&5)
3. exhaust exhaust (PI) (in)exhaustible

1. a. Teachers try to explain that only studying word lists is a very ____________ way
to learn vocabulary.

b. Studying vocabulary in context is a more ____________ way of building up your

vocabulary.

131
 c. We can conserve fuel by increasing the ____________ of car engines.

2. a. There is a ____________ of students each fall.

b. The government must finance research into ____________ energy sources like
solar energy.

c. Students must ____________ their transport passes (IETT pasos) every year.

3. a. Coal is an ____________ fuel whereas solar energy is

b. We might ____________ our oil reserve within 25 to 50 years.

c. One of the main pollutants in big cities is ____________ gases from vehicles.

D. Suffixes: -ment and -able

1. -ment is added to verbs to make nouns. Add „-ment‟ to these words and fill in the
blanks. Use the correct form.

agree develop arrange

require achieve encourage

a. That is a really nice flower ____________. Put it on the table.

b. The latest ____________ in technology are always reported in the news.

c. The warring parties reached an ____________ after four years of fighting.

d. What are the ____________ for getting a degree in mechanical engineering?

e. Everyone was surprised at Helen Keller‟s ____________ since she was blind,
deaf, and mute from birth.

f. A teacher should give his students a lot of ____________ so they will not feel
depressed.

2. -able is added to verbs to make them adjectives. Add „-able‟ to these words and fill
in the blanks.

believe control enjoy accept

achieve value renew break

a. I had a really _______________ time at the party last night.

b. The girl wore un_______________ clothing for school.

c. Most glass is _______________.

d. He told the most un _______________ story about the car accident. It did not
match the stories told by the others.

132
e. The fire was un _______________. It soon spread throughout the house.

f. A subscription to a magazine is always _______________. Just fill in the form

when you subscription runs out.

g. Children shouldn‟t bring _______________ things to school because they might

get stolen.

h. People used to think that going to the moon was un_______________. They
thought that the technology which was required was too complex.

133
 HOW TO CHOOSE A CAREER

Before you read:

1. Which professions could be the teens‟ top 10 choices today?

2. What factors should be considered when choosing a profession?

One of the first things we try to find out about people is what their job is. It helps us to define
their status. We can judge where they stand socially, and estimate how much they earn.
However, it is more interesting to know how a man comes to choose his job than what he
does. (1)

The trouble is that we often choose a career for the wrong reasons. Take, for example, those
people who „follow in their father‟s footsteps‟, either entering the same trade or profession, or
inheriting the family business. John decides to become a doctor because his father was a
doctor. In fact, the word „decides‟ is too strong; he probably never even thought about it.
Funnily enough, some people make the opposite decision, namely that whatever else they
might do, they will certainly not do what their father did. Our teachers are the first to persuade
us to choose a specific career, probably because we are top students in that subject. We may
also be encouraged by people that we admire to select a career for which we are unsuited. (2)

The attitude of our parents toward our choice of career is interesting. They are quite pleased
when we announce our intention to study medicine, disappointed when we switch to
languages and overjoyed when we finally start to study law. Clearly, they have a definite idea
of the benefits different jobs will bring. Even though they appear to leave the choice entirely
to their children, they know that their children will eventually respect their wishes. (3)

Besides these pressures from parents, teachers and other people, we may choose a career due
to factors, such as the attractiveness of the profession or the prospect of earning a lot of
money. It ought to be easy to choose a career. We only have to do those things for which we
have a natural talent. It is a pity, therefore, that we have to decide about our future at a stage
in our lives when we can easily be influenced by factors which have little or nothing to do
with the main issue. (4)

Part A: Guess the meaning from the context. Find words in the text which mean the same as
the following.

P1: a. calculate approximately ________________

P2: b. a professional job ________________

c. receiving money or property from someone who has died ________________

P3: d. the way someone thinks or feels about something ________________

e. decision ________________
f. very happy ________________
g. finally; in the end ________________

134
Part B: Reference

1. main issue (para.4): ________________

Part C: Are the statements True or False? Correct the false sentences.

1. _______ Finding out a person‟s job is as interesting as finding out how he has
chosen it

2. _______ Some people automatically choose their fathers‟ profession without

thinking much about it.

3. _______ The subject in which we are successful can determine our teachers‟
advice on career choice.

4. _______ Admiration for someone may lead us to choose his or her profession as
our own.

5. _______ The professions we choose are mostly the ones we have a natural talent
for.

Part D: Reading Comprehension Questions

1. Why do we want to learn or find out a person‟s profession?

2. Why do parents show different reactions to different jobs?
3. According to the author, when do we choose our profession?

Part E: Vocabulary

A. Match the synonyms.

_______ 1. estimate a. cause

_______ 2. intention b. completely
_______ 3. switch c. change
_______ 4. benefit d. abilities
_______ 5. entirely f. planned action; decision
_______ 6. eventually g. very happy
_______ 7. overjoyed h. guess
_______ 8. factor i. finally; in the end
_______ 9. natural talents j. advantage

135
B. Match the definitions with the words on the left.

_______ 1. status a. receive money or property from someone who died

_______2. earn
_______ 3. career
_______ 4. persuade
_______ 5. admire
_______ 6. unsuited
_______ 7. inherit
_______ 8. attitude
_______ 9. main issue
b. someone is not right/appropriate for a situation, job,
place, task, etc.
c. the way someone thinks or feels about something or
someone else
d. most important point
e. money made at work
f. social standing in a community
g. think highly of someone; look up to someone
h. convince someone to do something
i. a professional job

C. Prefixes

The prefix „en‟ is used to make verbs. Put the suitable word in the sentences below, using the
correct form in the sentences.

Example: large - enlarge The Ottoman Sultans enlarged their lands, (enlarged - increased)

courage - encourage (to persuade to be better)

danger - endanger (to put in danger)
rich - enrich (to make better)
able - enable (give us a way)

1. We can _____________ milk with vitamin D.

2. Glasses _____________ us to read.

3. Please don‟t _____________ him to eat chocolates; they are bad for his teeth.

4. We are _____________ many animals and plants nowadays because we are

destroying forest.

136
 ECOTOURISM

Ecotourism is a combination of ecology (the study of systems of living things) and tourism.
The International Ecotourism Society defines ecotourism as “responsible travel to natural
areas that conserves the environment and improves the well-being of the local people.”
Actually, ecotourism can mean travel to far-off places of great natural beauty, but not always
in a responsible way. It‟s big business, and the allure of money can cause people to think
about profits first. While ecotourism offers benefits for people and ecosystems, it leaves
ecosystems open to negative effects, too.

Costa Rica, once a Spanish colony, and independent since 1821, has an ecotourism industry
worth over one billion dollars yearly, and thousands of jobs have been created. Nearly 21
percent of the land is now protected national parks, largely thanks to ecotourism. Nonetheless
due to the number of people visiting the country‟s natural places, some damage to the
ecosystem has occurred.

While tourists can have a negative impact on ecosystems, the same areas might have been
totally destroyed by industries such as farming, logging, or mining were there no ecotourism
industry. Instead, sanctuaries have been created, keeping the ecosystem protected. And, by
visiting beautiful rainforests and seeing rare animals, visitors get a sense of their value, and of
gratitude for them. Tour guides can also be educators who train people to love and care for the
environment. Visitors can take these lessons with them to their home countries.

Unfortunately, while their effect may not be noticeable in the off-season, the constant
procession of visitors in the high season can be damaging. At one national park in Costa Rica,
out places with the rarest animals and plants, pressuring the most delicate of living things.

Controlling abuses isn‟t easy. Corruption can lead officials to tolerate ecological damage. For
example, a large resort facility, normally not allowed near a sanctuary, might be allowed if the
company pays enough money to certain people in the government. Limited resources are
another issue. Areas of forests and beaches that would require an army to protect are often
watched by several employees.

It is easy to be critical of the ecotourism industry, but it is important to be positive as well.

Ecotourism can never be “pure”. We can‟t expect zero negative effects on the ecosystem. It is
also unrealistic to think that humans won‟t go anywhere accessible to them. If protection
efforts are maintained and intensified, those remaining places of undisturbed nature may be
stressed, but they won‟t be destroyed.

Comprehension

1. Which statement best summarizes the author‟s point of view?

a. Ecotourism is a damaging trend that must be stopped.
b. Ecotourism is a way of protecting natural places.
c. Ecotourism causes some damage, but on the whole it benefits ecosystems.
d. Ecotourism will most likely become less popular in the future.

137
2. Which change has NOT occurred in Costa Rica since the introduction of ecotourism?

a. Thousands of ecotourism-related jobs have been created

b. National parks have been created.
c. Some monkeys have started feeding on garbage.
d. Costa Rica became independent from Spain.

3. What is the main idea of paragraph 3?

a. Ecotourism threatens to destroy rainforests as would farming, logging, and mining.

b. While ecotourism damages them somewhat, it also protects natural places from
destruction.
c. Tour guides need to educate tourists on the dangers of farming, logging, and mining,
d. Rare animals need to be protected from visitors taking them home to their countries.

4. According to paragraph 5, why is it difficult to control abuses of ecotourism?

a. Too many sanctuaries are being created.

b. Officials are too few and can be too tolerant.
c. Not many people are interested in jobs controlling ecotourism abuses.
d. There is a lot of money available to build resorts.

5. Into which paragraph could the following sentence best be inserted?: In this way, the
children of future generations can learn respect for nature.

a. Paragraph 3 b. Paragraph 4

c. Paragraph 5 d. Paragraph 6

6. The word “corruption” in line 27 is closest in meaning to

a. illegal activity
b. tolerance
c. government control
d. management

7. Why does the author probably think it is easy to be critical of the ecotourism industry?

a. Because wildlife is very easy to protect

b. Because it doesn‟t make very much money
c. because it takes advantage of nature for profit
d. Because it cant create enough jobs for local people

138
 TOBACCO AND YOUR HEALTH

The next time you see a package of cigarettes, notice what is written on the label. It is a
warning about the dangers of cigarette smoking to your health. Most governments require
cigarette makers to warn people about the risks of smoking.

In the past, people did not know about the dangers of cigarette smoking. But medical experts
5 have learned that the smoke from tobacco contains poisonous substances which can damage
your body.

Smoking tobacco in pipes or cigars is just as harmful as smoking cigarettes. Chewing or

inhaling tobacco is also harmful. Tobacco in any form damages your health.

Three seconds after a person starts smoking a cigarette his heart beats faster his blood
10 pressure rises, and a portion of the oxygen in his blood is replaced with a harmful gas.
Cancer-causing chemicals also fill his lungs every time he inhales the smoke. Nicotine,
carbon monoxide, and tar are the three most dangerous substances in cigarette smoke.

Nicotine makes the blood vessels narrower so that the heart must work harder to pump blood
through the body. The flow of blood in a smoker‟s body is reduced because of nicotine.

15 Carbon monoxide is the harmful gas that replaces part of the oxygen in blood The oxygen
level in a smoker‟s blood is lowered by this poisonous gas.

Tar damages lung tissue. It affects the hair like parts of cells, called cilia, that line the
breathing tubes. By moving back and forth, the cilia sweep dust and particles out of the lungs
to the throat and mouth so they can be breathed or coughed out. When tar from cigarette
20 smoke builds up in the lungs, it forms a sticky brown mass which slows down the action of
the cilia. Smoking one package of cigarettes every day puts a cup of tar into the lungs each
year.

As tar builds up on the walls of the air tubes and the lungs over the years it can cause cancer
cells to grow. Cancer cells multiply and destroy healthy cells, and in time the lungs will not
25 function correctly. The only way to treat lung cancer is to remove all or part of the diseased
lung. This type of cancer is the second highest cause of death among people who smoke.
Nonsmokers rarely get lung cancer.

Cigarette smoke also causes a lung disease known as chronic bronchitis. It occurs when
smoke irritates the lining of the bronchial tubes, making them produce too much mucus. This
30 mucus blocks the air tubes, and a person with bronchitis coughs a lot to get rid of it.

Another disease caused by smoking is emphysema. This disease happens when cigarette
smoke damages the air sacs in the lungs. The smoke can stretch the sacs and even make them
burst. Then the blood can‟t take in oxygen or get rid of carbon dioxide very well.

Emphysema makes it difficult for a person to breathe. The heart must work harder to send
35 more blood to cells in the body to make sure they get enough oxygen. People with this disease
often die because their heart and lungs cannot supply their body cells with enough oxygen.
There is no cure for emphysema.

139
 Even though smoking is dangerous to the health, smokers often find it very difficult to quit
the habit! This is mainly because the nicotine in tobacco causes physical dependence.
40 Smokers‟ bodies become so used to nicotine that they have a nervous reaction when they
don‟t get it.

Quitting smoking is hardest during the first few days without cigarettes. The body tells the
brain that it wants nicotine. It takes a lot of will power for a person to resist smoking at this
point. Eventually, however, the body will learn how to get along without nicotine.

45 Some people think that chewing tobacco won‟t harm their health, hut they are wrong.
Nicotine can enter the body through blood vessels in the mouth. It then makes the heart speed
up and reduces the blood flow. Chewing tobacco also leads to other health problems. It can
cause mouth cancer or damage the gums so that the teeth become loose and fall out.

Inhaling powdered tobacco is also dangerous. The same harmful substances that are in
50 tobacco smoke enter the lungs by sniffing tobacco.

In many countries it is against the law to sell tobacco to young people. This law protects them
from a serious health danger.

Even if a person doesn‟t use tobacco, he or she can still be harmed by it. Every time you are
near people who are smoking, you breathe in poisonous substances. Nearly two-thirds of the
55 smoke from a cigarette goes into the air around the smoker. When you breathe it in, the smoke
can damage your body in the same way that it harms the smoker‟s body. Medical experts have
learned that people who live with smokers have a greater risk of getting lung cancer than
people who live with nonsmokers.

Because of the danger to nonsmokers, many countries have laws prohibiting smoking in
60 public places. The picture of a burning cigarette with a single or double line drawn across it is
the international No Smoking symbol.

A. Find the definition of each word as used in the text

1. require (line 2)

a) make somebody do something

b) want strongly
c) give advice on a subject
d) let something to be done

2. vessel (line 13)

a) something in which liquid is kept

b) body cells that contain proteins
c) container of something
d) narrow tubes in the body

140
 3. burst (line 33)

a) break apart
b) carry out
c) blow out
d) catch up

4. quit (line 42)

a) seem
b) stop
c) quarrel
d) link

5. resist (line 43)

a) fight
b) gain
c) reward
d) hate

6. fall out (line 48)

a) drop
b) pack
c) break up
d) come down

7. prohibit (line 59)

a) refuse
b) forbid
c) protect
d) hide

B. Indicate whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) according to the
passage. Write (NS) if the information is not stated.

_______ 1. With the narrowing of blood vessels the heart works harder than normal.

_______ 2. The most significant effect of tar is on cilia which is the hair like parts of
cells.

_______ 3. Oxygen is replaced by carbon monoxide in nicotine.

_______ 4. Emphysema is related to the cilia in the lungs.

_______ 5. Nicotine leads to physical dependency on cigarettes.

_______ 6. Removing part of the diseased lung is one way of treating lung cancer,

141
 _______ 7. Healthy teeth fall out as a result of inhaling powdered tobacco.

_______ 8. A small amount of nicotine is necessary for the health of the body.

_______ 9. Tobacco and cigarette sales are prohibited by all governments.

_______ 10. Not only smoking but also chewing tobacco is harmful to people.

C. Choose the alternative which best completes each statement below.

1. ----- is not an effect of smoking.

a) Increase in the amount of oxygen inhaled

b) Rise in blood pressure
c) Faster heart beat
d) Inhaling harmful chemicals
e) Reduced flow of blood

2. The effects of nicotine, carbon monoxide, and tar are found in -----.

a) the hair like parts of cells

b) cilia and the lungs
c) the blood, the lungs and the mouth
d) the mouth and breathing tubes
e) the respiratory system

3. According to the passage cancer cells -----.

a) spread quickly and destroy other cells

b) remove healthy cells
c) develop and destroy the walls of the lungs
d) cause sudden death in heart attack patients
e) produce dangerous chemicals

4. The disease emphysema is directly related to -----.

a) air sacs in the lungs

b) the respiratory system
c) the circulation system
d) air tubes
e) the digestive system

5. When a smoker first tries to stop smoking -----.

a) he will face objections from others

b) his brain will warn him
c) his body will have a strong reaction
d) dust and particles will be swept out of his lungs
e) he faces die threat of death

142
 6. Nonsmokers -----.

a) sometimes develop lung cancer

b) breathe most of the smoke in the air
c) who quit smoking need a small amount of tobacco
d) near smokers breathe in poisonous substances
e) have laws prohibiting smoking

7. The passage tells us about the -----.

a) disease emphysema related to smoking and its treatment

b) causes and effects of using tobacco
c) harm done by nicotine and tar in the lungs
d) dangers of cancer related to smoking
e) dangers of using tobacco

D. Find the meaning of the word and match it with its definition by seeing how it is used in
two sentences.

1. poisonous

a) He can easily identify poisonous snakes.

b) Children are easily influenced by poisonous ideas spread by the media.

143
 WOMEN AND CHANGE

(1) “Women hold up half the sky.” This is an old Chinese saying. However, research
suggests that perhaps women do more than their share.

(2) Many reports have been published on the conditions and rights of women throughout the
world. Some of the news in the reports is very positive. For example, 90% of all countries
have official organizations to improve the lives of women. More than half of the
countries have laws to protect the rights of women, and 90% of all countries have passed
laws to give women equal pay for equal work. WHO (World Health Organization) and
UNICEF (United Nations International Children‟s Emergency Fund) have programs to
improve the health of people in developing countries, especially women and children.
Birth control methods are now available to more than half of the women in the world.
Almost half of the children in school now are girls, a big change from the past because in
many countries education was not available to girls.

(3) The reports also have negative news. Although most countries have official organizations
to improve women‟s lives, many of these organizations don‟t do anything. Women make
up 50% of the world‟s population, but they do nearly 66% of the work. They do most of
the domestic work, such as cooking and washing clothes. Millions of women also work
outside the home. They have become 50% of the workforce in many countries. For this
work, however, they earn about half as much as men, and, of course, they earn nothing
for their domestic work.

(4) Reports also show that there are still very few women in high government positions. In
fact, only about 15% of the jobs in government are held by women. In addition, more
than half of the people who can‟t read and write are women. Being illiterate doesn‟t mean
people are not intelligent. However, not being able to read and write does make it more
difficult for women to improve their lives.

(5) In developing countries, where three quarters of the world‟s population lives, women
produce more than half of the food. In Africa, 80% of all agricultural work is done by
women. In some parts of Africa, this is a typical day for a woman: At 4:45 a.m., she gets
up, washes, and eats. It takes her a half hour to walk to the fields, and she works there
until 3:00 p.m. She collects firewood and gets home at 4:00. She spends the next hour
and a half preparing food to cook. Then, she collects water for another hour. From 6:30 to
8:30, she cooks. After dinner, she spends an hour washing the dishes and her children.
Finally, around 9:30 p.m. she goes to bed.

(6) There are many programs to help people improve their agricultural skills. However, for
years, these programs provided money and training for men but not for women. Now this
is changing. International organizations and programs are helping women, as well as
men, improve their agricultural production.

(7) Clearly, women‟s lives have changed in many ways. Some of these changes have been
positive, giving many women legal rights and better living conditions. Ideally, in the
future, more and more women will benefit from new opportunities, good education, and
legal rights.

144
I. COMPREHENSION

Answer the following questions.

1. What does the saying „Women hold up half the sky‟ mean?

2. Why are more women illiterate than men?

3. Give a reason why some women in developing countries work more hours than men

4. What does this refer to in paragraph 6?

II. VOCABULARY

A. Fill in the blanks using the following words.

official published especially agriculture

negative illiterate supposed to position
domestic positive as well as pass
almost (nearly)

1. What book company ______________ this book? I‟d like to write to them for more
information about the author.

2. I like all kinds of fruit, but I ______________ like bananas.

3. A ______________ worker does housework,

4. There are many programs available to help ______________people learn to read and
write.

5. Getting a new job was the most ______________ thing that happened to her last
year.

6. Overpopulation affects the environment ______________ the standard of living.

7. In some countries, school students must ______________ an exam before they

graduate.

8. If you have $9.80, you have ______________ ten dollars.

9. He wants to go to an ______________ school to learn about farming.

10. After working at several low-paying jobs, he finally got a good______________ at a

bank.

11. WHO is an ______________ organization of the United Nations.

12. The child was unhappy because his teacher said something ______________ about
his writing.

145
 13. You are not ______________ smoke in the classroom. In fact, do not smoke at all!
It‟s bad for your health.

B. Word Forms. Use the word forms in the chart to fill in the sentences.

NOUN VERB ADJECTIVE ADVERB

1. publication publish published
publisher
2. passage pass
3. (il) literacy (il)literate
4. position position
5. agriculture agricultural agriculturally
6. office/official official officially

1. Newsweek is a popular ____________________.

2. The government ____________________ a law requiring equal pay for equal work.
the ____________________ of this law made many people happy.

3. ____________________ is not a problem in Japan. The rate of people that can read
and write is 99%

4. For the photograph, he ____________________ himself between his two daughters.

5. Very few people work in ____________________ in northern Russia. It is not a/an

____________________ area.

6. My brother is a government ____________________. He says you can‟t get into a

government building without ____________________ papers.

146
 HOW THE BRAIN DEVELOPS

Scientists are continually discovering extraordinary information about the human brain, such
as how it produces consciousness, how memories are stored and where emotions come from.
New computer-based visualizing techniques have revealed a lot about these amazing
accomplishments. At the same time, some researchers are focusing on changes that take place
in the brain over time, beginning with the initial transformations that happen while the baby is
still inside its mother, and through to childhood, adulthood, and into old age. Michael
Merzenich of the University of California, San Francisco says, “Ten years ago most
neuroscientists saw the brain as a kind of computer, developing fixed functions early. What
we now appreciate is that the brain is continually revising itself throughout life.” (1)

The Brain Before Birth

During the nine months when a child is developing inside its mother, the brain is very flexible
and grows in an amazing fashion. By the end of the first month, the baby is producing half a
million neurons (or nerve cells) every single minute! These are the tiny entities that will
eventually allow the brain to do its work. Over the next few weeks, these nerve cells gather in
the brain. There, they begin to reach out to each other and establish synapses—points of
contact with other neurons—at a rate of two million a second. By seven months, the baby‟s
brain has more nerve cells than it ever will again, more than it will ever be able to use, even as
an adult. (2)

Early Childhood Brain Development

For the first 18 months, the child‟s brain is focused on learning during every waking moment.
Unlike older children who seem to need threats or rewards to encourage learning, babies
naturally use everything that comes through their senses to add to their understanding of the
world. “They may look like they‟re just sitting there staring at things,” says Mark Johnson of
the Centre for Brain and Cognitive Development at Birkbeck, University of London. “But
right from the start, babies are born to seek information.” The neurons that are repeatedly
excited by outside information develop strong underlying connections, while those that get
less excitement waste away. For example, a child who hears only English spoken all the time
will become more sensitive to the sounds of English and will gradually become unresponsive
to the sounds of other languages. (3)

Later Brain Development

During the next few years, the first areas a child‟s brain learns to master are sensory
information and movement. After that, he or she starts to gain perspective on more abstract
concepts, such as the relationships among objects in space and how to use language. The last
area to develop is the executive brain, the aspect of thinking that helps us make social
judgments, weigh alternatives, plan for the future and control our own behavior. This area is
not fully developed until the age of 25. That may explain why some teenagers who have adult
ideas, energy, and emotions sometimes get in trouble when these forces get out of control. (4)

147
Choose the best option

1. The reading is mainly about ____________________.

a. the experiments scientists do to get information about the human brain

b. how the human brain changes over lime
c. why scientists are so interested in studying the human brain
d. how the human brain learns to handle abstract concepts

2. What is the main idea of paragraph 2?

a. A baby‟s body can produce half a million neurons a minute.

b. Neurons are the building blocks of the brain.
c. Before birth, a baby has more nerve cells than it ever will again.
d. A baby‟s brain develops extremely fast before it is born.

3. In paragraph 3, the word those refers to ____________________.

a. babies
b. stronger connections
c. neurons
d. sounds of English

4. In paragraph 4, the phrase weigh alternatives means ____________________.

a. think about the advantages of a certain plan of action

b. decide between two different choices
c. choose an unusual plan of action
d. make quick decisions

5. Which happens last?

a. The brain gets better at controlling movement.

b. The brain begins to plan for the future.
c. The brain produces millions of synapses.
d. The brain begins to master language.

6. The executive brain is fully developed ____________________.

a. before the child is born

b. during the first 18 months of life
c. during the first few years of life
d. at around age 25

148
Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

______ 7. The writer probably thinks that teenagers should put off making important life
decisions.

______ 8. In paragraph 2, the phrase in an amazing fashion means in surprising ways.

______ 9. Scientists believe that the brain never stops changing.

______ 10. A child‟s brain has the most nerve cells it will ever have at the age of 18 months.

Identify one or more choices that best complete the statement or answer the question.

11. Which underlined phrase in the sentence indicates the underlying cause of the problem
mentioned?

a. There has been little rain so the rice crop is very small.
b. We can‟t buy new clothes because we don‟t have any money.
c. Because it is so cold, we can‟t go to the beach.
d. I got a poor grade because I didn‟t study enough.

12. Which of the following are flexible?

a. a pencil b. a finger c. a piece of paper d. a piece of stone

13. When you have accomplished something, you have __________________.

a. experienced success b. discovered a problem

c. haven‟t found a solution d. completed a project

15. If you dismiss an idea, you __________________.

a. may not think it‟s very important b. may ask someone to explain it
c. may decide to research it d. may not believe it‟s true

16. Which words mean the same as reveal?

a. uncover b. do again c. expose d. comprehend

14. Which of the following contribute to a person‟s welfare?

a. health b. money c. comfort d. happiness

149
Choose the correct word to complete each sentence.

17. New York City and New York State are two separate __________________ (entities /
accomplishments).

18. My parents had different __________________ (perspectives / reinforcements) on how

to bring up children.

Choose the correct word from below to complete each sentence, (one is extra)

acknowledge simulate dismiss master pronounce

19. The movie makers used a red liquid to __________________ blood.

20. In English, you can __________________ the sound of the letter e several different ways.

21. Tom didn‟t want to __________________ that he was the one who broke the window.

22. It can take several years to __________________ the skills needed to cook well.

Match each sentence starter with the correct ending.

a. you change it completely.

b. you imagine what it is like.
c. you assume that it‟s true.
d. you make it stronger.

23. If you presume something, __________________.

24. If you reinforce something, __________________.

25. If you transform something, __________________.

26. If you visualize something, __________________.

Match each word with the correct definition.

a. the opposite of proud

b. based on general ideas rather than real events
c. extremely simple and basic
d. strange and unusual

27. abstract ____ 28. extraordinary____ 29. humble____ 30. primitive____

150
 GOOGLE IT

You know that you‟re doing something big when your company name becomes a verb. Ask
Xerox. In 1959 they created the first plain paper copy machine. It was one of the most
successful products ever. The company name Xerox grew into a verb that means “to copy,” as
in “Bob, can you Xerox this for me?” Around 50 years later, the same thing happened to
Google. Their company name grew into a verb that means “to do an internet search.” Now
everyone and their grandma know what it means to Google it. (1)

Unlike Xerox, Google wasn‟t the first company to invent their product, not by a long shot.
Lycos released their search engine in 1993. Yahoo! came out in 1994. AltaVista began
serving results in 1995. Google did not come out until years later, in 1998. Though a few
years difference may not seem like much, this is a major head start in the fast moving world
of tech. So how did Google do it? How did they overtake their competitors who had such
huge leads in time and money? Maybe one good idea made all the difference. (2)

There are millions and millions of sites on the internet. How does a search engine know
which ones are relevant to your search? This is a question that great minds have been working
on for decades. To understand how Google changed the game, you need to know how search
engines worked in 1998. Back then most websites looked at the words in your query. They
counted how many times those words appeared on each page. Then they might return pages
where the words in your query appeared the most. This system did not work well and people
often had to click through pages and pages of results to find what they wanted. (3)

Google was the first search engine that began considering links. Links are those blue
underlined words that take you to other pages when you click on them. Larry Page, cofounder
of Google, believed that meaningful data could be drawn from how those links connect. Page
figured that websites with many links pointing at them were more important than those that
had few. He was right. Google‟s search results were much better than their rivals. They would
soon become the world‟s most used search engine. (4)

It wasn‟t just the great search results that led to Google becoming so well liked. It also had to
do with the way that they presented their product. Most of the other search engines were
cluttered. Their home pages were filled with everything from news stories to stock quotes.
But Google‟s homepage was, and still is, clean. There‟s nothing on it but the logo, the search
box, and a few links. It almost appears empty. In fact, when they were first testing it, users
would wait at the home page and not do anything. When asked why, they said that they were,
“waiting for the rest of the page to load.” People couldn‟t imagine such a clean and open page
as being complete. But the fresh design grew on people once they got used to it. (5)

These days Google has its hands in everything from self-driving cars to helping humans live
longer. Though they have many other popular products, they will always be best known for
their search engine. The Google search engine has changed our lives and our language. Not
only is it a fantastic product, it is a standing example that one good idea and a lot of hard
work can change the world. (6)

151
1. Which event happened last?

a. Lycos released their search engine.

b. Yahoo! released their search engine.
c. Google released their search engine.
d. Xerox released their copy machine.

2. Which statement would the author of this text most likely disagree with?

a. Part of Google‟s success is due to the design of their homepage.

b. Google succeeded by following examples of others in their field.
c. Google wasn‟t the first search engine, but it was the best.
d. Google‟s success may not have been possible without Larry Page.

3. Which best expresses the main idea of the third paragraph?

a. There are lots and lots of websites connected to the internet.

b. Google created a better way to organize search results.
c. Many smart people have worked on search engines over the years.
d. Older search engines used unreliable methods to order results.

4. What is the author‟s main purpose in writing this article?

a. To explain how Google overtook its rivals

b. To compare and contrast Google and Xerox
c. To persuade readers to use Google for internet searches
d. To discuss how companies can influence language over time

5. Which statement would the author most likely agree with?

a. Google became successful because its founders were well-connected.

b. Google was the world‟s first and best search engine.
c. Google changed the world by solving an old problem in a new way.
d. Google‟s other products are now more important to its success than search.

6. Which best expresses the main idea of the fourth paragraph?

a. Links allow people to surf from one website to the next.

b. Larry Page‟s ideas about links helped Google get to the top.
c. Larry Page contributed to the internet by inventing the link.
d. Google is a website that serves important links to users.

7. Which best explains why the author discusses Xerox in this text?

a. He is discussing big companies that came before Google,

b. He is explaining how companies must change with the times.
c. He is showing how companies can affect our language.
d. He is comparing and contrasting Google and Xerox.

152
8. How did Google improve search quality in 1998?

a. They counted how many times queries appeared on each page.

b. They looked more closely at the words in search queries.
c. They linked to more pages.
d. They studied the relationships of links.

9. Which was cited as a reason why Google became so popular?

a. Google‟s homepage was clean.

b. Google provided catchy news stories on their homepage.
c. Google homepage loaded quickly.
d. Google provided useful stock quotes on their homepage.

10. Which title best expresses the author‟s main purpose in writing this text?

a. Xerox Vs. Google: Battle of the Titans

b. Search Engines: How They Work and Why They‟re Important
c. A Better Way: How Google Rose to the Top
d. Search Engines: A Short History of Important Tools

153
 THE TRUTH BEHIND THE DA VINCI CODE

In 2006, Sony pictures released a remarkable and intriguing film entitled The Da Vinci Code,
based on the novel of the same name by Dan Brown. In the film, religious leaders and
professors are in a race to discover the secrets of an organization called the Priory of Sion.
The biggest secret kept by this organization is supposedly that Jesus Christ and a woman
whose name is recorded in the Bible as Mary Magdalene had a child, and that their family line
continues to this day. In a TV interview, Dan Brown stated that, in his book, “all of the art,
architecture, secret rituals, secret societies, all of that is historical fact.” However, while the
Priory of Sion did exist, it‟s nothing like the one which is so central to The Da Vinci Code.

The priory of Sion was started in France in 1956 by a skillful liar named Pierre Plantard.
Priory means religious house, and Sion was a hill in the town of Annemasse, where the Priory
was started by Plantard and four of his friends. At first, their group fought for housing rights
for local people, and their offices were at Plantard‟s apartment. The organization promised to
benefit the weak and the oppressed, and to do good in general. However, there was a darker
side to Plantard‟s Priory.

Plantard actually hoped to use the Priory of Sion to claim to be a descendant of French kings.
Between the years 1961 and 1984, Plantard created the enigma of a much more powerful
Priory than his insignificant organization. First, in order to give the impression that the Priory
began in 1099, Plantard and his friend Philippe de Cherisey created documents, called the
Secret Dossiers of Henry Lobineau, and illegally put them into the National Library of
France. Next, Plantard got author Gerard de Sede to write a book in 1967 using the false
documents; the book became very popular in France. This phenomenon is similar to the
popularity of The Da Vinci Code, where a book based on false information or speculation
becomes popular.

Matters were complicated when in 1969, an English actor and science-fiction writer named
Henry Lincoln read Gerard de Sede‟s book. Lincoln did not know of Plantard and his
schemes, and may have been a victim of the hoax. He seemed to believe what he read, and
jumped to even more wild conclusions, which he published in his 1982 book, The Holly
Blood and the Holy Grail. He and his co-authors declared as fact that the priory started in
1099; that its leaders included Leonardo Da Vinci, Isaac Newton, and Victor Hugo; that the
Priory protects the descendants of Jesus Christ and Mary Magdalene; and that these
descendants ruled France from A. D. 447 to 751. All this was based on reading a novel based
on the false facts from documents which were a hoax. Most modern historians do not consider
Lincoln‟s book to be a serious work of history.

How can we be so sure that Plantard created this hoax? Well, the best witness to a crime is the
criminal himself. Over 100 hundred letters between Plantard, de Cherisey, and de Sede,
discovered by researcher Jean-Luc Chaumeil, show clearly that they were trying to pull an
elaborate hoax. In fact, in the 1990s, Plantard got in trouble with the law, and his house was
searched. Within it were found many false documents, most harmless, some of which said he
was the true king of France. As a final embarrassment, Plantard had to swear in a court of law
that the enigma of the Priory of Sion was the work of his imagination.

154
Reading Comprehension

1. What does the author hope to show in this passage?

a. The Priory of Sion was a hoax.

b. The Da Vinci Code is based on fact.
c. Dan Brown knew his book wasn‟t based on fact.
d. Sony‟s movie The Da Vinci Code is better than Dan Brown‟s book.

2. What is true about the real Priory of Sion?

a. It has a secret about Jesus Christ and Mary Magdalene.

b. Its leader used to be Leonardo Da Vinci.
c. It was started in 1956 by Pierre Plantard.
d. It is connected to the leaders of France. „

3. Why did Plantard put documents in the National Library of France?

a. He wanted people to believe that the Priory began in 1099.

b. He wanted Henry Lincoln to find them there.
c. So that Gerard de Sede‟s book would sell more copies.
d. lie believed that he knew the truth and wanted to tell everyone.

4. According to the passage, who did NOT know about the creation of the Priory of Sion
hoax?

a. Gerard de Sede
b. Philippe de Cherisey
c. Henry Lincoln
d. Pierre Plantard

5. Which claim was NOT made in The Holy Blood and the Holy Grail?

a. The Priory of Sion began in 1099.

b. Isaac Newton was a leader of the Priory of Sion.
c. Pierre Plantard created the Secret Dossiers of Henri Lobineau.
d. The Priory of Sion protects the descendants of Jesus Christ.

155
 PACKAGING AND THE ENVIRONMENT

In the last 50 years there has been a revolution in the nature of packaging, particularly the
wrapping of foodstuffs, which constitutes over 60 percent of packaging. From the days of the
grocery store and the humble paper bag, the packaging industry has developed into a highly
sophisticated, technologically advanced industry worth over £5 billion a year.

5 There are many reasons for this dramatic growth - some economic, some sociological.
Grocery shops have given way to the supermarket, where manufacturers vie to give their
product prominence in an increasingly competitive market. Goods are transported across the
world, which means more packaging for transportation. People go shopping less often
because of considerable increases in car and fridge ownership, which means that food can be
10 bought in bulk. Women, who still make at least 87 percent of shopping decisions, have less
time to shop on a daily basis because more are in employment. Seventy percent of homes
have freezers and 40 percent have microwaves, which has led to an increase in frozen foods
and ready prepared meals. Both of these have introduced specialized packaging.

Clearly some packaging is necessary. It protects food and should provide useful product
15 information so we can make informed choices. It can also prolong the life of a product.
However, there are other reasons for packaging that are more for company profit than the
interests of the customer. The packaging industry itself admits that only two thirds of
packaging is used to protect the product. The remaining third is for enhancing the appearance
of the product to increase sales. Basic foodstuffs such as flour and pulses are rarely over
20 packaged. By contrast, convenience foods offer a higher profit margin to both the
manufacturer and the retailer and are generally over packaged, often to increase their
saleability. We all pay at least twice for packaging - once at the point of purchase and again
for disposal, as well as in the form of hidden environmental costs.

The packaging industry in Britain uses 5 percent of the total energy consumption and vast
25 quantities of the world‟s natural resources. It is imperative that we examine the role of
packaging and consider what we can do to help reduce such pointless waste.

A. Find the definition of each word as used in the text.

1. sophisticated (line 4)

a) complex
b) colourful
c) clear
d) well-mannered

2. competitive (line 7)

a) expensive
b) developed
c) competing
d) active

156
 3. in bulk (line 10)

a) in a short time
b) safely
c) quickly
d) in large quantities

4. profit (line 20)

a) project
b) benefit
c) formation
d) interest

5. purchase (line 22)

a) packaging
b) buying
c) sale
d) selection

6. pointless (line 26)

a) unnecessary
b) exceptionally clean
c) dangerous
d) harmful

B. Indicate whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) according to the
passage. Write (NS) if the information is not stated.

_______ 1. Food packaging is a major aspect of the packaging industry.

_______ 2. Packaging can keep products fresh for a longer time.

_______ 3. Women shop less these days because many of them work.

_______ 4. Frozen foods need special packaging to attract customers.

_______ 5. Profit is an .essential element in deciding the type of packaging for a

product.

_______ 6. Most homes have freezers that keep foods fresh.

_______ 7. In fact packaging is pointless waste.

_______ 8. Sugar, tea and flour are usually over packaged.

_______ 9. Packaging also affects our environment badly.

157
C. Choose the alternative which best completes each statement below.

1. “The reasons for the development of the packaging industry into a sophisticated
industry -----.

a) have always been criticized by manufacturers

b) depend on advanced technology
c) arise from increasing demand
d) are both economic and sociological
e) have stemmed from environmental influences

2. Transportation of goods throughout the world requires -----.

a) good relationships between countries

b) special packaging
c) more information
d) extra information about the products
e) handling goods carefully

3. People prefer shop less -----.

a) because they buy food in large amounts

b) due to the fact that supermarkets are common
c) but competition forces them to choose the best
d) because they find packaging appealing
e) since they are all employed

4. The increase in frozen foods and ready prepared meals is due to the fact that -----.

a) most homes have freezers and 40 percent have microwaves

b) the packaging industry uses 5 percent of total energy consumption
c) many women today are employed
d) the nature of packaging has greatly changed
e) people have cars and fridges

5. Packaging provides buyers with -----.

a) information about the product

b) sophisticated technology
c) energy consumption
d) the developments in the industry
e) increased sales

6. Producers use packaging not only to preserve food, but also to -----.

a) utilize the world‟ s natural resources

b) cut down the consumption of energy
c) encourage people to go shopping more often
d) make use of the technologically advanced packaging industry
e) attract customers

158
 7. The author concludes that -----.

a) packaging has a great importance in the food industry

b) we must stop wasting a large amount of resources on the packaging industry
c) manufacturers should pay more attention to the packaging of food
d) the packaging industry has developed into a technologically advanced industry
e) we should decrease the use of natural resources

D. Find the meaning of the word and match it with its definition by seeing how it is
used in two sentences.

1. revolution

a) After the revolution in car production, companies tripled their sales.

b) The invention of electricity produced a revolution in our daily life.

2. fridge

a) The fridge is one of the best ways to keep vegetables fresh for a long time.
b) The vacuum cleaner, washing machine and fridge are important requirements of
a housewife.

3. margin

a) I prefer to shop at that supermarket because its profit margin is very low.
b) My brother, who has got a very small company, is operating on a small margin.

4. vie

a) He had an accident while vying with another cyclist to become the first to finish
the race,
b) It is time for all parties to vie for power in the coming elections.

5. enhance

a) There are many projects which aim to enhance the beauty of our : environment.
b) It‟s said that she‟s helping the poor to enhance her popularity,

6. prominence

a) This subject must be rather important because it has been given prominence by
both teachers.
b) The environment is a neglected area which came into prominence only a short
time ago.

7. prolong

a) For a long time now, scientists have been trying to prolong human life.
b) Almost all the students asked the teacher to prolong the study period so that
they could review for the exam.

159
 8. admit

a) I must admit I made a big mistake.

b) The suspect finally admitted his crime and was sent to prison.

Definitions: Write the correct number of word before each definition.

_____ a. important change in an area

_____ b. to try hard to do something before or better than others, to complete

_____ c. importance, priority

_____ d. refrigerator, a container that uses electricity to preserve things at a cold

temperature

_____ e. to make something last / continue a longer time

_____ f. to improve

_____ g. the difference between the amount of money that a company receives and the
amount that it spends

_____ h. to agree that it‟s true

E. Reference

What do the following words from the text refer to?

1. where (line 6) : ______________________

2. their (line 6) : ______________________

3. it (line 14) : ______________________

4. that (line 16) : ______________________

5. their (line 21) : ______________________

160
 INSIDE YOUR SKIN

The skin is an organ, just like the brain, the heart and the stomach, and since it‟s an external
organ, it‟s the most visible one. The appearance of the skin is a fundamental part of how
people present themselves to the world. However, people have highly subjective ideas about
how skin should look. Some people avoid the sun because they have the notion that light-
colored skin makes them more attractive, while others allow their skin to darken in order to
imply that they have enough leisure time to relax in the sun. Makeup is sometimes used to
give the skin a uniform look. Markings on the skin, such as tattoos, are another way people
alter their appearance in order to tell the world who they are, or who they think they are. But
what is the skin‟s actual physical function? (1)

First of all, skin helps protect us from extreme temperatures, damaging sunlight, and harmful
chemicals. It also contains elements that help the body fight off infection. In addition, the skin
manufactures vitamin D which helps the body use sunlight to build healthy bones. The rich
supply of nerves just under the surface of the skin provides another important function --- the
ability to sense changes in temperature and feel when something touches the body. This sense
of touch helps the brain know what is happening in the outside world. At the same time, skin
allows parts of the body to move freely, (2)

The skin is made up of three layers. The outer layer, called the „epidermis‟, contains a tough
material called „keratin‟ which is also found in the hair and nails. This strong covering is
crucial in protecting the body. The epidermis is constantly growing as the mature outer part is
rubbed off and new skin grows to replace it. As new skin takes five weeks to reach the
surface, the outermost layer is actually all dead skin. This protective coating varies in
thickness on different parts of the body. For example, it is ten times thicker on the soles of the
feet compared to the skin around the eyes since it needs to protect us from constant impact
with the ground while walking. (3)

The layer of skin below the epidermis is called the „dermis‟. The way it is constructed gives
the skin its strength and also allows it to stretch when necessary. In addition, the rich blood
flow through this layer helps the body regulate its temperature by increasing blood flow to the
skin to allow heat to escape when it‟s hot outside, or by decreasing blood flow to raise the
body‟s temperature when it‟s cold. (4)

Under the dermis is another layer called the “sub-cutis”. It includes a sheet of fat which serves
as a reserve supply of energy in case the body experiences a food shortage. The fat also
protects the body from sudden changes in heat and cold, and defends the body against injury
from knocks and falls. (5)

The skin is a truly amazing organ, one which both connects us with and protects us from the
outside world. (6)

161
A. Identify the choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

1. What is the purpose of the reading?

a) to explain the importance of keeping the skin healthy
b) to show how people use the skin to present themselves to the world
c) to describe the functions of the various layers of the skin
d) to describe how the epidermis functions

2. What is the main idea of the first paragraph?

a) A person‟s skin tells the world something about them.
b) People have different opinions about skin color.
c) Changing the appearance of the skin is easy to do.
d) The physical function of the skin is more important than its appearance.

3. Read the second sentence in paragraph one again. What does it mean?
a) Most people enjoy showing the world who they are.
b) The appearance of the skin doesn‟t say much about who a person is.
c) People should be careful about using their skin to show people who they are.
d) People use their skin to communicate messages about themselves.

4. In paragraph 3, sentence 4, the word it refers to _____.

a) the epidermis
b) the mature outer part
c) the new part
d) the surface of the body

5. In paragraph 3, sentence 7, the word soles means _____.

a) bottom
b) top
c) sides
d) inside

6. All three layers of skin covering the body _____.

a) have a rich flow of blood
b) contain keratin
c) contain a certain amount of dead skin
d) serve an important function

B. Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

______ 7. In paragraph 3, sentence 3 the word crucial means very important.

______ 8. Weak bones may signal a lack of Vitamin D in the skin.

______ 9. The blood flow through the dermis layer decreases on a hot day.

______ 10. The sub-cutis is the layer that allows the skin to stretch.

162
C. Identify one or more choices that best complete the statement or answer the
question. Choose two or more choices to answer each question.

11. Which words mean the same as fundamental?

a) primary
b) basic
c) essential
d) important

12. Which of the following are subjective statements?

a) I don‟t like the pizza at Mario‟s Restaurant.

b) It takes four hours to fly across the country.
c) Lisa is a beautiful young woman.
d) They have several children.

13. Which of the following mean the same as predominant?

a) main
b) previous
c) major
d) principal

14. Which of the following mean the same as uniform?

a) incomplete
b) all the same
c) unpleasant
d) standard

15. Which of the following describe activities people do in their leisure time?

a) watch TV
b) study for a test
c) play tennis
d) wash the dishes

16. Which of the following can mean the same as denote?

a) judge
b) indicate
c) encourage
d) represent

17. Which of the following can fade?

a) photographs
b) clothing
c) light
d) memories

163
D. Complete each statement. Choose the correct word to complete each sentence.

gender mate uniform notion

18. Employers should not consider _________________ when hiring workers.

19. My sister had the _________________ that drinking milk is bad for people.

20. Some wild animals stay with the same _________________ all their lives.

E. Choose the correct word from the box to complete each sentence.

external leisure chemical crucial criminal

21. The workers used a strong _________________ to clean the dirt off the floor.

22. Having a big vocabulary is a(n) _________________ part of speaking a language

well.

23. Only a(n) _________________ would steal money from a bank.

24. The _________________ walls of the building were very thick.

F. Complete each sentence starter with the correct ending

a) I devoted myself to it b) I conformed to it. c) I altered it.

_______ 25. The coat wasn‟t the right size for me so

_______ 26. I agreed with the „no cell phones at school‟ rule so

_______ 27. I had a term paper due the next morning so

G. Match each word with the correct sentence.

a) It will last forever. b) It has finished growing. c) It is fearless.

_______28. Mature

_______29. permanent

_______30. brave

164
 VINCENT VAN GOUGH: THE EARLY YEARS

Although Vincent Van Gogh was one of the world‟s most innovative artists and left behind
hundreds of famous paintings, his first choice was not art. This sensitive young man wandered
through life and worked in various places before he finally decided to become a painter at the
age of 27. These early experiences combined with his family background was unlikely
preparation for the eventual development of his artistic career.

Vincent Van Gogh was born in 1853 in Zundert, a village in the south of the Netherlands.
Van Gogh‟s father was a preacher, or religious leader, in the Dutch Reformed Church.
Vincent began attending the village school at the age of 8 and later went to a boarding school
where he proved to be an excellent student of languages. However, at age 15, he suddenly
returned home and never continued his education.

Instead, Van Gogh took a position as a trainee at the age of 16 at Goupil & Cie, an
international art dealer with offices in the Hague. Four years later, he was transferred to the
company‟s London offices, where he developed a deep appreciation for the paintings and
drawings he saw in the city‟s museums. However, Van Gogh gradually began to lose interest
in his work and became more and more focused on religion. This inhibited his ability to do a
good job. The company he worked for sent him to Paris several times, but his job
performance continued to get worse until they let him go in 1876. At this point, Van Gogh
decided to become a minister like his father and he joined a boarding school outside of
London as a teacher and assistant preacher.

A year later, Van Gogh gave in to his parents wishes to return to the Netherlands, but
remained devoted to religion. Even though he did not have the required formal preparation, he
started work as a minister for the poor. Finally, in 1880, he decided to combine his interest in
religion with his desire to become a painter. He said, “To try to understand the real
significance of what the great artists, the serious masters, tell us in their masterpieces, that
leads to God; one man wrote or told it in a book; another, in a picture.” Living on a subsidy
from his beloved brother Theo, Van Gogh managed to complete his first paintings in 1882 at
the age of 29.

During the next six years, the artist spent time in the Netherlands, Belgium and Paris. Finally,
in 1888, exhausted by the intensity of the art world in Paris, he moved to Aries in the South of
France to recover. There, he entered the most productive two-year period of his life. The
paintings from this period are full of aggressive brush work and bold colors. Although he was
fighting serious depression at the time, Van Gogh produced an amazing number of beautiful
paintings before he killed himself at the age of 37.

1. The reading is mainly about _____.

a) how Van Gogh‟s family influenced his development as an artist

b) Van Gogh‟s educational background in the arts
c) how Van Gogh‟s work as a teacher affected his artistic abilities
d) Van Gogh‟s unconventional route to becoming an artist

165
2. What is the main idea of paragraph 3?

a) At this point, Van Gogh became increasingly interested in religion.

b) Van Gogh‟s career as an art dealer was not a successful one.
c) Van Gogh learned to appreciate different styles of art while working in London,
d) Van Gogh‟s experiences in London lead him to become a preacher

3. In paragraph 3, what does they let him go mean?

a) they ended his employment with them

b) they helped him return to the Netherlands
c) they suggested that he go to England
d) they allowed him to go back to his old job

4. Van Gogh got his first job in London _____.

a) when he was 16 years old

b) after he sold his first painting
c) after he had visited Paris
d) when he was 20 years old

5. Van Gogh probably _____.

a) wanted to be a language teacher

b) enjoyed changing jobs all the time
c) suffered from some sort of mental illness
d) enjoyed working as an art dealer

6. In paragraphs, sentence 4, the word masterpieces means _____.

a) earliest attempts
b) letters to friends
c) best creations
d) life stories

Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

_______ 7. In paragraph 1, sentence 2 the word sensitive means rational.

_______ 8. Van Gogh produced his best paintings while living in Paris.

_______ 9. Van Gogh moved to Aries when he was 37 years old.

_______ 10. Vim Gogh produced a great many paintings during the last years of his life.

166
Identify one or more choices that best complete the statement or answer the question.

11. Which of the following would describe a bold piece of clothing?

a) It has bright colors.

b) It is expensive.
c) It looks very old.
d) It has a strong pattern.

12. If you package something, you _____.

a) give it away
b) wrap it in paper
c) put it in a box
d) look for it

13. Which of the following are examples of subsidies?

a) Your uncle gives you some money to help you buy a car.
b) A bank loans a family money to buy a house.
c) The government pays for part of a student‟s education.
d) A store gives you back your money when you return an item.

14. Greed is _____.

a) similar to shame
b) a wish for more of something
c) a strong feeling
d) the opposite of strength

Complete each statement.

extract caution package inhibit highlight

15. Drinking coffee seems to _______________ sleepiness.

16. Parents always _______________ their children to look both ways before crossing a
street.

17. You might want to _______________ the new vocabulary words in your book.

18. Can you _______________ a full cup of juice from a single orange?

167
Choose the correct word from the box to complete each sentence.

resist subsidize recover wander appreciate

19. It usually takes several days to_______________ from a cold

20. When I have free time, I like to _______________ around the park.

21. I try not to eat sweets, but I can‟t _______________ cookies.

22. I _______________it when my friends help me clean up after a party.

Match the sentences that go together.

a) He seems neutral, b) He seems depressed, c) He seems aggressive, d) He seems passive.

_______ 23. Ron is shouting angrily at another driver.

_______ 24. Bob says he‟s happy with either pizza or burgers tonight.

_______ 25. Jim is extremely unhappy about losing his job.

_______ 26. Dan lets other people make all his decisions for him.

168
 AIDS

Pre-Reading Questions

1. What do you know about AIDS?

2. Do you know how people get this disease?

Vocabulary in Context

Can you guess the meanings of these words?

1. A group of symptoms, or signs of an illness, is called a syndrome.

2. The child developed a case of measles — i.e., he had sneezing, sweating, a fever, and he
broke out in a rash all over his body.
3. Skin lesions are open injuries, wounds or sores on the skin.
4. A donor gives blood to patients who need transfusions, or extra body fluids such as
serum.
5. Vulnerable people come down with illnesses quite easily because they have little
resistance and usually take a long time to recover, or get well again.
6. Infectious diseases are easily transmitted by sneezing, body contact or exchange of
body fluids.
7. Genes mutate, or change slightly, structurally.

Ask anyone what they think the worst disease is and they‟ll probably tell you AIDS. Yet this
disease was unheard of before 1980. What makes it so dreaded (feared) is the fact that there is
no cure for this killer so far. Although the disease is not very prevalent —especially in our
part of the world— the public still has an enormous fear of catching AIDS. This arises from
the fact that AIDS spreads rapidly and the public was ignorant of how to prevent this. Let us
look at what scientists have learned about AIDS and how far along they are in their search for
a cure. (1)

It was in the early 1980s that the public first became aware of anew disease. It appeared to
knock out the immune system so the victims were defenseless against diseases that ordinarily
would not have troubled healthy people. This new disease seemed to be exclusively striking
down (killing) the homosexual population in America. At this time, most doctors
provisionally accepted this and put their primary research efforts toward solving the mysteries
of other deadly diseases like cancer. Concern grew, however, as more and more celebrities
and show business people fell victim to AIDS. Then, it became apparent that the disease was
spreading in the heterosexual population as well. The realization that any one was vulnerable
to this disease helped activate efforts to find a cure. After the HIV virus, the cause of this
disease, was identified, a test was devised to determine its presence in the blood. At first, the
infected were reluctant to admit haying the HIV virus because then they were suspected of
being homosexuals. Gradually, the public has become aware of the other ways of getting the
disease and is now more sympathetic, or understanding, to the victims. (2)

AIDS (Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome) is brought on by the invasion of the HIV

virus into the body. This virus destroys the cells that fight infections. However, the disease
itself does not develop until many years after the original infection. This means that a person
may be infected with the HTV virus and not feel any symptoms of the disease for years. Hills,

169
the non-suspecting victim may lead a normal life and hence pass on the virus to many
others. (3)

Research doctors have learned much about the progression, or development, of this disease.
They have discovered that the disease proceeds in three stages. In the first stage, no sooner
has the virus penetrated the body than the victim comes down with what he thinks is a terrible
case of flu. Actually, this is the time that the HTV virus is rapidly reproducing in the infected
person‟s white blood cells. During this flu-like infection, the body sweats, develops a red rash
and the patient experiences breathing problems. Within nine days, the body‟s immune system
has produced its two main defense mechanisms— antibodies and killer T cells, and these
sweep the virus from the blood stream and trap it in the lymph nodes: The patient recovers
and at this stage (the latency period) only an HIV test will reveal the presence of the
infection. (4)

In the latency, or inactive, period which is the second stage of the illness, the victims may
lead normal lives and not be a physical or financial burden on their families or friends.
Indeed, Magic Johnson, a basketball superstar, even went back to an active life in sports once
the initial fear of the possibility of his infecting his fellow players decreased. This stage can
last an average of 8.5 years and doctors have found that this stage lasts longest in those who
have a positive mental attitude towards the disease. Support from family and friends is
another important factor. However, no matter what drugs are taken or care given, eventually
more and more HTV virus particles will escape from the lymph nodes. Once they are back in
the blood stream they knock out more and more helper T cells—a type of white blood cell—
and the immune system begins to weaken. (5)

The first signs that the body is developing a full-blown case of AIDS is when the victim starts
to lose weight, sweat a great deal at night and/or develops skin lesions all over the body. This
means that the helper T cell count has dropped from 1000/ml of blood to fewer than 200. This
is the beginning of the final decline since the body is no longer able to cope with the number
of infections which the uninfected healthy person is able to fight off. After the onset of AIDS,
death usually occurs within a year or two. (6)

There is no cure yet but various drugs which help delay the onset of the third stage have been
developed. AZT is usually given after the helper T cell count drops to 500/ml. However, its
effectiveness is limited because the virus soon mutates into an AZT resistant variety. Other
drugs similar to AZT (ddl, ddC and 3TC) can also be given, especially combined together so
called a cocktail drug. This seems to prolong their effectiveness. These drugs work by
slowing the reproduction of the virus. Newer drugs called protease inhibitors have been trial-
tested and have given promising results. They work slightly differently from AZT and its
cousins but in the end the virus has still been able to outsmart the drugs and developed a drug-
resistant variety. As more and more is learned about how the virus behaves in the patient‟s
body, the likelihood will increase of finding its weak spot and hence a drug which not only
prolongs the patient‟s life but actually cures him. Therapy for AIDS victims has been
prohibitively costly until recently. However, now genetic drugs which are much cheaper are
available for many of the poverty-striken countries in the Third World, particularly Africa,
which is the worst hit area of the world. (7)

Without a real cure, the best option at present is to avoid coming down with the disease in the
first place. Despite initial fear, we now know that it is not easy to get AIDS since the HIV
virus cannot survive more than a few minutes outside the human body. Hence, it cannot be
transmitted by eating contaminated food, by sneezing, by mosquito bites or from toilet seats.

170
The virus can only be transmitted through the passage of body fluids. This is why certain
groups are considered to have a high risk of getting AIDS. These vulnerable people are
hemophiliacs and surgery patients (who need blood transfusions); newborn babies (who
become infected during birth or from their mother‟s milk); health workers (who are exposed
to bleeding patients who may have the virus); drug addicts (who frequently share needles);
and people who have unprotected sex with many different partners. Now that awareness of
how the virus is transmitted has grown, blood is screened much more carefully to ensure that
the donors are free from infection. As a result, the rate of infection from blood transfusions
has greatly diminished. There are other precautions that can be taken. If drug addicts used
only clean needles, infection in that group would decline too. Most importantly, however, the
use of condoms could prevent its spread through sexual contact. Indeed, thanks to a more
enlightened public, there has been a great slowdown in the rate of infection in the West. If
safe sex were only practiced worldwide, the spread of the infection could be stopped. (8)

The fate of AIDS now seems to be in the hands of the developing world. By 2000, there were
an estimated 40 million cases—90% of which were in Africa and Asia. These are just the
areas which were not able to afford costly treatments. Furthermore, many countries are
reluctant to publicize information about AIDS since sex education is considered a taboo
subject. In other areas, sex tourism has contributed to a huge rise in prostitution and hence the
spread of AIDS. Only by changing our attitudes about sex will this killer be conquered. (9)

I. ANALYZING THE TEXT.

1. PI: Find the words in the text that mean:

a) feared ___________________
b) widespread ___________________
c) is caused by ___________________

2. P2: Find the words in the text that mean:

a) temporarily ___________________
b) interest ___________________
c) famous people ___________________
d) obvious ___________________
e) invented; developed ___________________

3. Paragraph 2 implies that _____.

a) the general public was unwilling to spend money on viral disease research
b) homosexual behavior was identified as the cause for AIDS
c) the demand for a cure only resulted after it was realized that the disease could affect
everyone

4. P3: Find the word in the text that means:

a) therefore ___________________

171
5. P4: Find the words in the text that mean:

a) continues ___________________
b) entered ___________________

6. P4: What does this refer to? ___________________

7. P4: What does it refer to? ___________________

8. P4: Find the words in the text that mean:

a) gets well ___________________

b) show ___________________

9. P5: Find the words in the text that mean:

a) worry; responsibility ___________________

b) occurring at the beginning ___________________
c) companion as an equal ___________________
d) feelings ___________________
e) regardless of (3 words) ___________________

10. Paragraph 5 _____.

a) compares a normal AIDS victim to Magic Johnson

b) gives the progression of symptoms for the 2nd stage
c) tries to persuade us to think positively

11. Find the words in the text that mean:

a) fully developed ___________________

b) sores ___________________

12. P6: What is this refer to?

13. Find the words in the text?

a) deal with ___________________

b) beginning, start ___________________

14. Paragraph 6 does NOT describe _____.

a) the symptoms of AIDS

b) the reasons for the reoccurrence of the virus in the blood stream
c) the treatment which can delay the appearance of the symptoms of AIDS
d) the occurrence of infections that people with normal immune systems are able to
fight off

15. P7: Find the words in the text that mean:

a) slow down, put off until later ___________________

b) changes slightly ___________________

172
16. Cocktail drugs seem to be more effective because _____.

a) they can effectively strengthen the immune system

b) the virus cannot become drug resistant so easily.
c) the drugs merely prolong the virus‟s lifespan

17. P7: Find the words in the text that mean:

a) make longer, extend ___________________

b) get better of ___________________
c) possibility ___________________

18. P8: Find the words in the text that mean:

a) open to attack ___________________

b) decreased ___________________
c) aware, knowledgeable ___________________

19. In Paragraph 8, what precautions are NOT mentioned?

a) careful screening of blood for transfusions

b) use of clean needles by drug addicts
c) avoidance of sex with prostitutes
d) limitation of the number of sex partners

20. P9: Find the words in the text that mean:

a) unwilling ___________________
b) give information (in newspapers) ___________________

173
EXTRA READING
PASSAGES

174
 LANGUAGE

I had halted to thaw my frozen cheeks when a sound and a sudden movement among the dogs
made me start ... I had often imagined the first meeting with the Eskimos of the American
Continent, and wondered what it would be like ... Three or four miles ahead a line of black
objects stood out against the ice of the fjord ... One man detached himself from the party and
came running across the ice ... These were the men I had come so far to seek from Denmark
and from my familiar haunts in Greenland ... I had yelled at the dogs in the language of the
Greenland Eskimo. And, from the expression of the stranger‟s face, in a flash I realized that
he had understood what I said ... I was so delighted to find that the difference in language was
so slight that we had not the least difficulty in understanding one another. “Across Arctic
America” by Knud Rasmussen, 1927. (1)

Knud Rasmussen wrote about his 32,000-kilometer dogsled journey from Greenland to
Siberia with a focus on his meetings with Eskimo (now known as Inuit) people. They
understood his Greenland dialect of Inuktitut since the dialects have a common core: They
share a common origin, or the same mother language. With migrating people, history shows a
divergence of language that contrasts with a converging trend that is endangering global
linguistic diversity today. (2)

Languages worldwide are converging to a smaller number as languages such as English

swallow regional ones. The three largest languages of first-language speakers are Mandarin
Chinese, Spanish, and English. The value of dominant languages can be seen in its
widespread use for business, politics, science, and popular culture. However, these dominant
languages are squeezing out valuable local tongues. Linguists estimate that of the
approximately 6,500 languages worldwide, about one-third are endangered or on the brink of
extinction. According to some linguists, the estimated global rate of extinction is one
language lost every few weeks. If this sounds like the world is losing a species, in a way, it
is. (3)

When a language is lost—meaning no living person can teach another—a world perspective is
lost. (4)

Some foreign language expressions simply cannot be translated. Colloquial phrases usually
reflect a unique aspect of a culture. For example, aboriginal languages in Canada and
Australia have words that reflect a way of life that is connected closely to the environment.
Words can encompass whole situations of time and landscape that differ from an English
speaker‟s experience. The Inuit can describe “snow” in many specific ways. In Algonquian
languages, the grammatical first person is “you”—so the listener comes first. These views are
essential to learn more about the human and the natural world. Botanists have discovered new
species of plants after examining the meaning of Aboriginal names of flora that seemed
identical. Archaeologists are using languages to track migrations of historical cultures.
University of Waterloo Professor Robert Park knows that the ancestral origins of existing
Inuit communities can be partly explained by the similarity of the Inuktitut spoken by the
Thule culture and present-day Inuit. The ancient Thule migrated east from Alaska to Labrador
and Greenland by evidence of the mutually intelligible, living dialects of today. (5)

175
Languages are much like living creatures that become endangered when numbers dwindle
without regeneration. Local natural disasters, war, and famine are some of the reasons
languages slip through the cracks of history. Some languages may not have been passed on to
children because of forced cultural suppression. Linguistic communities can show resilience
when a sense of pride is restored to them such that elders are heard and youth can continue to
speak. (6)

Various groups are taking action to preserve endangered languages. UNESCO has made its
Atlas of the World‟s Languages in Danger available online. The editor of the atlas states that
it is still more common in the world to be multilingual, and, although multilingualism is
declining, there are favorable conditions that support the continued use of minority languages.
Communities need encouragement to hear, read, and speak their language in multiple places
such as schools and media. (7) ,

Preservation of languages with only a few living speakers may first require very targeted
methods. Linguists can engage with the community to develop a catalog of the language
components such as sounds, vocabulary, grammar, and traditions. The Internet has provided a
means to share archived recordings and documentation. (8)

If language resides in a culture, then it may also be important to find ways to teach children
and their parents as a community. The Maori language of New Zealand has seen resurgence in
the proportion of speakers since the 1960s and „70s when there was virtually no parent-to-
child transmission. This is a result of “language nests” set up by the community where elders
speak Maori to children and parents in a kindergarten setting. This model of preservation has
been used elsewhere such as Hawaii. There is growing recognition that preserving endangered
languages is vital; a loss in global languages means a loss of the diverse thought and traditions
those languages hold. (9)

Chose the correct answer below:

1. The main idea of this passage is that _________.

a) language is just words and has nothing to do with cultural traditions
b) Knud Rasmussen is responsible for the survival of the Inuktitut dialect
c) Mandarin Chinese, English, and Spanish are the most important languages
d) minority languages need to be saved along with the culture they represent

2. Paragraph 4 mainly tells us that _________.

a) languages are deeply connected to the culture they represent
b) minority languages are dying at a rate of at least one a month
c) English needs to be compulsory for everyone
d) not every concept can be expressed in English

3. In paragraph 3, what proportion of the world‟s languages does the author say are
endangered?
a) one-eighth
b) one-quarter
c) one-third
d) one-half

176
4. In paragraph 6, which reason is given for why languages may be lost?
a) the movement of people to other countries
b) loss of communities through starvation
c) an influx of people who bring with them new languages
d) the elders of a community don‟t want to teach the young people

5. In paragraph 7, the author uses the word declining to explain the downward turn in the
number of _________.
a) atlas states
b) endangered languages
c) people who can speak more than one language
d) groups taking action to save languages

6. In the last paragraph, this refers to the growth in the number of _________.
a) foreign people speaking Maori
b) old people speaking Maori
c) “language nests”
d) parents and young people speaking Maori

7. This author‟s purpose in writing this passage is _________.

a) to demand support for the preservation of minority languages
b) to persuade us of the effect that losing minority languages will have on world culture
c) to inform us that Mandarin Chinese, English, and Spanish are superior languages
d) to provide an account of Rasmussen‟s long journey

8. In paragraph 6, the idiom slip through the cracks is another way of saying _________.
a) to get lost or forgotten
b) something fell through a hole
c) the ice is starting to melt
d) to sneak through a small gap

9. Where is the best place to add the following sentence?

This idea alone shows a specific cultural aspect of the language.
a) end of paragraph 2
b) end of paragraph 3
c) end of paragraph 4
d) end of paragraph 5

10. What will be the effect of having a plan for targeting endangered languages?
a) There will no longer be any need to keep sound or video recordings of the languages
in use.
b) Linguists won‟t have to interact with the community and will be able to do
everything on the Internet.
c) People will be able to teach themselves the language rather than going to classes.
d) Linguists will be able to record the sounds, words, grammar, and traditions of a
language.

177
 WHAT A GOOD IDEA!

Human beings are never satisfied. They have always wanted things to be easier, faster, more
comfortable or more convenient. Human history is the history of inventions- from fire and the
wheel to microchips and fibre-optics. The earliest inventions, like boats and weapons, were
simple but effective ways of meeting basic needs and were developed independently by
people in different parts of the world who needed to travel or to hunt. Modern inventions are
more technical and more specialized. If you come up with an original idea, the first thing to
do is to register your invention at the Patent Office. It will be given a special number, which
acts as a guarantee against anyone else stealing your idea. (1)

To tell the truth, nowadays, we are inventing more technology than we need and the driving
force behind many new inventions is profit rather than necessity. Nevertheless, the flow of
inventions continues. Some come about through extremely hard work by teams of
professional- scientists. However, after so much hard work, their experiments often fail, or a
rival team develops the idea first. Even when they are successful, the frustrating process of
trial and error can go on for years before a new invention can be patented. (2)

Some of the most useful inventions in modern times have resulted from moments of
inspiration and have been developed by amateur scientists (or even non-scientists) using
simple materials and „low technology‟. These „accidental‟ inventions are all around us and are
often so familiar that we don‟t think of them as inventions at all. For example, have you ever
thought about catseyes- the little pieces of rubber and glass set in the middle of roads? They
shine in car headlights and help drivers to keep in the same lane, particularly in heavy rain or
fog. This brilliantly simple but imaginative invention was thought up by an Englishman
named Percy Shaw in 1934. He was inspired by some reflectors on a poster by the side of the
road when he was driving home one night. Looking at the eyes of a cat in the dark helped him
to develop the idea. The catseye consists of a glass „eye‟ which is shaped only to reflect the
light back in the direction from which it is coming. Built into the glass is an aluminum plate
to act as a mirror. This „eye‟ is set in a flexible rubber pad which protects both the glass and
car tires as they pass over it. The cleverest part of all, perhaps, is that each time a car tire
passes over the catseye, the glass is pushed down into the rubber, which is designed in such a
way that it wipes any dirt off the glass. As a result, catseyes are always clean. (3)

What about your ballpoint pen? A printer‟s proof-reader, fed up with constantly refilling his
pen from a bottle of ink, was driven to invent the ballpoint. He was a Hungarian named Biro.
Actually, there were two Biros: the proof-reader called Ladislao, and his chemist brother
Georg. They did some experiments in Budapest in the late 1930s, emigrated to Argentina in
1943 and there found somebody who was ready to help them with the money needed to put
their invention into production. He was a British financier named Henry Martin. With a
businessman named Frederick Miles, Martin set up a factory in England to manufacture
writing sticks. They took over a pen company, Swan, which became a million- pound mass-
production industry. Later, the company was taken over by the French firm Bic, who
developed an even cheaper throwaway ballpoint pen. (4)

Another useful invention is the simple zip fastener. It was invented in America in 1893 by
Whitcomb L. Judson, an engineer from Chicago. It wasn‟t very popular, though, because it
kept getting stuck or coming open at awkward moments in embarrassing places. Then, in

178
1913, a Swede, Dr. Gideon Sundback, had the idea of putting the zip onto a flexible backing
so that it wouldn‟t keep popping open. This was a great improvement, but the general public
was still unwilling to use it. American troops had them on their uniforms in the First World
War, but that was only large order until 1930s. The dress designer Schiaparelli then created a
dress with a zip reaching from top to bottom and was able to convince women that zips
actually worked and in no way improper. These days, zips are made for all sorts of purposes
throughout the world. Australian sheep with foot-and-mouth disease have been given zip
boots. A surgeon once stitched a zip into a man‟s stomach so that he could have his internal
organs looked after regularly. They even sell bananas with the famous slogan „Unzip a
banana!‟ (5)

A. What do the following refer to?

1. some (para.2) : some ______________

2. it (para.3) : ___________________

3. This (para.5) : ___________________

B. Find the word whose meaning is given below and write it in the gap. Write ONE
word only.

1. If something is ___________________ (adj.) (para.3), it means it is easy to

recognize because you have experienced it before or you know it well.

2. If you are___________________ (v.) (para.3) by something, it helps you develop an

idea, invent something new or create a work of art.

3. If you are ___________________ (v.) (para.4) something, you produce it in large

numbers.

4. If you ___________________ (v.) (para.5) people, you persuade them, or make them
believe.

C. Mark the statements True (T) or False (F). Correct the false statements.

1. _______ Today, the purpose of inventions is mainly profit, not necessity.

2. _______ What makes the driver see the catseyes is the glass fixed into an aluminum
plate acting as a mirror.

3. _______ Ladislao and Georg did not. have enough financial resources to put their
invention into production.

4. _______ The throwaway ballpoint pens produced by Bic were a lot cheaper than
those produced by Swan.

179
 5. _______ It can be inferred from the text that the zip fastener became very popular
among the general public during the First World War.

D. Answer the following questions.

1. Why is it necessary to register an invention at the Patent Office?

2. Write one of the reasons why working hard on an invention might often be a waste of
time.

3. What is the other function of the rubber pad apart from protecting the glass and car
tires?

4. What was one of the problems with the zip fastener when it was first invented?

180
 ADS ARE EVERYWHERE

Would you believe that the average person sees nearly 3,000 ads every day? That seems
unbelievable, but advertising has become so common that ads are virtually everywhere we
look. Furthermore, most advertisements today don‟t seem like advertising. Newspapers and
television are no longer the only way for companies to reach their target audience. Today,
advertisers are far more subtle in their selling. A

Take a look: Your clothes may have a brand name or logo on them. Many designer brands
such as Gucci and Louis Vuitton display their logo prominently on their clothes and bags.
Branding is also very important for big sports companies and professional sports teams. For
example, Nike has spent hundreds of millions of dollars creating and promoting their instantly
recognizable “swoosh” logo.

Your favorite forms of entertainment are also filled with ads. Companies actively seek to
sponsor concerts and TV shows. For example, the Coca-Cola Company has sponsored
American Idol, one of the most popular shows on American television, since its first season.
Similarly, many sports tournaments would be impossible to hold if not for money given by
sponsors, who want their ads clearly visible in stadiums. In movies, you‟ll see characters
driving a particular brand of car or eating a popular snack because companies pay for their
products to be there. In the James Bond film Casino Royale, car manufacturer Ford paid about
$22 million for James Bond to drive one of its cars—for only three minutes! B

The problem for advertisers is that people have learned to ignore traditional advertising such
as TV ads and billboards. Advertisers must find new ways to get the public to notice them—
and continue noticing them. The key word now is engagement: Companies are trying to create
deeper, more interactive experiences, which could be anything from contests to parties to
charity runs, and link the experience with the brand. C

Companies have starting using the Internet to reach a wider audience. For example, brand
websites can be accessed by anyone, anywhere. Advertisers are using social networking sites
such as Facebook to post videos and entertaining stories that feature the company‟s products.
Their goal is for people to share these posts with their friends and eventually reach millions
of people. The energy drink company Red Bull has been very successful in creating online
content that viewers respond to. By sponsoring and making short films focused on extreme
sports such as skateboarding and surfing, Red Bull has attracted hundreds of millions of views
on its YouTube channel.

Advertisers are finding new and different ways to grab our attention. As a results, ads are
getting more creative. Instead of telling us what is so special about a product, advertisers are
making products part of our lives. D

181
Choose the correct answer

1. What is the main idea of this passage?

a) The Internet is the best way to advertise products because it is more interactive.
b) Traditional forms of advertising are no longer as effective as they used to be.
c) Ads are presented in a number of ways so they can keep people‟s attention.
d) Companies spend millions of dollars advertising their products.

2. What does the verb sponsor mean?

a) to sell cheap tickets to an event to get more people to go

b) to pay for an event in order to advertise a product there
c) to create an image that everyone recognizes
d) to attend popular sporting events

3. What is the purpose of this passage?

a) to inform
b) to entertain
c) to compare
d) to persuade

4. What does grab our attention mean?

a) to get us to consider or think about something

b) to reach out for an object in order to control it
c) to take something in an unfair way
d) to make a product look undesirable

5. What does “their” refer to in paragraph 3?

a) movies‟
b) sponsors‟
c) stadiums‟
d) sports tournaments‟

6. What is the main idea of paragraph 4?

a) The new method of advertising is called engagement.

b) People no longer pay attention to television commercials and billboards.
c) If people have a deep connection with a product, they are more likely to purchase it.
d) Advertisers need new ways to keep people‟s attention since old ways no longer
work.

7. Which of the following forms of advertising is NOT mentioned in the passage?

a) TV ads
b) charity runs
c) social media
d) magazine ads

182
8. According to the passage, what is the goal of advertisers now?

a) to spend less money on advertising

b) to show how unique their products are
c) to get people to tell their friends about their products
d) to put their brands in TV commercials and billboards

9. You will see the letters A, B, C, and D in the passage. Where would the following
sentence fit best?

By making this connection, people are more likely to remember the product and later
purchase it.

a) A
b) B
c) C
d) D

10. Which of the following is NOT a proper noun?

a) American Idol
b) advertisers
c) Coca-Cola
d) Ford

183
 DESERT FARMING

The idea of growing food in a desert region would make most people laugh but this is quickly
becoming a reality. Experimental food growing technologies have enabled researchers to pull
off what was once considered impossible. There are currently two farms in desert regions of
the world where quality vegetables are being grown cheaply and easily. (1)

Sundrop Farms, based in the hot dry desert region of South Australia, uses experimental
greenhouses to grow tomatoes, peppers, and cucumbers. The biggest challenge of growing
food in a desert, obviously, is the lack of available water. The researchers at Sundrop Farms
have gotten around this problem by harnessing the sun to desalinate sea water. It can also be
used to control the temperature of the greenhouses. (2)

Without depending on limited resources such as land, fresh water, and fuel, Sundrop Farms
has used technology to make farming a more sustainable practice. Needless to say, this may
help greatly in stretching the world‟s food supplies. Another benefit of this kind of farming is
that it can be done anywhere, thus reducing the costs of transporting food to distant locations.
Yet another benefit of this kind of system is that it reduces the need for pesticides, which
many consider to be unhealthy for consumers who eat the food. So far, Sundrop Farms has
produced tonnes of vegetables and food producers and companies are keenly interested in the
new technology. (3)

Another experimental desert farm is the Sahara Forest Project, which began in Qatar in
December 2012. Greenhouses in the region are cooled by saltwater. Solar power and other
technologies are used together to help make vegetation grow in the desert environment. As
deserts have expanded over recent years around the world due to global warming, this project
could be an important part of reclaiming land once used for agriculture and believed to be lost
forever. (4)

The results from the Qatar project were better than expected and in June of 2014, Jordan
agreed to host another one. This will be much bigger than the Qatar project and the project
members will have even more opportunities to test their experiments on a much larger scale.
It is not totally clear yet that desert farming represents the future of fanning but these projects
have shown some preliminary success in the field. (5)

1. According to the article, where are two experimental desert farms currently located?

a) Jordan and Australia

b) Qatar and Jordan
c) America and Australia
d) Australia and Qatar

2. The word “based” in paragraph 2 could be replaced with

a) burning
b) located
c) presented
d) planned

184
3. The word “this” in paragraph 2 refers to

a) farming
b) technology
c) limited resources
d) the world‟s food supplies

4. According to the article, what is one advantage of desert farming?

a) it can be done anywhere

b) it requires resources
c) it needs pesticides
d) it creates interest

5. The word “keenly” in paragraph 3 could be replaced with

a) mildly
b) moderately
c) hardly
d) seriously

6. The word “As” in paragraph 4 Is closest in meaning to

a) Although
b) Because
c) While
d) Despite

7. The word “preliminary” in paragraph 5 could be replaced with

a) initial
b) doubtful
c) final
d) expected

8. According to the article, which of the following is implied about desert farming?

a) desert farming is a huge success and will be used around the world
b) there are many problems with desert farming that need to be resolved
c) early successes in the test stage are sparking interest in desert farming
d) the disadvantages of desert farming slightly outweigh its advantages

185
 IMPS IN THE DESERT

The Imps is the name given to a motorcycle display team which is made up of children under
the age of sixteen. The team was founded by Roy Pratt, who is a senior educational welfare
officer in Hackney, which is one of the toughest areas of London. It really started by accident.
He took a group of children from Hackney to the country as a part of a council-run scheme to
help children from rundown inner-city areas. The children found a couple of old motorbikes
which they managed to get working again: Roy Pratt taught them a few tricks which he had
learned when he used to run motorcycle and horse riding displays when he was a member of
the police force. „It just grew from there‟ said Roy. (1)

Children join The Imps as young as five and retire at the age of sixteen, but being a member
of The Imps is not all fun. They don‟t spend all their time roaring around on motorbikes.
There‟s a lot of hard work involved in rehearsing and doing the less glamorous jobs in
preparation for the shows. As a result, many drop out, but according to Roy Pratt, the effect
on those who do manage to stay with him is dramatic. They have to make a commitment to go
to school every day and to stay out of trouble with the police. Neither of these commitments is
easy for children in this part of London, where truancy, that is to say missing school, and
juvenile crime are part of the accepted order. An added benefit is that ex- members of the
Imps have nearly all got jobs because many employers appreciate their sense of responsibility
which comes from being an Imp, (2)

Six members of The Imps recently crossed the Grand Erg Occidental. This is a 400- mile
stretch of dunes, or sand hills, in the Sahara Desert, which had been thought impassable by
motor vehicles. The only people who had crossed it were the local tribesmen and they did it
on camels or on horseback. The main difficulty, apart from the sun and the heat, was the
problem of navigation. They had taken along a satellite navigator, but it broke down early on
the expedition and they had to rely on dead reckoning, which means working out one‟s
position on a map by calculating the distance traveled in a certain direction. This works where
there are no obstacles to prevent traveling in a straight line; however, it is a totally different
matter in this part of the Sahara where the different kinds of dune make traveling in a straight
line all but impossible. Getting over or round or through the dunes obviously meant detours
which made navigation extremely difficult. The terrain was so bad that one day they only
managed to cover 30 miles in 12 hours. (3)

The vehicles that they used were motor tricycles- motorcycles with three wheels attached to
balloon tires. These tires are not very practical to use on ordinary roads, but the extra surface
area they gave on the sand meant that the weight of the machine, rider and luggage was
distributed over a larger area and the grip was, therefore, much better. They still fell off or the
motorbikes turned over, but the landing was usually soft. They had 27 punctures, one of the
riders broke his arm, another lost his tent...but they made it in the end. (4)

A. What do the following refer to?

1. those (para.2) : ____________________________

2. it (para.3) : ____________________________

186
 3. They (para.3) : ____________________________

4. This (para.3) : ____________________________

5. made it (para.4) : ____________________________

B. Find the words in the text that mean the following.

1. an officially organized plan (para.1) ____________________________

2. practicing something (para.2) ____________________________

3. things that blocks one‟s way (para.3) ____________________________

4. difficult or less direct routes (para.4) ____________________________

5. control over something (para.4) ____________________________

C. Mark the following statements True (T) or False (F). Correct the false statements.

_______ 1. In order to teach some children from Hackney how to ride a motorbike, they
were taken to the country by Roy Pratt.

_______ 2. All the students become more successful after joining The Imps.

_______ 3. That the students have to go to school and stay out of trouble with the police
is difficult for them.

_______ 4. Being an Imp requires responsibility.

D. Answer the following questions.

1. What is the aim of the council-run scheme?

2. Where does Ron‟s experience at motorcycling come from?

3. Why do some members leave the Imps before they retire?

4. What was the problem with dead reckoning?

5. What is the advantage of tires distributing the weight over a large area?

187
 ENTER A NEW WORLD

Virtual Reality (VR) is the terra used to describe computer simulations of reality that are very
similar to real-life experience. To enter VR, you put on a special headset, or head- mounted
display (HMD) that allows you to see three-dimensional, comp liter-generated images. You
also hear sound effects and wear a special glove, which, like the HMD, is connected to the
computer. The glove allows you to manipulate the objects that you see and to have some
sense of touch. What you see exists only inside the computer, so while wearing the HMD, you
cannot see anything except the computer-generated image. Consequently, you have the
sensation of entering a different world, and this wonderful sensation is enhanced by the
sound effects and by the glove. When you turn your head, the computer adjusts the
images. (1)

Virtual Reality is close enough to the real world to be both useful and enjoyable. It has
obvious practical uses. It can be used to train pilots without any risk of destroying valuable
airplanes., It can be used to enable surgeons to practice carrying out operations without any
risk to a patient. It can also be used to help people overcome irrational fears. For example,
people who are scared of spiders can be exposed to them in the virtually real world in the
hope that they will stop being scared of them. (2)

Students can learn foreign languages by entering a computer simulation of another country
without the inconvenience of actually going there. There are also many industrial applications
of VR. Robots working in environments that are dangerous to humans, such as deep under the
sea, in fires or in nuclear reactors can be remotely controlled by human operators who, by
using VR, have the sensation of being exactly where the robot is. Above all, virtual reality has
great entertainment value. Users can have all kinds of experiences that they could not have in
real life. They can take part in motor-races or become astronauts and fighter pilots without
any risk to themselves or others. These VR experiences are far more intense and exciting than
the experiences of watching films and television, especially since VR can involve the senses
of touch and smell as well as sight and hearing to some extent. In the future it will be possible
for people to create any kind of fantasy world they wish in their own homes. (3)

However, many people are alarmed by the potential dangers of VR. According to Professor
George Brown, people may confuse the real world with die computer‟s simulated world and
someone who is used to crashing cars in VR car races may do the same for real, with serious
consequences, when driving a car. “Moreover,” he says, “it is possible that some people may
begin to enjoy committing serious crimes in VR. These crimes could be committed without
guilt and without consequences, but it is possible to say what effect such activities would
have on real-life behavior. We don‟t even know whether prolonged use of the headset
damages the user‟s eyesight. VR is ready to be sold in shops before any research has been
done on its psychological effects. (4)

188
Mark the best choice.

1. Enhance (para.1) means to _______________.

a) create a mental picture

b) uncover, leave something unprotected
c) increase the value, power or beauty of something
d) make worse by changing the original

2. Which of the following is TRUE according to the first paragraph?

a) VR enables you to experience a kind of reality that is quite different from real life.
b) Although sight and sound are provided through some special equipment, sense of
touch has not been developed yet.
c) The HMD prevents you from seeing anything except for the image that is formed by
the computer.
d) While wearing the HMD, it is not possible to move your head as this causes the
image to disappear.

3. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as one of the areas where VR could be
beneficial?

a) Medicine
b) The treatment of phobias
c) Industry
d) Criminology

4. VR can have some negative effects on the user such as _______________.

a) discouraging students from studying in foreign countries

b) encouraging dangerous driving
c) causing people to get involved in murder
d) helping people create any fantasy they like

5. Which of the following statements is FALSE according to the text?

a) It is possible to learn how to fly a plane or a spacecraft by using VR.

b) Psychological consequences of VR have not been studied thoroughly yet.
c) For the time being, the image generated by the computer has only two dimensions
like a picture.
d) It can be inferred from the text that in the future VR is likely to be more popular than
movies

189
 VOCABULARY PRACTICE

The following words are italicized in the text. Fill in the blanks with the words from the list
below. Do not change their form and use each word only ONCE.

remotely consequences adjust overcome intense

generated simulated enable inconvenience manipulated

A virtual reality is a(n) 1) ____________ environment that your senses perceive as real. It is
an artificial environment 2) ____________ by computer hardware and software and presented
to the user in such a way that it appears and feels like a real environment. Although theater,
opera, cinema and television can be regarded as precursors to virtual reality, they are only
3) ____________ related because the feeling of “being there” that you experience when
watching television is quite limited. Watching football on TV doesn‟t really compare to being
in the stadium.

To “enter” a virtual reality, a user puts on special gloves, earphones and goggles, all of which
receive their input from the computer system. In this way, at least three of the five senses are
4) ____________ by the computer. In addition to feeding sensory input to the user, the
devices also 5) ____________ to the user‟s actions. The goggles, for example, track how the
eyes move and respond accordingly by sending new video input.

To achieve greater realism, a system should ideally include more sensory modalities, such as
3D sound (through headphones), and tactile stimulation so that the user catches the
6) ____________ sensation of being there. An essential element of “being there” is
interactivity. To 7) ____________ interactivity, the system must have sensors that pick up on
your movements and utterances and alter the presentation to incorporate the 8) ____________
of your actions. To approximate physical reality in terms of interactivity and to minimize any
9) ____________ to the user, sensors, effectors, and displays are improving.

In the long run, VR could unlock limitless possibilities for human creativity. We could
construct artificial experimental worlds that would appear as real as physical reality to
participants. People could visit these worlds to work, be entertained, socialize with friends
who may be living on the opposite side of the globe, or 10) ____________ their stresses; thus,
they might spend most of their time in virtual realities.

190
 BRAND ENGAGEMENT GONE WRONG

Take a walk down the street and count the number of advertisements you see. With so many
brands and companies competing for your attention, advertisers have to work harder than
ever. One popular method of engaging consumers is by holding competitions where
consumers come up with their own commercials or slogans. These have proven to be
successful, and they increase the number of people who come into contact with the brand. But
allowing strangers to be active in a brand‟s identity can lead to great problems. Here are two
cases of advertising gone wrong.

Not a Model Spokesperson

When fashion brand American Apparel introduced its new range of plus-sized clothing, the
company held a contest to find new models. In the contest, women could submit photos of
themselves that showed off how nice the company‟s clothes look on larger women. But when
the company advertised that it was looking for “the next BIG thing,” some women were
offended because they thought the company was being disrespectful to women. A

An American actress called Nancy Upton decided to enter the contest to show the world how
insensitive she thought American Apparel was. Nancy took photos of herself in poses that
made fun of the contest. She wore American Apparel clothes and copied the style of their ads,
but also ate fattening food, like burgers, in the photos. The photos became an Internet hit and
she won the popular vote. While American Apparel did not recognize Nancy as the winner,
her photos started a big discussion about how bigger women were treated in fashion and
Nancy became a hero to many. B

Crashing the Commercial

Car manufacturer Chevrolet thought they had a good idea: organize a contest where people
could create their own commercials for Chevrolet‟s newest and biggest vehicle, the Tahoe.
The company supplied video and sound clips, and people could use computers to mix them
and add their own text. The contest accomplished its goal of promoting the Tahoe, as more
than 30,000 videos were made. C

While many entries focused on the best features of the truck, a few were less flattering; they
pointed out that the Tahoe was bad for the environment and that owning a big vehicle can
sometimes lead to unsafe driving. Unfortunately, the negative videos spread fast, and Chevy
got as much bad publicity as it did good publicity. D

Choose the correct answer

1. Why did women feel disrespected by American Apparel?

a) They felt the phrase “the next BIG thing” made fun of larger women.
b) They didn‟t like an actress being chosen as the model spokesperson.
c) They thought the models should not have to send pictures.
d) They didn‟t like having to take pictures of themselves.

191
2. Which is the best paraphrase of the following sentence? “Here are two cases of
advertising gone wrong.”

a) Here are two stories about an advertising company that moved to the wrong place.
b) Here are two ways that problems can be avoided when you are advertising.
c) Here are two examples of advertising that didn‟t work the right way.
d) Here are two legal cases of problems companies went through.

3. What does poses mean?

a) a person‟s attitudes toward a difficult situation

b) a person‟s positions when being photographed
c) humorous styles of dressing
d) attempts to win a contest

4. What does a few refer to in the last paragraph?

a) features
b) entries
c) Tahoe
d) truck

5. Which of the following sentences from the passage provides the main idea?

a. The photos became an Internet hit and she won the popular vote.
b. But allowing strangers to be active in a brand‟s identity can lead to great problems.
c. One popular method of engaging consumers is by holding competitions where
consumers come up with their own commercials or slogans.
d. Unfortunately, the negative videos spread fast, and Chevy got as much bad publicity
as it did good publicity.

6. Where would this passage most likely be found?

a) in a college textbook
c) in a magazine advertisement
b) in a newspaper article
d) in a mall brochure or pamphlet

7. What is the main idea of the last paragraph?

a) Some negative videos were made of the Chevy Tahoe, and these videos got as much
attention as the positive videos.
b) The Chevy Tahoe actually had a number of problems such as producing too much
exhaust, which polluted the air.
c) Most of the video entries were about the best features of the truck,
d) Some videos showed how the Tahoe was unsafe to drive.

192
8. What was Chevrolet‟s contest?

a) making a video on the safety precautions people should take when driving
b) mixing video and sound clips from Chevrolet to create a commercial
c) creating a home video of people driving their own Chevy Tahoes
d) making a video about the environmental problems caused by cars

9. What was the result of Nancy Upton‟s photos?

a) A discussion was started about the role of larger women in fashion.

b) She became the model spokesperson for American Apparel.
c) American Apparel apologized for their offensive comment.
d) She received the most votes and won the official contest.

10. You will see the letters A, B, C, and D in the passage. Where would the following
sentence fit best?

Both Chevy and American Apparel learned the hard way - if you invite the general public
to contribute to your brand, you‟d better be prepared for the results, good or bad.

a) A
b) B
c) C
d) D

193
 RAISING A SMILE

Humor, the way people regard things as amusing, was often seen in a very negative way in the
past. For Plato, for example, it meant trying to see yourself a sense of superiority by making
fun of other people, and he thought that only people who lacked self-confidence did this. (1)
Modern psychology, however, regards humor with more respect. Sigmund Freud, the founder
of psychoanalysis, considered laughter to be a means of releasing nervous energy safely. He
thought laughing provided relief and made potentially damaging disagreements harmless.
While this approach is still very influential, more recent work in psychology has also focused
on the social value of being funny, that is, the useful role of the well-timed joke or light
remark in everyday encounters. (2)
A study of humor has revealed that a person‟s sense of humor depends very much on his point
of view. Political opinions and ethnic background all influence the way a joke is received and
how funny people find it. The study has also shown that humorous people are perceived as
being more likeable, and this enables them to have a greater influence on others. In one
experiment, trained psychology graduates played the role of sellers in a bargaining situation in
which a painting was to be sold. They were instructed to take a humorous approach, while
others made no jokes at all and bargained in a straightforward, serious way. It was found that
the dealers with die more light-hearted attitude were able to get a significantly higher price for
the painting. What humor does, in this context, is to reduce the buyer‟s feelings of threat and
anxiety and to establish a more relaxed relationship with the seller. In this way, both trust and
attraction are increased and the buyer feels safe. (3)
The implications of this study are quite important. If humor can help the salesman, then it can
also help others in a similar way in different situations. If you can get people to laugh with
you, then you have already established a degree of leadership that you can later build on.
Humor can improve your image in a conversation with a group of friends. It can be used as a
persuader in other social contexts and is useful in opening conversations with the opposite
sex. Establishing a relaxed mood helps a relationship to develop quickly. Making jokes may
also allow you to avoid a useless discussion without hurting the other person‟s feelings. (4)
Many researchers believe that being really funny can only be achieved by returning to a more
childlike view of the world. This may be related to the fact that comedians adopt humor early
in life as a way of getting people to like them and attracting their attention. Many comedians
have reported that their use of humor developed in early schooldays and was a means of
coping with anxiety-producing situations. Such strategies were rewarded with laughter from
both classmates and teachers. (5)
As Freud suggested, humor can also be a replacement of aggression with a more positive
attitude. The professional comedian is thought -by psychoanalysts—to be an angry person
whose skills allow him to express his aggression in a socially acceptable and productive
manner. In other words, comedians are regarded as aggressive people, but they have enough
strength of character to transfer their emotions into a creative expression. (6)
As well as for comedians, for all of us, humor is not only a valuable social tool but also a
useful way of coping with personal or emotional difficulties. By laughing about them, we
achieve a more relaxed mood in which we are better able to communicate with others. (7)

194
A. What do the following refer to?

1. did this (para.1) : _______________________

2. them (para.7) : _______________________

B. Mark the best choice.

1. Sigmund Freud regarded humor with respect because he believed __________.

a) humor gives a person a chance to feel superior to others
b) people can get rid of nervous energy by laughing
c) the relief that laughter pro\ides makes harmless conflicts damaging
d) funny people have self-confidence

2. The experiment which involved trained psychology students revealed that

__________.
a) they had difficulty in playing the role of sellers in a bargaining situation
b) the customers who didn‟t make any jokes bargained in a straightforward, serious
way
c) the dealers with a humorous approach were able to persuade the customers more
easily.
d) the buyer felt threatened and anxious when the seller had a light-hearted attitude

3. Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to paragraph 4?

a) Jokes may help a person avoid an unnecessary discussion without being rude.
b) A humorous salesman can help other people in different situations.
c) A Person who can make others laugh is likely to impress the people in the group.
d) It‟s easier for a man to approach a woman if he has a humorous style.

4. Many researchers are of the opinion that __________.

a) if a person perceives the world through the eyes of a child, he is very likely to be
considered funny by others.
b) many students did not develop a sense of humor because their classmates and
teachers made fun of them
c) many comedians tried to attract others‟ attention with their anxiety problems
when they were at school
d) if a person uses humor to cope with anxiety in early schooldays, he will become
a good comedian.

5. Psychoanalysts regard comedians as __________.

a) people who don‟t have a strong character and thus who don‟t like others
laughing
b) aggressive people who are not strong enough to transfer their emotions into a
creative expression.
c) people whose sense of humor neither has any social value nor helps them cope
with personal frustrations
d) People who can use their skills to express their anger in a productive way

195
 ROBERT CAPA

Robert Cap a is a name that has for many years been synonymous with war photography.
Born in Hungary in 1913 as Friedmann Endre Erno, Capa was forced to leave his native
country after his involvement in anti government protests. Capa had originally wanted to
become a writer, but after his arrival in Berlin had first found work as a photographer. He
later left Germany and moved to France due to the rise in Nazism. He tried to find work as a
freelance journalist and it was here that he changed his name to Robert Capa, mainly because
he thought it would sound more American. (1)

In 1936, after the breakout of the Spanish Civil war, Capa went to Spain and it was here over
the next three years that he built his reputation as a war photographer. It was here too in 1936
that he took one of his most famous pictures, The Death of a Loyalist Soldier. One of Capa‟s
most famous quotes was „If your pictures aren‟t good enough, you‟re not close enough.‟ And
he took his attitude of getting close to the action to an extreme. His photograph, The Death of
a Loyalist Soldier is a prime example of this as Capa captures the very moment the soldier
falls. However, many have questioned the authenticity of this photograph, claiming that it was
staged. (2)

When World war II broke out, Capa was in New York, but he was soon back in Europe
covering the war for Life magazine. Some of his most famous work was created on 6th June
1944 when he swam ashore with the first assault on Omaha Beach in the D-D ay invasion of
Normandy. Capa, armed only with two cameras, took more than one hundred photographs in
the first hour of the landing, but a mistake in the darkroom during the drying of the film
destroyed all but eight frames. It was the images from these frames however that inspired the
visual style of Steven Spielberg‟s Oscar winning movie „Saving Private Ryan‟. When Life
magazine published the photographs, they claimed that they were slightly out of focus, and
Capa later used this as the title of his autobiographical account of the war. (3)

Capa‟s private life was no less dramatic. He was friend to many of Hollywood‟s directors,
actors and actresses. In 1943 he fell in love with the wife of actor John Austin. His affair with
her lasted until the end of the war and became the subject of his war memoirs. He was at one
time lover to actress Ingrid Bergman. Their relationship finally ended in 1946 when he
refused to settle in Hollywood and went off to Turkey. (4)

In 1947 Capa was among a group of photojournalists who founded Magnum Photos. This was
a co-operative organization set up to support photographers and help them to retain ownership
of the copyright to their work. Capa went on to document many other wars. He never
attempted to glamorize war though, but to record the horror. He once said, “The desire of any
war photographer is to be put out of business.” (5)

Capa died as he had lived. After promising not to photograph any more wars, he accepted an
assignment to go to Indochina to cover the first Indochina war. On May 25th 1954 Capa was
accompanying a French regiment when he left his jeep to take some photographs of the
advance and stepped on a land mine. He was taken to a nearby hospital, still clutching his
camera, but was pronounced dead on arrival. He left behind him a testament to the horrors of
war and a standard for photojournalism that few others have been able to reach. (6)

196
Capa‟s legacy has lived on though and in 1966 his brother Cornell founded the International
Fund for Concerned Photography in his honor. There is also a Robert Capa Gold Medal,
which is given to the photographer who publishes the best photographic reporting from
abroad with evidence of exceptional courage. But perhaps his greatest legacy of all are the
human struggles of the human struggles that he captured. (7)

1. Why did Capa change his name?

a) To hide his identity

b) Because he had been involved in protests
c) To sound more American
d) Because he had to leave Hungary

2. Capa originally wanted to be __________________.

a) A photojournalist
b) A writer
c) American
d) A protestor

3. Capa went to Spain to __________________.

a) fight in the civil war.

b) build his reputation.
c) have a holiday.
d) take photographs.

4. Capa‟s famous picture Death of a Loyalist Soldier __________________.

a) was taken by someone else.

b) was definitely genuine.
c) wasn‟t even taken in Spain.
d) cannot be proven genuine or staged.

5. When World War II broke out Capa __________________.

a) went to New York.

b) swam ashore on Omaha Beach.
c) went to Europe.
d) went to Normandy.

6. A mistake meant that __________________.

a) only one hundred of Capa‟s photographs were published.

b) Capa lost both of his two cameras.
c) Capa‟s images inspired an Oscar winning movie.
d) Most of Capa‟s images of the D-Day landing were destroyed.

197
7. Capa‟s private life was __________________.

a) less dramatic than his professional life.

b) spent mostly in Hollywood.
c) very glamorous.
d) spent in Turkey.

8. Capa wanted his work to __________________.

a) be very famous.
b) show how glamorous war can be.
c) show the true horror of war.
d) make lots of money.

9. Which sentence best paraphrases paragraph 5?

a) Capa had a tragic private life and was never able to settle down and find happiness.
b) Despite having many good friends and lovers, Capa always put his work first.
c) Capa wanted to make friends with important people in Hollywood so that he could
move into the movie industry.
d) Capa‟s private life was very complicated. He could not choose between the two
women he loved, so he went off to work in Turkey.

10. Which sentence best paraphrases paragraph 4?

a) Capa never tried to avoid danger. He risked his life to take photographs of the D-Day
invasion, but then destroyed most of them.
b) Capa took some of his most famous photographs during the D-Day invasion, but
most were tragically destroyed in an accident.
c) Capa only kept the best eight D-Day photographs as the others were out of focus.
These inspired the visual style of a Hollywood film.
d) Capa left Europe when die war broke out and went to take his most famous
photographs of the D-Day invasion.

198
 SPACE TRAVEL AND SCIENCE FICTION

Space travel and science fiction have long been connected. Early science fiction writers such
as Jules Verne inspired scientists and engineers to develop new space technologies. Writers of
science fiction, as well as creators of science fiction TV shows and movies often study the
latest scientific concepts and use or adapt them to help portray what future space travel, space
ships, and space stations might look like. And while many of their predictions have come true,
many others have not. (1)

Jules Verne (1828-1905) was a French author. He was a pioneer of science fiction. In his
novels From the Earth to the Moon 11865) and Around the Moon (1870), a kind of space ship
is fired from a 900-foot-long cannon at the moon. On their journey, the three travelers are
deprived of gravity at one point and Mt around their small ship. When landing on the moon,
rockets are used to slow the ship down. Given the year in which he was writing, Verne‟s
predictions were very good. The size of his space ship is about the size of the first one to go to
the moon, the Apollo, minus its large rockets. Both Verne‟s ship and the Apollo carried three
people into space. Furthermore. Rockets were indeed used by the Apollo to slow its descent.
However, Verne‟s ship, by analogy with a gun, shot his travelers into space, which never
could have worked. The intense pressure of such an event would cause great physiological
damage to the crew. (2)

During the first half of the 20th century, science fiction novels and comic books were widely
distributed in the United States. Their portrayal of space travel was less far-fetched than
Verne‟s. Pictures began showing astronauts in space suits, as writers realized that exposure of
human beings to space was deadly. Ideas of other planets were still often wrong, though. A
1928 drawing of the surface of a moon of the planet Jupiter shows it covered in plant life.
Only later it was discovered that other than Earth, the planets and moons around our sun are
without life as we know it. (3)

Drawings in the early 20th century showed very large space ships and stations. They were like
floating cities. Writers at the time knew that trips to other stars would take hundreds of years.
Those who left Earth would die on the journey; their descendants would arrive. Some writers
avoided this problem by using the concept of suspended animation - a deep sleep in which a
person doesn‟t grow older. Such travelers would awaken at the end of their journey, hundreds
of years in the future. It is not impossible that these ideas could become reality one day. (4)

After the American space program had begun, the television show Star Trek became very
popular. It follows the adventures of a large space ship with over 400 crew members that flies
around the universe at speeds faster than light. This is a wonderful dream, but it will
probably never come to fulfillment. The laws of physics tell us that it is quite impossible for
any object to travel faster than the speed of light. (5)

It‟s clear to see that science fiction has progressed along with science and technology. Science
fiction writers continue to study scientific concepts and to use them to portray the future.
Looking back at their ideas, some were correct and cannot be distinguished from today‟s
reality; many others were nothing but fiction. But, they have always inspired new generations
of humans to dream of someday going into space. (6)

199
1. Which of the following best summarizes the author‟s main idea?
a) The inspiring ideas of science fiction writers have been both right and wrong about
the future of space travel.
b) Though often correct, the incorrect ideas of science fiction writers have caused
scientists and engineers to make mistakes.
c) Science fiction writers make inspiring, incorrect predictions about what scientists and
engineers will do next.
d) Scientists and engineers create inspiring science fiction that usually comes true.

2. Which of the following predictions by Jules Verne was incorrect?

a) The first space ship would carry a crew of three people.
b) Space travelers would be deprived of gravity.
c) Rockets would be used to slow down a space ship.
d) A space ship would be launched using the analogy of a gun.

3. According to the passage, which statement about 20th century science fiction is NOT
true?
a) It showed space stations like floating cities.
b) It showed astronauts in space suits.
c) It showed plant life on a moon of Jupiter.
d) It discovered ways in which objects can travel faster than light.

4. According to the passage, what was the purpose of a very large space ship?
a) It flew to other stars much more quickly.
b) It held enough fuel for the centuries-long journey to other stars.
c) For centuries-long trips, people would have families and their descendants would
arrive.
d) It was a place for humans to escape to if Earth was destroyed.

5. According to the passage, suspended animation was a concept used in science fiction to
__________.
a) allow people to travel for hundreds of years
b) help sick people wait for their disease to be cured
c) help people wait for descendants to arrive at another planet
d) Get a lot of rest on centuries-long journey

6. In paragraph 5, what does the phrase “a wonderful dream” refer to?

a) the American space program
b) the television show Star Trek
c) a space ship with more than 400 crew members
d) traveling faster than the speed of light

7. Why can‟t human beings travel faster than the speed of light?
a) Our space-ships are too large.
b) The rockets we can currently produce are too weak.
c) It‟s against the laws of physics.
d) It would cause too much physiological damage to the crew.

200
 CASTLES

Palaces are known for their beauty and splendor, but they offer little protection against
attacks. It is easy to defend a fortress, but fortresses are not designed with the comfort of a
king or queen in mind. When it comes to structures that are both majestic and well-fortified,
the classic European castle is the pinnacle of design. Across the ages castles changed,
developed, and eventually fell out of use, but they still command the fascination of our
culture. (1)

Castles were originally built in England by Norman invaders in 1066. As William the
Conqueror advanced through England, he fortified key positions to secure the land he had
taken. The castles he built allowed the Norman lords to retreat to safety when threatened by
English rebellion. Castles also served as bases of operation for offensive attacks. Troops were
summoned to, organized around, and deployed from castles. In this way castles served both
offensive and defensive roles in military operations. (2)

Not limited to military purposes, castles also served as offices from which the lord would
administer control over his fiefdom. That is to say, the lord of the land would hold court in his
castle. Those that were socially beneath the lord would come to report the affairs of the lands
that they governed and pay tribute to the lord. They would address disputes, handle business,
feast, and enjoy festivities. In this way castles served as important social centers in medieval
England. Castles also served as symbols of power. Built on prominent sites overlooking the
surrounding areas, castles constantly loomed in the background of many peasants‟ lives and
served as a daily reminder of the lord‟s strength. (3)

The first castles constructed in England were made from earth and timber. Those who
constructed them took advantage of natural features, such as hills and rivers, to increase
defenses. Since these castles were constructed from wood, they were highly susceptible to
attacks by fire. Wooden castles were gradually replaced by stone, which greatly increased the
strength of these fortifications; however, being made from stone did not make these castles
entirely fireproof. Attackers could hurl flaming objects into the castle through the windows or
ignite the wooden doors. This led to moving the windows and entrances off of the ground
floor and up to the first floor to make them more difficult to access. (4)

As the nobility accumulated wealth, England became increasingly attractive to those who
sought to plunder. Raids by Vikings and other marauders increased in regularity. In response
to these attacks, castle defenses were updated and improved. Arrow-slits were added. These
were small holes in the castle, large enough for an arrow to fit through, which allowed
defenders to fire from nearly invulnerable positions. Towers were built from which defenders
could provide flanking fire. These towers were connected to the castle by wooden bridges, so
that if one tower fell, the rest of the castle was still easy to defend. Multiple rings of castle
walls were constructed, so that even if attackers made it past one wall, they would be caught
on a killing ground between inner and outer walls. Advances such as these greatly increased
the defense of castles. (5)

The demise of castles can ultimately be attributed to gunpowder. Gunpowder was first
introduced to Europe during the 14th century, but the first gunpowder weapons were
unreliable, inaccurate, and weak by later standards. During the 15th century, artillery became

201
powerful enough to break through stone walls. This greatly undermined the military role of
castles. Castles were then replaced by artillery forts that had no role in civil administration,
and country houses that were indefensible. Though castles no longer serve their original
purposes, remaining castles receive millions of visitors each year from those who wish to.
experience these majestic vestige sofa time long passed. (6)

1. Which of the following is not a function of castles as expressed in the text?

a) Castles served both offensive and defensive purposes militarily.

b) Castles served as symbols of power.
c) Castles were important social centers in medieval England.
d) Castles were places where knights would keep their best horses.

2. Which of the following best describes the main idea in paragraph 2?

a) It describes how and why William the Conqueror took control of England.
b) It explains why castles were first built in England and the military purposes they
served.
c) It shows how Norman lords were often scared and frequently retreated.
d) It details all of the purposes that English castles served.

3. Which best explains why the original castles were first made from earth and timber?

a) It takes a lot more time and energy to build a stone castle.

b) It did not occur to people to build castles out of stone.
c) People did not realize how weak wooden castles would be against fire.
d) Wooden castles were prettier than dirty stone castles.

4. Which of the following is not a true statement according to the text?

a) Palaces are designed for luxury, not fortification.

b) Fortresses are designed for fortification, not luxury.
c) Castles are designed for luxury and fortification.
d) Palaces are designed for luxury and fortification.

5. Which best explains why wooden castles were converted to stone castles.

a) Wooden Castles take a long time to build.

b) Wooden castles are uncomfortable.
c) Stone castles offer better defense.
d) Stone castles stay cooler in the summer.

6. Which of the following best describes the structure of the text in the fifth paragraph?

a) Compare and contrast

b) Order of importance
c) Cause and effect
d) Chronological order

202
7. Which is not described in the text as an improvement in castle defenses?

a) Towers attached to the main castle by wooden bridges

b) Deep ditches dug around the castle walls and filled with water
c) Multiple castle walls providing layers of defenses
d) Windows and entrances raised off of the ground floor

8. Which best explains how gunpowder ended the role of traditional castles?

a) Wars were fought with guns and hiding in castles was no longer necessary.
b) Artillery forts with large cannons became more stylish than traditional castles.
c) Defending castles grew difficult, since attackers could just shoot castle defenders.
d) Cannons were able to knock down stone walls, so castles offered little protection.

9. Which of the following titles would best describe the content of this passage?

a) William the Conqueror: Bringing Castles to England

b) Defending the Castle: Technologies Used to Defend Medieval Castles
c) A Short History of Castles: The Rise and Fall of Castles in England
d) Fancy Living: Learning about Castles, Palaces, and Fortresses

10. Which of the following is an opinion?

a) Stone is more resistant to fire than wood.

b) William the Conqueror built the first castles in England.
c) It is unfortunate that castles no longer serve their original purposes.
d) Castles were used as offices of administration during the Middle Ages.

203
 THE POSSIBILITIES OF NANOTECHNOLOGY

Nanotechnology has been referred to as the „science of small‟. It involves the use of
extremely tiny machines in fields as diverse as medicine, solar power and high-speed
communications. How small are these devices? Nanotech scientists use the nanometer which
is one billionth of a meter! Medical researchers are already discovering how nanotechnology
can help diagnose and treat a variety of diseases. However, there are extensive possibilities
for the use of this radical new technology outside the medical field. (1)

New Solar Power Options

Solar power provides an environmentally-friendly way to use less of the earth‟s limited
supply of carbon-based fuels such as oil. However, with traditional technology, solar
collectors must be allocated a lot of space while producing only limited amounts of power.
However, nanotech applications will revolutionize the field. Instead of using heavy wood,
metal and glass structures, tiny solar cells will be added to a liquid plastic and applied to other
surfaces, almost like paint. This will create a portable electrical supply. For example, a
sweater coated in this material could power a cell phone. A car painted with the substance
could potentially supply enough energy to charge the car‟s battery. Some researchers even
believe that thin layers of plastic spread across a number of the world‟s deserts could generate
enough clean energy to supply the power needs of the entire world. (2)

Nanotechnology and the Internet

In recent years, the speed with which information is transmitted over the Internet has
improved because of the fiber-optic cable. It allows information to be carried in the form of
light which moves much faster than electrical signals do. Although the information travels
quickly through the cable, it slows down a lot when it must enter a new computer network. At
that point, the information must be turned back into electronic form and go through a series of
time-consuming transfers before becoming a light signal again. Using nanotechnology,
scientists believe they will one day be able to greatly multiply the speed of this transfer by
creating a material that will allow data carried as light to pass directly from network to
network with no electronic delay. Researchers say users will soon become accustomed to an
Internet that is about 100 times faster than it is today. (3)

Tiny, Tiny Tools

As the extremely small devices produced through nanotechnology become more and more
common, tools to clean and service them are becoming a high priority. Even the smallest
amount of dirt can render machines at the nano-scale useless. However, regular brushes made
of animal hair, plastic fibers or metal fibers don‟t do a thorough enough job. Imagine how
small the tools will have to be if the machine is smaller than the period at the end of this
sentence! One of the first things researchers have created is a brush made from tiny bits of
carbon. The hairs in this brush are a thousand times smaller than a human hair and yet they
are strong enough to do their job with very few incidences of failure. (4)

204
A. Identify the choice that best completes the statement or answers the question.

1. What is the main purpose of this reading?

a) to describe some key developments in the field of nanotechnology

b) to compare nanotechnology with other areas of scientific research
c) to point out positive and negative aspects of nanotechnology
d) to explain how the field of nanotechnology got started

2. What is the main idea of paragraph 2?

a) Traditional solar power options are less efficient than nanotech options.
b) Nanotechnology can provide portable supplies of electrical power.
c) Nanotechnology will allow for new alternatives for solar power collection.
d) Solar power collectors using nanotechnology aren‟t made of wood, metal or
glass.

3. In paragraph 2, sentence 3, the words the field refer to ______.

a) solar power
b) the earth‟s limited supply of carbon-based fuels
c) traditional technology
d) a lot of space

4. In paragraph 2, sentence 7, what does to charge the car‟s battery mean?

a) to pay for the car‟s battery

b) to use all the energy in the car‟s battery
c) to fill the car‟s battery with energy
d) to protect the car‟s battery

5. Machines created through nanotechnology .

a) will be used only in the medical field

b) are less environmentally-friendly than traditional technology
c) require more frequent servicing and repair than traditional machines
d) are similar to traditional machines in many ways

6. Nanotechnology tools are made from ______.

a) plastic
b) carbon
c) animal hair
d) metal fibers

205
-B. Indicate whether the statement is true or false.

_______ 7. The reading is mainly about the uses of nanotechnology in the medical field.

_______ 8. In paragraph 3, sentence 2 the word it refers to the Internet.

_______ 9. Fiber-optic cables transmit electronic signals.

_______ 10. In paragraph 3, sentence 4 the phrase time-consuming means slow.

C. Identify one or more choices that best complete the statement or answer the
question. Choose two or more choices to answer each question.

11. A laser ______.

a) is used to weigh tiny amounts of things

b) is a powerful kind of light
c) creates a clear picture of an object
d) is produced by a special machine

12. Meanwhile ______.

a) can mean while something else is happening

b) describes the period of time between two events
c) can mean the same as for the moment
d) shows that an event probably won‟t happen

13. What are some characteristics of priorities?

a) They are usually found in the form of a list.

b) Different people may have different priorities.
c) They are all the same level of importance.
d) People are serious about them.

14. Which of the following can be transmitted?

a) people
b) diseases
c) luggage
d) television programs

15. A conservative estimate is one that ______.

a) agrees with everyone else‟s estimate

b) is probably lower than the actual amount
c) can‟t be changed
d) is not very high

206
 16. If you are accustomed to something, ______.

a) caused it to happen
b) are familiar with it.
c) accept it as normal
d) want to change it

D. Complete each statement. Choose the correct word to complete each sentence.

17. I did ______________ (allocate / extensive) research to find the cheapest plane
ticket.

18. Some ______________ (thorough / radical) students wanted to close down the
university.

19. I found my keys by doing a ______________ (thorough / radical) search of my

room.

20. The ______________ (victim / emergency) caused by the storm lasted for a week.

21. The hospital reports a high (incidence / poison) of car accidents on Saturday nights.

22. The doctors couldn‟t get to the ______________ (fever / root) of the problem.

E. Match each word with the correct definition. PART I

a) attach two things together

b) increase greatly in number
c) place one thing inside of another thing
d) use something for a particular purpose

_____ 23. insert. _____ 24. bond _____ 25. multiply _____ 26. Allocate

PART 2

a. something that hurts or kills people or animals

b. part of the body that is larger than usual because of illness or injury
c. someone who has been hurt or killed
d. body temperature that is higher than usual

_____ 27. victim _____ 28. fever _____ 29. poison _____ 30. swelling

207
208
 READING STRATEGIES

A) UNDERSTANDING PARAGRAPHS
B) REFERENCE
C) GUESS THE MEANING
D) SKIMMING / SCANNING
E) MAKING INFERENCES AND DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
F) EXPANDING VOCABULARY
G) MIXED EXERCISE
 PART A
UNDERSTANDING PARAGRAPHS

1
Presentation

Understanding Paragraphs

Every paragraph should have at least five sentences. A well-organized paragraph develops a
main idea. The main idea is expressed in a sentence called the Topic Sentence. The topic
sentence usually comes at the beginning of the paragraph, but it is not always the first
sentence.

After the main idea is expressed with the topic sentence, then there are two or more sentences
that are related to the main idea. These sentences are called Body Sentences. The body
sentences help develop the main idea by giving more information or examples.

Once more information is given with the body sentences, the paragraph ends with the
Concluding Sentence. This sentence summarizes the main idea.

Practice

Part 1

Read the paragraph. Then write the number of each sentence in the correct box

Mark Twain

Mark Twain was a famous writer of novels, including two about young boys named Tom
Sawyer and Huckleberry Finn. Mark Twain was not the author‟s real name. His real name
was Samuel Clemens. Clemens was born in 1835, in Missouri. When he was four years old,
Clemens‟s family moved to the town of Hannibal, Missouri. This area became the inspiration
for his famous novels. Almost two centuries later, Mark Twain is still a well-known author
whose novels are enjoyed by children and adults around the world.

1. When he was four years old, Clemens‟s family moved to the town of Hannibal, Missouri.
2. This area became the inspiration for his famous novels.
3. Mark Twain was not the author‟s real name.
4. His real name was Samuel Clemens.
5. Clemens was born in 1835, in Missouri.
6. Almost two Centuries later, Mark Twain is still a well-known author whose novels are
enjoyed by children and adults around the world.
7. Mark Twain was a famous writer of novels, including two about young boys named

Topic Sentence Body Sentences Concluding Sentence

2
Part 2

Read the paragraph. Then write the number of each sentence in the correct box.

Vegetarian

A vegetarian is someone who does not eat meat, and there are many reasons why people
become vegetarians. Some people simply do not like the taste of meat. Others believe is cruel
to eat meat from an animal. Then there are some people whose religion does not allow them
to eat meat. There are also some people who think it is unhealthy to eat meat. Vegetarians eat
a lot of vegetables, fruits, beans, and soy products (such as tofu). Whatever the reason, the
number of vegetarians is increasing all over the world.

1) There are also some people who think it is unhealthy to eat meat.

2) Whatever the reason, the number of vegetarians is increasing all over the world.

3) Then there are some people whose religion does not allow them to eat meat.

4) A vegetarian is someone who does not eat meat, and there are many reasons why people
become vegetarians.

5) Some people simply do not like the taste of meat

6) Vegetarians eat a lot of vegetables, fruits, beans, and soy products (such as tofu)

7) Others believe it is cruel to eat meat from an animal

Topic Sentence Body Sentences Concluding Sentence

3
IDENTIFYING THE TOPIC OF A PARAGRAPH
Presentation

Identifying the Topic of a Paragraph

The topics is what the paragraph is about. One way to find the topic of a paragraph is to look
for a word or phrase that is repeated often in the sentences. That word or phrase is the topic.

Practice 1
Read each paragraph. Circle the letter of the correct topic.

1. What do you see when you look at the moon? The dark spots on the moon represent
different things in different countries, in the United States, people think the shapes look
like a man‟s face. That is how we got the expression “the man on the moon.” People in
other parts of the world say that these spots make a picture of a rabbit. Others see a 1
woman reading a book. There are many images and stories of the shapes on the moon.

The topic of the paragraph is

a) how Earth rotates around the moon.
b) how man first walked on the moon.
c) the depth of the craters on the moon.
d) the images people see on the moon.

2. Lightning in the sky can be so beautiful. How is lightning created? When a bolt of
lightning flashes across the sky, you are seeing a giant electrical spark. During storms
electricity builds up in-rain clouds. Once in a while, this electricity must find a place to‟
go, so it forms a bolt of electricity called a lightning bolt.

The topic of the paragraph is

a) how lightning is formed.
b) the dangers of electricity.
c) tips to stay safe in an electrical storm.
d) electricity.

3. Thanks to two French brothers, Jacques and Joseph Montgolfier, the world has an
interesting mode of transportation-the hot air balloon. After lunch one day the brothers
threw their paper bag into the fireplace. Before it burned, the bag filled with smoke and
hot air. The brothers watched in amazement as the bag rose up the chimney. This gave
them an idea to make more balloons, and eventually they created the very first hot air
balloon.

The topic of the paragraph is

a) the science behind the hot air balloon.
b) how hot air balloons were created.
c) how to travel by hot air balloon
d) interesting modes of transportation.

4
4. Everybody loves popcorn! People have munched on popcorn for thousands of years.
Scientists found popped kernels of corn that are more than 5,000 years old When
Christopher Columbus landed in the Americas, he saw Native Americans eating popcorn
He also saw them stringing kernels together to wear as necklaces and hair decorations.
Popcorn was popular then, and it is still popular today.
The topic of the paragraph is
a) Native Americans.
b) the history of popcorn.
c) how to make popcorn.
d) crafts you can make from popcorn.

Practice 2
Read each paragraph. Circle the letter of the correct topic.

1. Today there are many activities for children to be involved in. Many of these activities
are both educational and fun. They can help children develop their talents and earn new
skills. Activities can provide opportunities to learn important life skills such as discipline
and teamwork. Many activities can help kids meet other kids outside of school. Some
activities can also help kids stay physically fit. There is a lot to gam from doing activities.
The topic of the paragraph is
a) how to develop a child‟s talent.
b) important life skills.
c) meeting friends.
d) the benefits of activities.

2. Being in too many activities can have downsides. Children who are involved in too many
activities can get burned out. They are running from activity to activity, and they don t
have time to just be kids. Often, they are so tired at the end of the day that they can barely
stay awake to do their homework and are not getting enough sleep. When this starts to
happen, you know that your child needs to cut back.
The topic of the paragraph is
a) the problems of being too involved.
b) sleeping problems.
c) kids who have problems with their homework.
d) sick and tired children,

3. So how do you cut back on all your child does in life? The problem can be that all of the
activities are interesting to your child. One thing to do before getting involved is to think
carefully about the activity and decide whether or not this is something your child really
wants to do. Also, ask yourself these questions: Is my child‟s plate already full? Will this
affect my child‟s schoolwork? Is my child truly interested in this activity? These
questions will help you decide whether taking on this new activity is the right decision.
The topic of the paragraph is
a) problems with children.
b) how to ask questions.
c) feeding your child.
d) questions to help you make decisions.

5
4. If you find that your child likes all of the activities, then it may be a question of
scheduling his/her time so that he/she is more productive. Look at everything your child
is doing during the day and see if he/she can spend time more wisely. For example, can
your child do his/her homework in the car on the way to these activities? Does he/she
spend time watching television or playing video games? If so, this can easily be
something to cut back on.

The topic of the-paragraph is

a) scheduling and being more productive.

b) driving to activities.
c) helping your child with homework.
d) cutting back on television and video games.

6
IDENTIFYING THE MAIN IDEA
Presentation

Identifying the Main idea

The main idea is the most important point about the topic. To find the main idea, first find the
topic and then ask, “What does the author want me to know about this topic?” The answer to
that question is the main idea. The main idea can be found in /one sentence. This sentence is
called a “topic sentence.”

Practice 1
Read each paragraph. Circle the letter of the statement that describes the main idea.

You hear of people running marathons all the time, but have you ever heard of an
ultramarathon? In an ultramarathon, athletes run 30 miles or more. They run through “cities,
over rough trails, and through forests. Some of these races are 100 miles long! An average
time for a 100-mile ultramarathon is 25 hours, but the world record is 11 hours! To be an
ultramarathoner, you have to really love to run!

1. a) Ultramarathoners love to run.

b) Ultramarathons are races through forests and cities.
c) Ultramarathons are over 100 miles long.
d) Ultramarathons are races over 30 miles.

There are some people whose mood is affected by the grey skies during the winter months.
These people have seasonal affective disorder. Seasonal affective disorder, or SAD for short,
is a mood disorder. Some SAD patients experience feelings of sadness or depression, while
other experience physical symptoms, such as headaches or stomachaches. There are many
treatments for this disorder. Light therapy is a common treatment. The patients sit under a
bright light that mimics the sun. After 30-60 minutes, the patients feel much better.

2. a) SAD patients experience sadness and headaches.

b) Seasonal affective disorder is a mood disorder.
c) People with SAD sit under bright lights.
d) Many places have grey skies in winter time.

Do you remember your dreams? Many people believe that dreams can help us figure out our
problems in life. If you are having difficulty sleeping and you can‟t figure out why, put a
notebook and a pencil near your bed. If you wake up in the middle of a dream, write what you
remember in the notebook. After a few week, you may see a pattern in your dreams, and these
patterns may help you figure out what is bothering you.

3. a) Write your dreams down.

b) Our dreams can help us figure out our problems in life.
c) Ideas for helping you sleep.
d) Put a notebook by your bed at night.

There are many challenging times when raising a child. Some parents hire professionals to
help with these challenges. From homework help to toilet training, there is a service for any

7
problem a parent needs help with. One recent survey showed that there has been a 50 percent
increase in parent-help services. Some child psychologists believe this could be hurtful to the
parent-child relationship, while others believe that helping parents avoid the typical
arguments with their children can strengthen this relationship. Either way, if you need help,
there is always someone you can turn to for help.

4. a) Parents can hire professionals to help with challenges

b) Raising a child can be difficult.
c) Parent-help services have increased over the years.
d) It is better to help your own child.

8
 PART B
REFERENCE

9
Finding Your Way Around a Text (I)
Many students who need to read English say „I can understand all the words but not the whole
sentence.‟ One reason for this is that it is sometimes difficult to see how the different parts of
a piece of English are connected to each other. For example, a word in one sentence may be
talking about something in another sentence. Here is an example:

(i) Bill and Mary went to the 200 to see the monkeys.
(ii) Then they went home for tea.

In sentence (ii), the word they is talking about something in sentence (i). What is it? The
monkeys? Probably not, because monkeys do not usually drink tea. So it must be Bill and
Mary. We say that they refers to Bill and Mary.

This is an easy example, but sometimes in English it is not so clear. This” unit will help you
with this problem.

Pronouns

Subject Object Possessive

I me mine
you you yours
he him his
she her hers
it it its
we us ours
they them theirs

Pronouns are used in English in the place of a noun or a name, often to avoid repetition. For
example:

John lived in London. John liked London very much. London is a beautiful city.

In order not to repeat John we use he, and it in place of London:

John lived in London. He liked it very much. It is a beautiful city.

We say that he refers to John, and it refers to London. Sometimes it is no easy to see .what a
pronoun refers to. Another problem is that the pronoun can refer to something which comes
after it:

In his lifetime, Van Gogh was never popular with the public.

His refers to Van Gogh.

10
Activity 4.1

Draw an arrow from the circled word to show which word the pronoun refers to. The first one
is done for you.

1. Ruben says he can‟t come this evening.

2. The Queen was wearing a blue and white dress. She was looking calm and relaxed.
3. The shop assistant was tired and upset, but she didn‟t show it.
4. He opened a beer and drank it quickly.
5. I don‟t like cats - they‟re too independent for me.
6. I wanted to go to the supermarket, but it‟s closed.
7. The eggs are on the shelves in the kitchen - they‟re behind the corn flakes.
8. The National Gallery is in Trafalgar Square. It‟s open every day.
9. The doctor told Hardiman he must stay in bed for three days.
10. Lovitt Jeans are for young people, but they last until you get old!
11. Put the wine in the fridge-wel‟ll open it later.
12. I read in the newspaper yesterday that even before it was finished, the Humber Bridge
needed repair.

It is a particular problem, because it has more than one use. Firstly, it refers to objects and
things:

This house is beautiful - and it‟s so big!

But it can also be used in certain fixed expressions, especially about the time or the weather:

It‟s eleven o‟clock.

It‟s raining.
It‟s all right.

In these cases, it does not refer to anything. (You can find another use of ii in unit 11)

Activity 4.2

Look at these sentences. They all contain the word it. Is it part of a fixed expression or does it
refer to another word? Tick the box and, if you choose the second box, write down the word it
refers to. The first two are done for you.

Fixed Exp. Refers to...

1. The film was a great success, but I thought it
was boring.
 
(refers to ...film..)

2. Good Lord. It‟s 5 o‟clock already!  

(refers to ...........)

11
 3. Venice is a wonderful city, but nowadays it‟s
a place for tourists.
 
(refers to ...........)

4. It was very foggy on the river, and we were a

bit frightened.
 
(refers to ...........)

5. Peter looked at his watch. It said s even

o‟clock.
 
(refers to ...........)

6. Joanna looked at the clock. It was time to go

home.
 
(refers to ...........)

7. It looks much older, but in fact Peebles Hall

was only built in 1925.
 
(refers to ...........)

8. I think American pronunciation is very

beautiful, but some people find it difficult to
 
(refers to ...........)
understand.

Activity 4.3

Read the following piece and write in the column on the right what the word in italics refers
to. The first one is done for you.

John got a drum for Christmas. (It was a present from Aunt the drum
Stephanie.) When he opened the box, he laughed and shouted. .......................
The drum was John‟s favourite present; but the family hated it.
They couldn‟t watch TV or listen to the radio, because John .......................
5 was in the next room, playing it; they couldn‟t talk, because .......................
he was under the table, playing it. .......................
Finally, father took the drum from John and put it away .......................
in a safe place. He didn‟t say where. .......................
John was very upset, but after two days he had completely .......................
10 forgotten about it. .......................
„I always thought she was mad,‟ said father. .......................
.......................

12
REFERENCE EXERCISES
A. What do the underlined words refer to in these extracts?

1. I sent you an e-mail to inform you about the meeting, but that was turned back because
the address was incorrect.
a. the address b. the e-mail c. the meeting

2. Everyone was speaking so loudly that the teacher said that she would punish anyone who
did so after her warning.
a. speaking loudly b. punishing c. loudly

3. Federer won the match yesterday. This made him happy.

a. Federer b. the match c. winning the match

4. In some races, the winners get a large amount of money. However, for almost 100 years,
they got no money at all in the Boston race.
a. 100 years b. the winners c. some races

5. Good readers constantly make inferences when reading something. That means they
think like a detective and look for clues in the text.
a. good readers b. when they read c. making inferences when reading something

6. Bryan is a man who loves shopping. Indeed, he loves it so much that he has set up an
agency to provide a shopping service for those people who don‟t share his enthusiasm.
a. love b. loving shopping c. shopping

7. The International Roller-skating Competition began in the mid-morning with free-

skating for couples, and the first scores were posted after lunch. A young Korean couple
won this category because they worked perfectly together.
a. with free-skating for couples b. free-skating for couples c. free-skating

8. The Chinese believe that all forms of life are controlled by two basic movements of
energy. One is outward moving and the other is inward moving.
a. form of life b. movement of energy c. inward moving

9. Every dog should have one good meal each day. This is very important for the proper
feeding of the animal,
a. feeding b. each day c. one good meal each day

10. Jane has two brothers. One of them is a teacher. The other is an engineer.
a. Her brother b. Jane‟s brothers c. Jane‟s brother

11. It was my idea to go to New York on holiday, but Miks didn‟t like that.
a. New York b. our holiday c. the idea to go to New York on holiday

13
B. What da the words in bold refer to?

1. Last night, a boat crashed into some rocks. All the people on the boat disappeared.
Nobody found their bodies.

their: __________________________

2. There are other popular board games, but none compare with chess.

none: __________________________

3. Many people enjoy iced tea-having a tall glass of tea over ice cubes with a lot of sugar
and lemon in it.

it: __________________________

4. Tea is good for everything. For example, it can cheer people up when they are depressed.
No other drink can do this.

this: __________________________

5. The first kind of air transportation was not a plane. It was a balloon. People travelled by
balloon one hundred years before there were planes.

It: __________________________

6. Four out of five people suffer from back pain at some time in their lives. In fee United
States, it is the most common health problem in the workplace.

it: __________________________

7. He had many photos of FB players so I asked him to give me one.

one: __________________________

8. Many people who visit Thailand say that the people here are very friendly,

here: __________________________

14
Reference Signals: this, that, these, those, etc.
Reference signals are widely used.to connect sentences. These devices may refer backward or
forward. Follow the examples:

1. Referring backward

a) Noun Phrase Reference

this
1. The concert has begun with the composer‟s Second Piano Sonata. This is one of his best
works.
2. In 1973 he went on a caravan holiday. At the beginning of this holiday he began to
experience pain in his stomach.
that
3. I hear you dislike his latest novel. I read his first novel and that was boring, too.
4. Football in the U. S is different from that in. other countries.
5. The population of Istanbul is greater than that of Ankara.
these
6. Vitamin tablets usually contain vitamins A, C, and D. These are available from any child
health clinic.
those
7. His qualifications are better than those of others.
8. The topic of cellular physiology is regrettably among those (= the topics) which lie
outside the compass of this book.
it, they
9. I saw the show last week. It was really, impressive.
10. I saw several people there. They were waiting patiently.
the former and the latter
11. American and Japanese cars are different in some ways. For instance, while the former
are generally large and consume a lot of gasoline, the latter are small and have a much
better mileage. The former = American cars the latter = Japanese cars
one
12. “This coat‟s bit too small. You need a bigger one.”
13. His reaction was one of a surprising welcome.

15
ones
14. There are only hard chocolates. We‟ve eaten all the soft ones.
such
15. On one occasion the school parliament discussed the dismissal of a teacher but such an
event is rare.
the same
16. Mary does shopping the morning Susan does the same.
thus
17. It only pleased him to work with them, but the few pence thus earned gave him an
enormous sense of importance.
the other and some ... others
18. a. He has two brothers. One of them is a teacher: The other is an engineer.
b. While some teachers like this book, others hate it.

b) Reference to a Noun Phrase or Prepositional phrase

then
19. He got a job in Ankara last year. He has been Irving there since then.
20. Many students prefer to study at night because it is quiet then.
there
21. Ali lived in London for several years. He met very interesting people there.

c) Sentence / Clause Reference: Pronouns used to refer to a whole idea.

22. a) Heavy rains and fog made sailing impossible last weekend. This/That/It caused many
people to stay at home in the city.
b) Heavy rains and fog made sailing impossible last night, which caused many people to
stay at home in the city.
23. a) John played the piano while we all sang. This/That/It was something we do not
always do.
b) John played the piano while we all sang, which was something we do not always do.
24. Those who open their gardens to the public are not only doing it for the money.

16
EXERCISES ON REFERENCE SIGNALS
Read the passage below and answer the questions.

When confronted with the history of school math, education can adopt two approaches. The
traditional one accepts school math and attempt—often with a great struggle-to teach it;
computers are used by some teachers for this purpose. Consequently, force feeding
unwelcome and unpopular material left over from the pre-computer age has become -alas- the
most common use of the computer hi education. On the other hand, the computer has a totally
different use in Turtle geometry. There, the fens of Turtle geometry maintain, the compute is
used as a so-called mathematically expressive medium, one that frees teachers design,
meaningful and coherent and easily learnable math topics for children. Now, instead of the
educational problem being put as “how to teach the; existing school math”, it is posed as
“reconstructing knowledge in such a way that no large effort is needed to teach it”.

1. What, does-the word “one” in line 2 refer to?

a) History of math b) School c) Math education d) Approach

2. What does the word “it” in line 2 refer to?

a) The computer b) Math education c) school d) School math.

3. What do the words „this purpose” in line 3 refer to?

a) Teaching in school b) Teaching educators

c) Teaching school math d) Math education.

4. What does the word “there” in line 6 refer to?

a) In the post-computer age b) In Turtle geometry

c) In computer studies d) In expressive mediums.

5. What does “one” in line 7 refer to?

a) Geometry b) Computer c) Medium d) Topic

6. What does the word “it” in line 9 refer to?

a) A learnable mathematical topic

b) How to teach the existing school math
c) The educational problem
d) Reconstructing mathematics

7. What does the word “it” in line 10 refer to?

a) The computer b) Mathematics c) Reconstructing knowledge d) The chief problem.

17
A. Identifying Points of Reference
Reference words are used to avoid repeating a word, sentence. When identifying points

 whether the reference word is singular or plural

 whether the reference word is replacing noun, verb, time, place, a group of words or a
whole phrase or clause that expresses a whole idea.

Even though the reference word itself may not be sufficient to give this information, most of
the time it is. The best way to test which word, words or sentences‟s are replaced by the
reference word with the word(s) you think it points to and then read the sentence(s) to see if it
makes sense in the context. Some examples of widely used reference words are highlighted
below:

1. I am an Aborigine. I come from Alice Springs in the center of Australia.

The white people came to Australia in 1788, and they took our land.

They refers to “white people”

our refers to: Aborigines‟

(The s‟ after “Aborigine” is added as our is a plural possessive pronoun so the noun first
must be made plural then the possessive sign is required; replacing a possessive pronoun
requires a possessive noun form)

2. Scientists study dolphins. They want to learn more about their speech.

They refers to „scientists‟ and their refers to „dolphins‟

There are many kinds of animals in the oceans and seas. Fish are the most common
animal there.

There refers to “the oceans and seas”

3. Dolphins make high sounds and clicks to communicate with each other. In fact, a dolphin
can talk with one dolphin near him and with another dolphin far away at the same time!
No other animal can do this.

This refers to the whole idea given in the previous sentence (“talk with one dolphin near
him and with another dolphin far away at the same time!”)

4. The use of sound technology and especially its most developed form, the CD, has
become very widespread.

The pronoun its refers to “sound technology‟s”

(The „s after “technology” is added because its is a possessive pronoun and to replace it
with the word it refers to, the word also needs to be possessive.)

5. In 1683 in Vienna, Kosinsck‟s Turkish style coffee house was the first one, but not the
last in Europe.

One / last refer to „Turkish style coffee house‟.

18
6. The central Park police officer often meets dangerous people. Some people go to the park
to steal. Other people are there to sell drugs, and sometimes serious gun fights start in the
park. The park police officer may meet any of these in the park.

these refers to “people who steal, who sell drugs or who start gunfights”.

6. Most children know that they should not play with matches because if they do so their
mothers will punish them.

do so refers to the action mentioned in the clause coming before it - “play with matches”

7. Sports events, competitions and physical education are essential components of a good
school curriculum. Such activities give students a chance to discover their physical
abilities and get rid of their stress.

Such activities refers to all the activities mentioned at the beginning of the preceding
sentence (the sentence just before the reference). These activities are “sports events,
competitions and physical education”.

Exercise 1: Write in what the reference words in the following sentences refer to.

1. Nurses help patients in many other ways too. They bring food to them.

They wash them. Sometimes they help them to get dressed or get undressed.

_______ _______

2. Most dinosaurs walked on two or four legs. Not all the dinosaurs were huge.

Some were very tiny. Nointyrannus was the smallest dinosaur, which was about the size
of a chicken.

_______ _______

3. The use of solar (sun) energy is being considered. The problem is one of expense and
inefficiency of present technology. The amount of electricity which is produced (created)
is still very small and the expense in producing it high.

_______

4. Poison not only protects some snakes from their enemies but also provides a way for
them to eat. It enables it to get its food with very little effort by just one bite.

_______ _______ _______ _______

5. A tornado is a very dangerous storm. It brings strong winds and it travels very fast. The
strong winds can blow over cars, destroy houses, and kill people. And this happens in
just a few minutes.

___________________________________

19
6. The wind of a tornado is strong. No one knows exactly how fast the wind is in the center.
The wind always breaks the machines used for measuring it.

___________________________________

Exercise 2: Intermediate

7. Before Elizabeth I became queen, Christianity was divided into two warring (fighting)
groups: Catholics and Protestants. While Henry VIII and Queen Mary were ruling, a
struggle (fight) between the two religious groups started in England. The county was
close to a civil war. At the beginning of her 45 year rule, Elizabeth was able to bring the
two sides together in an agreement. The agreement included some things from both
religions. In this way, she was able to hold the nation together and keep the place.

___________________________________

8. In 1914, Shackleton became the leader of an expedition (trip) to cross the Antarctic
continent. Unfortunately, his ship “Endurance” got stuck in the ice. The explorers and
seamen were able to escape on two small boats before the ship sank under the water.
They could only save a small amount of equipment (like tents) and food. They drifted
northward among the ice packs for five months.

___________________________________

9. Shackleton finally landed on the other side of South Georgia, farthest away from the
Whaling Station. Because they were too weak to row around the island, Shackleton and
his men decided to cross on foot. They crossed over the snowy mountains and reached
the Whaling Station in 24 hours! Interestingly, a British army team followed the same
route in 1980, and it took them longer to do this despite their modern equipment!

___________________________________

20
 PART C
GUESS THE MEANING

21
Guessing Difficult Words (I)
It is often difficult or impossible to use a dictionary when you are reading English - for
example, on the bus, in an examination or on the beach Sometimes the dictionary is too small
or too old. So it is important to try and read as much as possible without a dictionary.

What can you do when you meet a word which you do not understand?

You can:

(i) try to understand a word from its context (The context means the words and sentences
before and after the word.)

(ii) try to understand the word from its form.

Understanding a word from its context

Activity 1.1

Look at the eight sentences. In each sentence, one word is in italics - in the first sentence, this
word is cello. The eight words each correspond with one of the eight pictures. Can you match
the word with the picture? The first one is done for you. NO DICTIONARIES!

1. She loves music: she can play the guitar, the piano and the cello. ___e___
2. He walked into the sitting-room and sat down on the settee. _______
3. Look! There‟s an enormous fly on the window. _______
4. Cricket is a game played with a small, hard ball, and a long, heavy bat. _______
5. A: Where shall we meet?
B: Let‟s meet outside the mosque in Regent‟s Park. _______
6. He put the key and the padlock in his pocket. _______
7. Break two eggs into a bowl. _______
8. In Greece, you often see old women riding donkeys. _______

22
Activity 1.2

Match the word in italics in each sentence with one of the three pictures; a, b or c. Use the rest
of the sentence to help you.

1. Mary lives in a small cottage in the country.

a b c

2. I usually go to work on a scooter.

a b c

3. He was wearing pajamas and a pair of old slippers.

a b c

4. I‟d like some ink for my pen, please.

a b c

5. The mast of the boat was about 12 meters high.

a b c

6. When I came in, the dog was lying on the rug.

a b c

7. “Can I have haddock, new potatoes and peas, please?”

a b c

8. Hang your coat on the peg, please.

a b c

23
Activity 1.3

Look at the sentences. In each one, a word is printed in italic. These are not English words,
but you can understand something of what they mean from the context. Which of the three
words a, b or c is the most probable alternative to the words in italics?

1. Brian was married with two kittish children.

a) sleeping b) old c) beautiful

2. Can you give me half a rote of cheese, please?

a) type b) kilo c) litre

3. This morning, I planted some zacharoonies in the garden.

a) flowers b) fields c) animals

4. Let‟s go for a gack in the country

a) walk b) work c) talk

5. Mulling opened the book and read the quinment.

a) cover b) book c) introduction

6. We sat down at a table in the billcock.

a) tree b) lake c) café

7. We arrived at 5.29 p.m. but the supermarket was already flupped.

a) quiet b) closed c) expensive

8. Martin was lying on the bed, granfing the ceiling.

a) Looking at b) painting c) talking to

9. I don‟t mind flying, but I hate waiting at the grodpost for hours and hours.

a) station b) airport c) aeroplane

10. Sir Geoffrey Cowe, MA (Oxon.), PGDS, DV, is the international hopplewinger of the
Organization for Unity in Europe.

a) director b) politician c) cleaner

24
Activity 1.4

In the three passages below, al the words which have been blanked out are different forms of
the same Word. What is it? Discuss with your teacher.

1. _______ is a very popular sport among English people, but it is impossible to _______ in
England! Some people go _______ in Scotland, where there is a lot of snow in winter,
but most people travel to France or Switzerland, and spend two weeks _______ in the
mountains there.

The word is _____________________.

2. Can you imagine life without _______? It‟s almost impossible to imagine, isn‟t it? It is
strange to give more _______ to a plant than many people have to drink.

The word is _______

3. You can divide homes into two types: with and without _______. My mother and father‟s
house was full of them: in the sitting-room, in the kitchen (cookery-_______, of course),
in all the bedrooms (I had 16 shelves of them), even in the toilet. There were boxes of
_______ in the attic, because there was no room for them in the house. Old, new, thick,
thin, _______ about love, history, geography, thrillers, novels, guide-_______, bibles,
encyclopedias, _______ with yellow pages, _______ with. The word is _______.

25
PARTS OF SPEECH
Presentation

Parts of Speech

Knowing the part of speech helps you know how to use the word correctly. Review the parts
of speech below:

Noun = person, place, tiling, or idea

Verb = an action
Adjective = describes something or someone
Adverb = describes a verb (slowly), expresses time (now, then), manner (happily, easily),
degree (less, more, very), direction and place (there, up, down)

Some words can have more than one meaning and more than one part of speech. The -
dictionary groups the words by parts of speech. See the sample pages below for the word
command.

command /kə-mand/ n 1) an order that must be obeyed: The boss had many commands for
his workers. 2) The total control of a group of people: The teacher did not have full command
of his class.

command /kə-mand/ v 1) to tell someone to do something: Our parents commanded us to do

our homework.

When reading, if you see a word you do not know, try to figure out how it is used in the
sentence. Is it a noun, a verb, an adjective, or an adverb? Trying to figure out the part of
speech will help you understand the word.

Practice 1
Look at the underlined word in each sentence. Identify the part of speech of that word.
Circle the letter of the correct answer.

1. She read the text quickly.

a) Noun
b) Adjective
c) Verb
d) Adverb

2. He gave the reports to the manager of the store.

a) Noun
b) Adjective
c) Verb
d) Adverb

26
3. Max is a very hard-working employee.

a) Noun
b) Adjective
c) Verb
d) Adverb

4. They coat their bread with butter.

a) Noun
b) Adjective
c) Verb
d) Adverb

5. They „met at the fair last summer.

a) Noun
b) Adjective
c) Verb
d) Adverb

6. The employees took a break at the end of the day.

a) Noun
b) Adjective
c) Verb
d) Adverb

7. Rain delayed the soccer game.

a) Noun
b) Adjective
c) Verb
d) Adverb

8. The teacher was kind and patient with all of her students.

a) Noun
b) Adjective
c) Verb
d) Adverb

27
FINDING THE RIGHT MEANING
Presentation

Words with Different Meanings

Many words have more than one meaning. Look at the examples below:

Some words can be both a noun and a verb.

1. Here is my report.
2. I will report on the news tomorrow.

Some words can be both an adjective and a verb.

1. This is the direct route to home.
2. Please direct me to the nearest police station.

Some words can be the same part of speech but have a different meaning.
1. She is making a lot of progress in class.
2. We didn‟t make much progress up the mountain.

Practice 1
Look at the underlined word. Which is the correct meaning for the word? Circle the
letter of the correct answer.

1. There were many objects in the pool.

a) to say you do not like or approve of something

b) things that you can see, hold, and touch

2. The mother bird nursed her baby birds back to health.

a) to take care of
b) someone whose job is to take care of people who are ill or injured

3. Please number the chairs one to ten.

a) to give a number to something that is part of a set

b) a word or sign that represents an amount of something

4. The graphs showed the decrease in sales.

a) to make a drawing that shows a set of measurements or relationships

b) a drawing that shows a set of measurements or relationships

5. Taking tests drains me.

a) to make someone feel very tired

b) a pipe or hole that dirty water or other liquids travel through

28
6. He was not sure if he was right, but the answered the question.

a) a direction
b) correct

7. The bill was more expensive than she thought it would be.

a) a bird‟s beak
b) a list of things you have bought and the amount you have to pay for them

8) The fire continued to burn throughout the night.

a) to produce heat and flames

b) an injury or mark caused by fire

Practice 2
Read the question. Circle the correct word to answer the question

1. Which word means to take a group of people somewhere?

Unfortunately, the bus broke down. Now, we have to bus the people to school, by our

2. Which word means to give color to something?

The children to color during class time. They use all the colors of the rainbow.

3. Which word means to leave a place?

When the bell rings, the students exit quickly. They usually use the exit near the front of
the building.

4. Which word means to walk like a soldier?

In March, the troops began to march into the city.

5. Which word means not heavy?

Take the light bag, not the dark, one. That one is light. It doesn‟t have many things in it.

6. Which word means something that is interesting or beautiful to see?

My grandfather is losing his sight. It pains him to not be able to see the beautiful sight of
the ocean.

7. Which word means to make a computer or TV do something?

I learned how to program the television so that my favorite TV program is recorded
automatically.

8. Which word means to advertise?

The owners of the new market downtown will market their opening day by putting
advertisements in the newspaper.

29
GUESSING MEANING FROM CONTEXT
WHAT IS CONTEXT?

Presentation

What Is Context?

It is often not necessary to understand every word. Often you can understand the meaning of a
word from the context of the reading. The context is the sentences around a word. From the
context you can learn:
• the part of speech of a word
• the general meaning of a word

Example:
dress jump sport difficult person try
Swimming is a popular ________________. Swimming became even more popular after
Michael Phelps won 8 gold medals in the 2008 Summer Olympics in Beijing.
• Only a noun can follow the words “swimming is a popular...”.
• The nouns in the word pool are dress, sport, person.
• You need to choose a noun that works with the context of the sentence.

Swimming is not related to a dress, so that is not the best choice. Swimming can‟t be a
person, so that is not the best choice. After you have eliminated all of the nouns, sport is the
best answer.

Practice 1
Write the correct word to complete each sentence.

immediately head began competitive met champion

1. Michael Phelps __________________ swimming when he was 7 years old.

2. He was afraid to put his __________________ in the water at first, so his coaches told
him to start swimming on his back.

3. After he saw the 1996 Summer Olympic Games in Atlanta, Georgia, Michael began to
dream of becoming a __________________.

4. He __________________ his coach, Bob Bowman, in high school.

5. The coach __________________ recognized Michael‟s talents and strong sense of

competition.

6. It was Michael‟s __________________ spirit and dedication to the sport that won him 22
Olympic medals.

30
Practice 2
Read the sentences. Circle the part of the sentence that explains the underlined word.

1. When I was sick last summer; I was highly contagious. The doctor said that the disease
could be passed easily from one person to another Nobody was allowed into my room. I
was very lonely.
2. Angela bought a new outfit yesterday. The clothes are really pretty. They will be perfect
for the party this weekend.
3. Charles has a lot of stamina. His physical strength allows him to run for miles. He ran in
an ultramarathon the other day. He ran 50 miles in one day!
4. I can‟t finish my presentation for school tomorrow. There are so many hindrances. My
little brother annoys me all the time when I‟m studying. My parents ask me so many
questions, and my friends keep calling me. The people in my life are making it difficult to
get anything done.
5. Thousands of children have obesity in the United States. There are many reasons why
they are extremely overweight. The increase of fast food in their diet is the main cause,
6. My brother is afraid to speak in front of others because he stammers. He repeats the j first
sound of every word, and he is embarrassed. He goes to a speech therapist. She helps him
with this problem.

Practice 3
Read the sentences. What is the part of speech of the missing word? Circle the letter of
the correct answer.

1. The computers at the library are very _______________. They are old, and it takes a long
time to go from website to website.

a) verb
b) noun
c) adjective
d) adverb

2. My mother is a librarian. She _______________ books and helps visitors find resources.

a) verb
b) noun
c) adjective
d) adverb

3. The new bus line near my house is very _______________. I don‟t have to walk as far,
and so I can sleep in later in the morning.

a) verb
b) noun
c) adjective
d) adverb

31
4. Samantha knew it was time to get new glasses. She could _______________ see the
board.

a) verb
b) noun
c) adjective
d) adverb

5. The medical profession is changing a lot lately. The _______________ have to comply
with insurance company rules and regulations more now.

a) verb
b) noun
c) adjective
d) adverb

6. The Mississippi is a _______________river. The widest part of the Mississippi can be

found at Lake Winnibigoshish near Bena, Minnesota. It is wider than 11 miles at that
point.

a) verb
b) noun
c) adjective
d) adverb

7. The speaker spoke so _______________ that we could barely hear her presentation. She
needed a microphone.

a) verb
b) noun
c) adjective
d) adverb

8. My neighbors often _______________ about their children. They believe that their
children are superior to everyone else‟s children.

a) verb
b) noun
c) adjective
d) adverb

32
GUESS THE WORD MEANING

A. Guess the meaning of underlined words. Circle the correct choice.

1. The thought of eating a rat is abhorrent to most people. Indeed, I can never imagine
myself eating such a disgusting and dirty creature!

a) nice b) horrible c) tasty d) interesting

2. Unlike his quiet family, Brad is garrulous.

a) quiet b) nice c) talkative d) young

3. Ivan is a wonderful piano player. But Jane is more versatile; she signs, acts, paints
and writes poetry, and also plays the piano.

a) optimistic b) having many skills c) popular d) clever

4. As a teacher, I am very happy when I see that students are very excited and zealous
in doing their homework.

a) lazy b) unwilling c) interested d) uninterested

5. After the accident, the patient‟s condition deteriorated day by day until he died.

a) surprised everyone b) got worse c) improved d) didn‟t change

B. Read each paragraph and find the word that is described.

1. During the 1950s and 60s there was an important change in American cities.
Businesses began to leave the city. They left because the people in the city were
poorer and they didn‟t have enough money to buy things. Therefore, many shops and
restaurants moved to the suburbs because people there had more money to spend.

Find a word in the paragraph which has a similar meaning to “an area that is far from
the city center” _______________________

2. Crime is a serious problem in big cities, and it is getting worse every year. This is
what police departments said in their reports last week. There were more robberies
this year than last year. However, the biggest problem was homicide. 125 people
were killed last month and this has made many citizens spend their evenings at home.

Find a word in the paragraph which has a similar meaning to “murder”: __________

3. I saw a significant change in Martha. Before she got married, she used to be nervous
and very sad. She was also introverted and she never joined us at weekends. Now
that she is married, however, she is very cheerful and relaxed. It seems being married
helps her!

33
 Find a word in the paragraph which has a similar meaning to “important or
noticeable”: _______________________

4. It is 2 a.m. and Daniel Davis, a freshman at the University of Maryland, has not even
started his English paper on nuclear energy although he has to hand in the
assignment today. No problem. He‟ll just do what he has done many times before.
He sits down at his computer in his dorm room, signs on to Yahoo‟s search engine,
and begins browsing. He doesn‟t even consider visiting the campus library or
opening a book. “You can find whole pages of stuff you need to know on the Internet
in such a short time,” he says.

Find a word in the paragraph which has a similar meaning to “to give something to
someone”: _______________________

5. For many weeks, Wendy Moro would find no explanation for her physical weakness.
“I had severe fatigue, feeling extremely weak. One morning I wasn‟t even able to
walk down the block,” says Wendy Moro. But why would she feel so weak? She
went to several doctors and finally, a dietician began to suspect the answer was on
her plate. Four times a week Wendy had fish but it turned out that the fish was high
in mercury. Her doctor told her to stop eating fish for a while and after just two
weeks she started to feel much better. In fact, research shows that high levels of
mercury cause muscle pain, hair loss, birth defects and muscle fatigue.

“fatigue” probably means:

a) pain b) tiredness c) sadness d) challenge

34
GUESSING THE MEANING OF WORDS AND PHRASES
Presentation

Guessing the Meaning of Words

The context of the sentences can help you guess the meaning of words you do not know. You
may only be able to understand the general meaning of the word, but it will be enough to
understand the text.

From the context of the text you may find:

 Information about the word
 A word that has a similar meaning
 A word that has the opposite meaning of the word

Practice 1
Read the sentences. What is the meaning of the underlined word? Circle the letter of the
correct answer.

1. The ferry that goes from North Carolina to Bald Head Island is often busy. However,
there is an influx of travelers in the summer months. This increase is due to the warm
weather and visitors wanting to go to the beach.

a) decrease
b) increase
c) problem

2. Be careful of the street vendors in this part of town. I was swindled by one of them last
week. I bought a leather wallet from him. When I got home, I realized that the wallet
wasn‟t real leather. He tricked me into buying it.

a) to be tricked by someone into giving you money

b) to hurt someone
c) to say mean things to someone

3. My little brother came home with a black eye yesterday. He got into a tussle with another
kid at school. The teachers saw the fight, and they both got in trouble.

a) trouble
b) a black eye
c) a fight

4. Next week we begin our school projects. We were assigned partners to work with on the
project. My partner‟s name is Claire. I have never worked with Claire before, but I heard
that she is genial. I am glad that she is a friendly, happy person; otherwise it would be
hard to get the project done!

a) cheerful
b) hard-working
c) shy

35
5. There are many companies that make the generic product of a popular brand item. You
can find everything from generic shampoo to generic dog food. The fact that these
products don‟t have a special name makes them cheaper than the other products.

a) many kinds of products

b) does not have a special name
c) cheap

6. The university hired more office workers to facilitate the increase of new students in the
fall. This will make it easier for the office to get the new students into classes so that the
semester can begin without any problems.

a) to-make it easier
b) to increase in number
c) to begin

Practice 2
Read the sentences. What is the meaning of the underlined word? Circle the letter of the
correct answer.

1. After the Revolutionary War, the United States had liberty from British rule. Americans
had the freedom to do what they wanted. They did not need to ask for permission from
Britain any more.

a) freedom
b) to ask permission
c) to go to war d to run a country

2. The magician at the fair was amazing. He levitated a chair right before our eyes, I don‟t
know if it was a trick, but the chair was actually rising and floating above our heads!

a) to lift up
b) to sit in
c) to make something rise and float
d) to perform a magic trick

3. The company‟s mandate that every employee work on Saturdays was not welcome news.
The employees were not happy with this new rule, but they were happy to have a job in
this time of uncertainty.

a) worker
b) boss
c) rule
d) news

36
4. I wasn‟t trying to mislead you. I just didn‟t know all of the facts. I really thought the road
continued on. I didn‟t know that the road ended.

a) to make someone believe something that is not true

b) to talk to someone
c) to teach someone the facts about something
d) to give directions

5. That company was a pioneer in touch-screen technology. They were the first to have that
technology available to their customers.

a) to have many customers

b) to have a lot of good ideas
c) to be the first to do something
d) to know a lot about technology

6. Ever since he lost the race, he sits around the house and mopes. He makes no effort to see
the bright side of things. There are other races, but he prefers to just pity himself.

a) to pity yourself and not make any effort to make things better
b) to lose something that is really important to you
c) to cry uncontrollably
d) to see the bright side of life.

Practice 3
Read the passage. Draw a line to match the underlined word with the correct definition.

Linda was an outstanding athlete. She could outrun anyone in any race, and she could beat
anyone in any game. She was manic about exercising. She was always excited about
exercising. She unfailingly woke up every morning at 5:00 a.m. to run 10 miles and then
swim 3 miles in the nearby lake. Some people thought she went overboard with her schedule,
but she never thought she was extreme. Her body craved exercise. She wanted to exercise
every day, and she was more jubilant after she worked out.

1. outrun to run faster or farther

2. manic very happy
3. unfailingly always do something
4. overboard behaving in a very excited way
5. crave to want or need something very badly
6. jubilant to do something to an extreme

37
Practice 4
Read the sentences. Then write the correct definition in the blank after each sentence.

strong to give time or money

funny do what they are supposed to
to meet to end someone‟s work contract

1. My boots are very durable. I wear them all the time and on hikes with very rocky trails.
They are still in good condition. _____________________________________________

2. She has many dogs on her farm. They are great helpers and dutiful. They always do what
she asks of them, and they never run away. _____________________________________

3. The organization has a lot of great members. They all contribute when the club needs
help. Some give money, and others volunteer their time. __________________________

4. The club convenes every Monday evening at 7 RM. They discuss I ways to increase
membership and think of fundraising ideas. ____________________________________

5. The teacher doesn‟t work here anymore. The school fired him, because he wasn‟t a very
good teacher. ____________________________________________________________

6. The movie was humorous. We laughed the entire time. ___________________________

Presentation

Guessing the Meaning of Phrases

Phrases are a group of words together. The English language has many phrases. You may not
know the meaning of many of these phrases, so you will need to think about the contest of the
test to figure out the meaning of the phrases. You may only be able to understand the general
meaning of the phrase, but often it will be enough to understand the text.

From the context of the text you may find:

 Information about the phrase.
 A word that has a similar meaning.
 A word that has the opposite meaning of the phrase.

38
Practice 5
Read the sentences. Circle the letter of the correct meaning of the underlined phrase.

1. Although I don‟t really agree with Sam in general, he has a good point on this particular
issue. It makes sense to me.

a) to be wrong
b) to say a fact
c) to be silent
d) to say something sensible

2. I don‟t trust my friend Susan anymore. She has let me down so many times. She says 3
she is going to do something but then never does it. I can‟t trust her.

a to lie to someone
b to disappoint someone
c to be mean to someone
d to ask a favor of someone

3. I don‟t like to go to my grandma‟s house. She wakes me up at the crack of dawn every
morning. I usually sleep late at my house, but at her house we wake up really early.

a really late
b midnight
c early morning
d midmorning

4. My brothers are in hot water with my mom again. She is constantly yelling at them. They
are such troublemakers.

a) to go swimming
b) to be in trouble
c) to take a hot bath
d) a hot swimming pool

5. Please wear a coat and hat today. I don‟t want you to catch a cold. You don‟t want to be
sick for the game this weekend, a to get tired b to throw a ball c to get sick

a) to get tired
b) to throw a ball
c) to get sick
d) to be cold

6. After an argument with John, it‟s always best to let him cool off before talking to him
again- John needs time to stop being angry before he is ready to talk normally again.

a) to become quiet, calm

b) to be cold
c) to be silent
d) to argue

39
Practice 6
Read the sentences. Circle the letter of the correct meaning of the underlined phrase.

1. Tom works like a dog. He gets up at 6:00 A.M. and works in the field until 7-00 P M He -
only takes 30-minute lunch and dinner breaks,

a) hardworking
b) lazy
c) likes dogs
d) eats fast

2. Henry is nervous today. He is going to ask out Anna. He wants to take her to the movies
on Saturday night.

a) to introduce yourself
b) to ask someone their name
c) to ask someone a favor
d) to ask someone to go on a date

3. Many companies use computers to do the work nowadays. The computers can save time
since a computer can often do things more quickly than a human.

a) work fast
b) change a clock
c) do something more quickly
d) work hard

4. Since companies began to use computers in their factories, many employees lost their
jobs. These people are now without a job, and they don‟t have the skills needed to get a
job in today‟s business world.

a) to not have your job anymore

b) to not have the skills needed to do a job
c) to lose things at work
d) to not want to work

5. My friends and I are going to go abroad after we graduate from school. We are going to
go to Europe first and then possibly to Asia. This will be my first trip to another country.

a) to go to another country
b) to get bigger
c) to finish school
d) to celebrate

6. We usually play our games rain or shine. We hope it‟s a rice day, but if it rains, we‟ll still
have fun.

a) in any kind of weather

b) a game you play in the rain
c) the players don‟t have to have shiny shoes
d) whether they win or lose

40
DEVELOPING VOCABULARY SKILLS

A. Guessing Words in Context

1. If the sentence is unclear because it contains unknown words, first ask yourself if you
really need to know the word in order to understand the sentence. Read the two
sentences below - which one has an unknown word which is important to the general
meaning of the sentence?

The little boy sat under a banyan tree, dreaming of the day when he would be big enough
to work with the other men.

Benjamin Franklin was known for his frugality.

In the first sentence, the main idea concerns the little boy‟s thoughts about the future.
Where he was sitting (under the banyan tree) is not necessary to understand the
sentence. Therefore, you do not need to know what kind of tree it is. In the second
sentence, frugality contains the main idea of the sentence. Without knowing this
word, you cannot know what Benjamin Franklin is known for. Therefore, you must
look up this word.

2. If the sentence contains a lot of difficult vocabulary, it may be that the sentence can
be understood without knowing the meaning of every word. You can try crossing out
unknown words. Now look at the difficult sentence below and how it can be made
easier to understand by crossing out unknown words.

The West had sent armies to capture and hold Jerusalem; however, they themselves fell
victim to a host of new ideas which had an influence on the development of European
literature, chivalry, sanitation, commerce, political institutions, and medicine.

The West had sent armies to capture and hold Jerusalem; however, they themselves fell
victim to a host of new ideas which had an influence on the development of European
literature, chivalry, sanitation, commerce, political institutions, and medicine.

3. If you need to know the word, look for context clues. The following are six different
kinds of context clues which can help you guess the meaning of the words:

41
1. Synonym, restatement or definition clues:

Look for words surrounded by commas (,) with the word “or” in front of the synonym, by
dashes (..), in parenthesis ( ) or introduced by a colon (:)

1. It is difficult to find a pristine, or clean unspoiled, forest in the United States.

2. Fats transport -carry- nutrients and they are a part of some body cells.
3. Calcium from milk helps build and maintain (keep in good condition) strong bones.
4. Euthanasia (physician assisted suicide) has become a controversial issue.
5. There has been a sudden rise in the cost of utilities: water, gas and electricity.
6. A very prevalent (widespread, common) attitude today is one of caring only for
oneself.

2. Comparison or contrast clues:

Look for words like “but”, “although”, “in contrast” and “whereas”.

7. Harold is very loquacious, but his wife is very quiet (opposite of quiet is talkative)
8. Although Jane is quite obese, her sister is very thin, (opposite of thin is fat)
9. He is not stingy; on the contrary, he is quite generous with his money.
10. In the 21st century, deserts are expanding whereas forests are shrinking, (opposite of
expand is shrink so it is getting smaller)

3. Example clues:

Look for connectors like “such as”, “like”, “for example”, and “.e.g.”

11. The student procrastinated starting his homework. He washed his car, telephoned a
friend, watched television, and finally started studying at midnight (procrastinate
must mean putting off doing something by doing other, usually unrelated things)

12. Families need to buy basic commodities, such as meat, sugar and bread. (basic
commodities must mean food we need to survive)

4. Experience or situation clues:

13. The young woman packed her clothes in a large trunk and hurried to the airport.
(trunk must be a noun meaning something to carry clothes in.)

14. I ripped the wheel as hard as I could with both hands, and began to turn it. (grip must
be a verb meaning “hold” or “hold tightly”)

15. The passenger went on board the ship and waved good-bye to their friends and
relatives on the quay. (go on board must mean “get on” and quay must be a place
where boats wait and people stand before they go on board a ship)

42
5. Direct explanation or summary clues:

Look for connectors like “that is”, “in other words”, or “i.e.” to introduce the
explanation.

16. The computer science student was successful because of his tenacity; that is, he was
determined to understand how to write a program, and he continued to work until be
wrote one successfully.

17. Other scientists believe that governments should create no-fishing zones; that is,
areas where no one can fish.

18. Many religions include the idea of resurrection- i.e., dead people‟s returning to life.

19. Most human beings are omnivores; in other words, they eat both animal and plant.

6. Understanding the parts of a word:

If you cannot guess the meaning of the word from the context, look at the word itself and
see if you can break it into parts that have meaning. Understanding vocabulary by
analyzing its parts will be explained in detail in a separate section (see Section II.B.).
However, as an example, the prefix pre- at the beginning of a word often means “before”.
Re- means “again” and “mono-” means “one” while “multi-” means “many”.

Study the prefixes of the underlined words in these sentences.

20. The manager attended a pre-meeting luncheon. (a lunch before the meeting)

21. Halley‟s Comet reappears about every 75 years. (to appear again)

22. Switzerland is a multilingual nation; its people speak French, German, and Italian.

Exercise 1: Read each sentence or group of sentences carefully. Then use the context
clues to guess the meaning of the underlined word.

1. Three great monotheistic religions were born in the Middle East: Judaism,
Christianity, and Islam.

2. Alaska in an enormous state. Rhode Island, on the other hand, is very small.

3. Since the American flag is meant to represent, or symbolize, the oneness of a nation
and its history, it is displayed (keep hanging on a pole) in front of government
buildings.

4. The rich family contributed two million dollars to the museum.

5. George Washington and his wife had no children, so this famous president had no
descendants.

43
6. Although Mrs. Smith was generally a calm person, people were convinced that
something was wrong because of the alarm she showed.

7. Someone spilled a whole cut of tea over my bread, which was now soggy and
impossible to eat.

8. Tuck your shirt inside your trousers; it looks most untidy hanging out like that.

Exercise 2:

1. I removed the ________ from the shelf and began to read it.

2. Harvey is a thief; he would ________ the gold from his grandmother‟s teeth and not
feel guilty.

3. Our uncle is a(n) ________ man - everyone trusts him.

4. Unlike his brother who is a handsome man, Gary is quite ________.

5. Everyone knows that if you step on an egg, it will ________.

6. When you get to the park, please don‟t pick the ________.

7. The garden isn‟t very big, only about three ________.

8. I‟m sorry teacher that I was ________ again yesterday.

9. We went to the zoo to see the well-known ________ shipped in from Australia.

10. I‟m lying down because I‟m very ________ after all the day‟s activities.

(I‟m lying down because I‟m completely ________ by all the day‟s activities.)

Exercise 3: In the following items, there is a word you may not know: Guess the
meaning of the word from the context of the two sentences given. In other words, look
for synonyms, restatement clues, contrasting words, examples, or clues of situation or
experience.

1. Could I have a piece of bread? I missed breakfast and I‟m simply ravenous. / The
poor horse was ravenous and it ate the leaves off the trees.

2. Mr. Brewster had some very pressing business so he had to leave before the meeting
was finished. / The condition of the environment is one of the most pressing
problems of our time.

3. On nice days, old Mrs. Willows always sat out on her porch and watched the people
pass (go) by. / From her porch, there was a wonderful view of the ocean.

44
4. The squall arrived so suddenly (quickly) that we all got wet when we ran home from
the beach. / When they saw the squall corning, the sailors took down the sail and
started for the port.

5. With my flippers on my feet, I felt like a fish; I had never swum so fast and so far! /
We were all surprised to see how fast Johnny was swimming. Then, we saw that he
was wearing flippers.

Exercise 4: In the sentences below, one word has been replaced with a nonsense word (a
word of no real meaning here). Explain what the words it.

1. I‟m glad so see you looking so SPRILL today.

2. The children were SPRILLING in the playground.

3. I met a very friendly SPRILL the other day, and we had a nice chat.

4. It was such a SPRILLING film that it kept us all on the edge of our seats.

5. Have you read that SPRILL yet?

6. My sister had an operation yesterday so I visited her at the SPRILL.

7. I felt rather SPRILL because I had understood nothing that the teacher said.

8. Don‟t look to SPRILL! Things may get better!

9. I stopped a SPRILL on the street to ask him the way to the bank.

10. The balcony isn‟t very large, only about two SPRILLS.

11. I‟m sorry I was SPRILL yesterday. I overslept.

12. When you are in the park, please don‟t pick any SPRILLS.

Exercise 5: In the paragraphs below, one word has been replaced with a nonsense word
(a word of no real meaning here). Explain what the word is; if you don‟t know the word
in English, try to describe it.

1. In Paris it is wise to get yourself a ZOP as soon as possible. It is very easy to get lost
if you leave the main streets. You can buy ZOPS in the train station, but they are not
complete. Better ZOPS can be found in bookstores. These have more details and they
show all the street names.

A ZOP is _______________________________.

45
2. The ZIPS always run along the same routes in Istanbul. They pick up people at stops
or when they see someone wanting to get on. If you ask the driver, you can get off
anywhere. These ZIPS are faster and more comfortable than buses. At the same time,
they are also much cheaper than normal taxis. The cost of a trip is divided among the
passengers, usually five to seven people. For these reasons, ZIPS are a very popular
way of getting around the city.

ZIPS are _______________________________.

3. Genetic programming is also probably the answer to the mystery of the salmon.
These fish are born in ZEPS far from the ocean. When they are big enough, they
travel all the way down the ZEP. Then they swim out into the deep ocean water,
sometimes for thousands of miles. One salmon from Washington State in the United
States was caught half-way to Japan. But no matter how far away they are, the fish
start home in the spring. Somehow they know where home is. Along all the miles of
coast, each salmon finds the mouth of its own ZEP. Then, it swims all the way up to
the very same spot where it was born.

A ZEP is a_______________________________.

4. In the U.S. and in many European countries, there is a serious problem. What should
be done with the garbage? There is no more room for garbage dumps. It is not
possible to burn garbage because that pollutes the air. Therefore, the governments are
looking for ways to reduce the amount of garbage that is produced. One way to do
this is to ZAP as much as possible. Not all kinds of garbage can be ZAPPED, of
course. These easiest things to ZAP are probably glass and paper. However, one can
also ZAP many kinds of metal and plastic. Many cities now require people to ZAP
these materials. The people must put them separately from the regular garbage. Then
special trucks take them away and bring them to private companies. These
companies will buy them and use them again.

ZAP means _______________________________.

46
 PART D
SKIMMING / SCANNING

47
SKIMMING AND SCANNING (I)
“We read different things in different ways. Sometimes, we read slowly and carefully because
we want to understand something fully, and perhaps remember parts of it. If you look at the
list of instructions for travellers to countries where there is a risk of catching cholera, you will
understand that it is important to read such an article very carefully!

But think about a telephone directory: Do you read this in the same way. When we want to
find a friend‟s number, we do not start at page 1 and the whole book until we come to our
friend‟s name. The names are listed alphabetical order and we look through the book quickly
until we find the number we want. In other words, we look for specific information and
nothing else. This is called scanning.

Now think about reading a newspaper article: often we do not have much time to read a
newspaper (on the train, for example, or at breakfast time), we read the articles quickly, to get
the general idea. This is called skimming.

Don‟t forget: scanning for specific information, skimming for the genera idea.

Think about these types of English text. How do we read them? In many, cases, we do not
read everything. Discuss your ideas with other students of with your teacher:

1. the football results

2. a novel

3. a tourist guide

a) when you are in the street

b) when you are in bed .

4. instructions for building a piece of furniture

5. the review of a new I

6. a price list

7. a menu

8. a telephone bill

9. a business letter

You will see that there are many possible answers - it all depends on why| you are reading and
what you want to find out.

In this unit, we are going to practice scanning and. skimming.

It is very important when you are working on the activities in this unit to | remember that you
do not need to understand every word.

48
Scanning
Activity 5.1
Let us start with some practice in
scanning. If you are just beginning to
learn English, you will probably be
interested in information about
language schools in England.
Imagine you are hoping to attend a
course at the Bart School of English
this summer. Look at the text and
answer these questions about the
courses. Work as quickly as possible:
1. How much is a normal course?
2. Why is course C cheaper than
the other courses?
3. What kind of sports will you
probably take part in at the Bart
School?
4. Will you have to pay for
textbooks used in class?
5. You want someone to meet you
at Heathrow Airport. How much
does it cost?
6. You will be 16 on 1st July, and
you want to attend course C.
Will you be old enough to attend
this course?
7. Your friend, Maria, does not
know any English. Can she
attend the course with you?
8. Which meals will you need to
pay for after you arrive?
9. What will you receive at the end
of your course?
10. You want to go to London for an
excursion on Saturday and
Sunday. Is it included in the
price?
BART SCHOOL OF ENGLISH
Summer Vacation Courses
Course Dates Price
A 8th June- 3rd July £950
B 6th July-31st July £950
C 3rd August - 28th August £930
D 31st August - 25th September £950
NB There are no lessons on Monday 24th August, which is a
holiday in England this year.
Course Fees Include:
23 hours tuition per week
Two sports afternoons per week
Accommodation with an English family, with breakfast and
evening meal Monday-Friday and all meals at weekends .
One evening outing per week (disco, party etc.)
Use of textbooks and other material in class
Use of listening centre
Weekly video film
End of course certificate
Course Fees Do Not Include:
extra weekend and evening activities
lunch Monday-Friday
Don‟t Forget To Bring With You:
a raincoat
a pair of heavy shoes
a towel (sheets are provided)
a swimming costume
a tennis racket
Conditions:
Minimum age limit -16.
Beginners are not accepted. All students must have at least an
elementary knowledge of English
All fees must be paid before the beginning of the course
Students may be met at Gatwick/Heathrow airports on payment
of a supplement of £40
49
Activity 5.2

You are now in England. You want to visit some English towns, so you get a British Rail
leaflet (you can see the leaflet on the facing page). Answer the following questions about the
leaflet as quickly as possible. Do not read everything in the leaflet - just look for the
information you need.

1. In or near which town can you see:

a) 23 colleges?
b) a cathedral dating from
1199?
c) a castle, 2 parks and a
chapel?
d) the Lanes?
e) a modern cathedral?
f) famous flower gardens?
g) a famous bath?

2. Fill in the following table.

√ = Yes X = No ? = Don‟t know

Which
Length of
On the sea? Castle? Cathedral? Roman? London
journey
station?
BATH 1 hour
? X X √ Paddington
15 mins.
BRIHGTON
HASTINGS
SALISBURY
YORK

50
 Day trips from London
Bath
The Roman Spa town of Aquae Sulis. See the
Roman Baths, the medieval Abbey and the elegant
eighteenth-century architecture of many of the
buildings.
= From Paddington at 5 minutes past each hour, on
the InterCity 125, British Rail‟s air-conditioned
High Speed Train Typical journey time 1 hr 15.
Brighton
Favourite seaside resort of the Prince Regent
(George IV) who built the unique and beautiful
Royal Pavilion. Traditional seaside amusements on
the beach and Palace Pier or stroll through the
Lanes - winding alleyways full of small shops,
many selling antiques.
= From Victoria at 0906, 1005 then at 8 minutes
past each hour. Typical journey time 58 min.
Cambridge
A quiet world of learning that hasn‟t changed much
since the Middle Ages Visit some of the 23
colleges, the oldest dating from 1281, and don‟t
miss King‟s College Chapel. Stroll along the Backs,
the peaceful gardens and lawns bordering the river
or better still chance your arm in a punt.
= From Liverpool Street at 35 minutes past each
hour. Typical journey time 1 hr 06.
Chichester
A lovely country market town between the Sussex
downs and the sea, Chichester still retains much of
its historical associations. See the 15th century
Market Cross, the new Festival Theatre and the
magnificent cathedral, dating from 1199
= From Victoria at 28 minutes past each hour.
Typical journey time 1 hr 38.
Coventry
The impressive cathedral was completed in 1962,
near the ruins of the ancient cathedral. See the
breathtaking stained glass, and the huge tapestry.
= From Euston at 10 and 40 minutes past each hour.
Typical journey time 1 hr 13.
Eastbourne
Fine resort on the South Coast situated beside the
high, White Cliffs of Beachry Head. The 3-mile
seafront has famous flower gardens, pier and
bandstand.
= From Victoria at 53 minutes past each hour.
Typical journey time 1 hr 27.
51
Hasting
A delightful blend of old and new on the sunny
Sussex coast, this famous old Cinque Port is a town
of contrasts. A stone‟s throw from the bustle of the
modern seaside resort, with its 3-mile promenade
and 600 ft pier, lies the Old Town dominated by the
ruins of Hastings Castle, originally built by William
the Conqueror in 1068.
= From Charing Cross at 45 minutes past each hour.
Typical journey fine 1 hr 45.
Salisbury
An harmonious blend of ancient and modern,
Salisbury can justifiably claim to be one of
England‟s most attractive cities. The truly
magnificent cathedral with its towering sprie, over
400 feet high, is within easy reach of many fine old
buildings and the modern shopping centre.
= From Waterloo at 10 minutes past each hour.
Typical journey time 1 hr 24.
Windsor
Towering over the town and the River Thames is
the Royal castle (precincts open daily, Changing of
the Guard at 1025) Visit the state apartments, St
Geogre‟s Chapel, the new Madame Tussauds
exhibition Royalty and Railways, celebrating Queen
Victoria‟s Diamond jubilee 1897, or ramble in the
Home Park and Windsor Great Park. A town trail
guide to the lesser known parts of Windsor is
available from the Tourist Information Centre on
the station. A short walk away is Eton with its
famous school.
= From Paddington (change at Slough) at 35
minutes past the hour for most of the day. Typical
journey time 20 mins. From Waterloo at 12 and 42
minutes past each hour. Typical journey time 48
min.
York
Great medieval city of the North with mighty walls,
timbered houses and twisting lanes York Minster,
one of England‟s finest architectural glories,
dominates the city which was witnessed events that
have shaped the course of English history.
= From King‟s Cross at 0930, 1100 and 1130.
Typical journey time 2 hr 10.
Activity 5.3

You are going to find some information from the small advertisements in a newspaper. Read
the questions before you read the advertisements.

1. John needs a new bicycle. Write down a phone number where he may be able to get one.

_______________________________________________________________________

2. Peter and Sally have just moved into a new flat and need some new furniture. “Write
down a phone number for them ______________________________________________

3. Philip‟s washing machine has broken down. Write down a telephone number for
him.____________________________________________________________________

4. Penny wants to relax in the sun. Write down an address where she can write for
information ______________________________________________________________

5. Mrs. Fell has bought a computer, but doesn‟t know how to use it yet. Write down a
telephone number for her to phone for help _____________________________________

6. Amanda is holding a party on Friday evening and wants to hire a disco. Write down a
telephone number for her to phone to hire one. __________________________________

FIAT 124 1977 Good runner, one year MOT, low
mileage. Must be seen! £875. Tel: 848567.
HAMMOND Electronic piano & pedal, serviced,
excellent condition, £400 o.n.n.o. 54511
FOR SALE moving to Paris, must sell immediately
all furnishings (beds, sofas, tables, wardrobes). From
a 3-bedroom fiat. Cheap bargains! Ring 9898 or
46700.
CAPITAL DISCOS music and light shows for all
ages and occasions. 788876
LAWNMOWER wanted. Please tel. 65733.
RELAX YOUR mind and enjoy your body at the
XERXES CLUB, a holistic health and fitness holiday
community on the beautiful Italian island of Elba.
Water sports, dance, etc., Details 17. Dobson Avenue,
London SE14.
MEN‟S TOURING bicycle 5-speed 19” frame 27”
weel. Rarely used. £80.76666
DOBERMAN dog for sale. 1 year old, excellent with
children, well trained, very good pedigree. 34086
WASHING MACHINES, dishwashers, tumble
dryers. Repairs and servicing. 668997.
HAIRDRESSING - Phone Jan for cut‟n blow dry,
foil highlights, perming, colouring etc. Your home or
mine. Tel. 450167.
GIRL‟S BICYCLE v.g.c. £45. Record Player with
speakers £25. Fridge-freezer £40. 4 stools £1 each.
Fish tank on stand £25. 71719.
COMPUTER training p/t f/t prog. W.P. Bus.
software Amstrad. zenith‟s tel. 447790

52
Skimming
Now let us turn to skimming. As we said, skimming means looking through a piece of English
to get the general idea, or gist. We often read an article quickly, perhaps to see if we want to
read it in detail or not, or just to see -what it is about.

Activity 5.4

Here are five short paragraphs from newspapers. They are about:

a new book
a picnic
a volleyball match
a record
a new computer

Which is which? Write your answer under the paragraph.

1 The day was beautifully hot, and we
decided on a spot just by the river. we
took all the food and drink from the
hampers and set it down on the grass
where Joan
2 and of course Von Karajan‟s control of
the string section is, as ever, masterly.
The orchestra always seems relaxed, and
the sounds produced are near perfection.
The only doubt

3 The illustrations are uniformly good,
and my children, at least, were laughing
out loud when I read them the stories in
bed. All the stories are written by well-
known authors and it‟s clear from
4 think the new arrangements will please
users of IBM hardware, but this is not the
only reason why Apple have decided to
integrate

5 Chinese team seemed to lose

concentration at this point, and their play
certainly deteriorated, losing six points
in a row. It was only a matter of time
before the Russians, whose best player
was probably Gor

We said before that the gist of a piece of English is the general idea. Often it is possible to
understand the gist by understanding only a few of the words.

53
Activity 5.6

Read these three descriptions of jobs. Under them, write the job. Choose from: teacher, taxi
driver, doctor, nurse, air hostess, secretary, lorry driver, pilot, bus driver. Don‟t worry if you
don‟t understand every word.

1 People think it‟s a very glamorous and exciting job. OK, so we travel a lot, but we don‟t
see the places we go to. Maybe the girls „ who fly the American lines manage to visit a
place for three or four hours, but when you‟re on package tours like me, you arrive in
one place - Benidorm, say - then immediately you take off back to London.

2 I love working with children. When they leave the hospital, they‟re so happy, and it‟s
worth all the hard work. Of course, you sometimes have a real tragedy, like a little girl
who came in last week with a rare disease that can‟t be cured, but that‟s not very often:.
And they‟re so brave! They never cry, even when it really hurts.

3 I am well-paid, yes, but then I work really bad hours - I‟m often away from my wife for
days at a time. And it‟s a difficult job, with a big wagon like this. We‟ve got lots of
responsibility. And it‟s often very boring - hour after hour of motorway.

Which words helped you to decide?

54
SCANNING FOR INFORMATION
Presentation

Scanning for Information

Scanning is a way to read quickly to find key words and information. To scan a text for
specific information, follow these steps:

1. Think about the information you are looking for. If you are looking for a date, scan for
numbers on the page. If you are looking for a person, scan for names.
2. Only pay attention to the word you are looking for. Don‟t read the text for meaning.
3. Move your eyes quickly across the page until you find the information.

Practice 1
Read the question. Circle the letter of the correct answer.

Easy Family Cookbook iv

Chapter 1: Appetizers, Snacks ............................................................................................. 1-12

Chapter 2: Beverages (hot and cold drinks) ....................................................................... 13-17
Chapter 3: Main Dishes (beef, chicken, pork, vegetarian) ................................................. 18-32
Chapter 4: Side Dishes (vegetables, fruit) ......................................................................... 33-45
Chapter 5: Breakfast (pancakes, waffles, omelets, quiches) .............................................. 46-52
Chapter 6: One-Pan Dishes (stews, soups, casseroles) ...................................................... 53-66
Chapter 7: Desserts (cakes, pies, cookies, candy) ............................................................. 67-79
Chapter 8: Appendix (cooking information, measurement aids) ....................................... 80-88

1. In which chapter would you find a recipe for vegetable soup?

a) Chapter 1
b) Chapter 2
c) Chapter 4
d) Chapter 6

2. On what pages can you find recipes for cakes and pies?

a) Pages 1-12
b) Pages 18-32
c) Pages 67-79
d) Pages 80-88

55
3. A recipe for fruit salad could be found, in which chapter?

a) Chapter 1
b) Chapter 4
c) Chapter 5
d) Chapter 6

4. If you need information about how many cups are in a gallon, which chapter would you
need?

a) Chapter 2
b) Chapter 3
c) Chapter 7
d) Chapter 8

5. Which chapter would have recipes for hot drinks?

a) Chapter 1
b) Chapter 4
c) Chapter 4
d) Chapter 6

6. If you want a simple, one-pan meal, in which chapter would you find recipes for that?

a) Chapter 1
b) Chapter 3
c) Chapter 6
d) Chapter 7

56
Practice 2
Read the question. Circle the letter of the correct answer.

Sandwich Stop
6902 Sail Road, Topsail Island .................................................................................... 555-9375
Sarah‟s Seafood Restaurant
1465 Seashore Drive, Topsail Island ........................................................................... 555-4436
Strikers Hotdogs
8834 Sail Road, Topsail Island .................................................................................... 555-0362
Surf and Turf Fine Seafood Restaurant
5489 Oceanview Drive, Topsail Island ........................................................................ 555-2280
Surf‟s Up Surfing School
7809- Sail Road, Topsail Island................................................................................... 555-8740
Tiger Tots Karate School
4597 High Road, Surftown .......................................................................................... 555-6892
Waterway Inn
8032 Oceanview Drive, Topsail Island ........................................................................ 555-9469
Willey‟s Grocery Store
7922 Sail Road, Topsail Island .................................................................................... 555-8945

1. What is the number for Tastee Icees?

a) 555-8740 c) 555-6892
b) 555-9320 d) 555-4436

2. Where is Waterway Inn located?

a) 7922 Sail Road, Topsail Island b) 6902 Sail Road, Topsail Island
c) 7809 Sail Road, Topsail Island d) 8032 Oceanview Drive, Topsail Island

3. Which two restaurants serve seafood?

a) Sarah‟s and Striker‟s b) Sandwich Stop and Striker‟s

c) Sarah‟s and Surf and Turf d) Sarah‟s and Sandwich Stop

4. Which is the only place listed outside of Topsail Island?

a) Striker‟s Hot Dogs b) Tiger Tots Karate School

c) Surf‟s Up Surfing School d) Wiley‟s Grocery Store

5. Where would you go if you needed to buy food to make dinner?

a) Waterway Inn b) Striker‟s Hot Dogs

c) Wiley‟s Grocery Store d) Sarah‟s Seafood Restaurant

6. Which restaurant‟s address is 6902 Sail Road?

a) Sarah‟s Seafood b) Sandwich Stop

c) Striker‟s Hot Dogs d) Surf and Turf Fine Seafood

57
Practice 3
Read the question. Circle the letter of the correct answer.

Ingredients:
1 cup of cut-up pineapple
1
/2 cup of apples
2 1/2 cups of strawberries
1 1/2 cups of gropes
1 cup of blueberries
1 teaspoon of grated ginger
2 tablespoons of lemon juice
2 1/2 tablespoons of honey
Directions:
1. Clean and cut all of the fruit.
Put fruit in a large bowl.
2. Grate the ginger.
3. Mix together the lemon
juice, honey, and ginger.
4. Pour the lemon mixture over
the fruit.
5. Chill for one hour.
6. Serve immediately.

Makes 8 serving

1. How many cups of pineapple does the recipe call for?

a) 1
b) 1/2
c) 1 1/2
d) 2

2. How many ingredients are there?

a) 6
b) 7
c) 8
d) 9

3. How much honey does the recipe call for?

a) 1 teaspoon
b) 1 1/2 tablespoons
c) 2 tablespoons
d) 1 cup

4. Which steps are in the right order?

a) Grate the ginger; clean and cut the fruit; chill for one hour.
b) Chill for one hour; pour the lemon mixture over the fruit; grate the ginger.
c) Serve immediately; grate the ginger; mix together the lemon juice, honey, and
ginger.
d) Clean and cut the fruit; grate the ginger; mix together the lemon juice, honey, and
ginger.

5. How many people will this recipe serve?

a) 1
b) 2
c) 8
d) 1 1/2

58
 Scanning and Skimming

Skimming and scanning are very important reading techniques. When you are reading, you
don‟t have to read everything with the same amount of care and attention. Sometimes you
need to be able to read a text very quickly, especially when you are looking for some specific
information in the text. Scanning and skimming are both quick reading techniques but they
have different purposes:

Scanning refers to reading through material to find specific information. When you scan, you
run your eyes over text or information to pull out specific words, phrases, or data. Scanning is
very useful to find a specific name, date, statistic, number, or fact without reading the entire
text. In scanning, you skip over large sections of texts without reading or understanding them.
Let your eyes run rapidly over several lines of text at a time. When you find the sentence that
has the information you have been looking for, read the entire sentence.

How to Scan:

 State the specific information you are looking for.

 Try to anticipate how the answer will appear and what dues you might use to help
you locate the answer. For example, if you were looking for a certain date, you
would quickly read the paragraph looking only for numbers.
 Use headings and any other aids that will help you identify which sections might
contain the information you are looking for.
 Selectively read and skip through sections of the passage.

Skimming is a method of rapidly moving the eyes over the text with the purpose of getting
only the main idea for a general overview of the content. In short, skimming refers to looking
through material quickly to gather a general sense of the ideas, information, or topic itself.
When you skim you read through an article three to four times faster than when you read each
word. People often skim when they have lots of material to read in a limited amount of time.
Use skimming when you want to see if an article may be of interest in your research.

How to Skim:

 Read the title.

 Read the introduction or the first paragraph.
 Read the first sentence of every other paragraph.
 Read any headings and sub-headings.
 Notice any pictures, charts, or graphs.
 Notice any italicized or boldface words or phrases.
 Read the summary or last paragraph.

SO YOU ............................

SCAN for specific words, numbers, details or answers.

SKIM to understand the general idea of a passage

59
EXERCISES (Scanning)

Do not spend time trying to understand the following passages. Just move your eves
quickly over the text to find the specific information you have been asked for. Each
exercise should take a few minutes.

Exercise 1

Read the following text quickly and answer the questions.

1. When were X-rays discovered?

2. Who discovered them?
3. What are the four characteristics of X-rays?

The Discovery of X-rays

Except for a brief description of the Compton effect, and a few other remarks, we have
postponed the discussion of X-rays until the present chapter because it is particularly
convenient to treat X-ray spectra after treating optical spectra. Although this ordering may
have given the reader a distorted impression of the historical importance of X-rays, this
impression will be corrected shortly as we describe the crucial role played by X-rays in the
development of modern physics.

READING

X-rays were discovered in 1895 by Roentgen while studying the phenomena of gaseous
discharge. Using a cathode ray tube with a high voltage of several tens of kilovolts, he noticed
that salts of barium would fluoresce when brought near the tube, although nothing visible was
emitted by the tube. This effect persisted when the tube was wrapped with a layer of black
cardboard. Roentgen soon established that the agency responsible for the fluorescence
originated at the point at which the stream of energetic electrons struck the glass wall of the
tube. Because of its unknown nature, he gave this agency the name X-rays. He found that X-
rays could manifest themselves by darkening wrapped photographic plates, discharging
charged electroscopes, as well as by causing fluorescence in a number of different substances.
He also found that X-rays can penetrate considerable thicknesses- of materials of low atomic
number, whereas substances of high atomic number are relatively opaque. Roentgen took the
first steps in identifying the nature of X-rays by using a system of slits to show that (1) they
travel in straight lines, and that (2) they are uncharged because they are not deflected by
electric or magnetic fields.

The discovery of X-rays aroused the interest of all physicists, and many joined in the
investigation of their properties. In 1899 Haga and Wind performed a single slit diffraction
experiment with X-rays which showed that (3) X-rays are a wave motion phenomenon, and,
from the size of the diffraction pattern, their wavelength could be estimated to be 10-8 cm. In
1906 Barkla proved that (4) the waves are transverse by showing that they can be polarized
by scattering from many materials.

60
There is, of course, no longer anything unknown about the nature of X-rays. They are
electromagnetic radiation of exactly the same nature as visible light, except that their
wavelength is several orders of magnitude shorter. This conclusion follows from comparing
properties 1 through 4 with the similar properties of visible light, but it was actually
postulated by Thomson several years before all these properties were known. Thomson
argued that X-rays are electromagnetic radiation because such radiation would be expected to
be emitted from the point at which the electrons strike the wall of a cathode ray tube. At this
point, the electrons suffer very violent accelerations in coming to a stop and, according to
classical electromagnetic theory, all accelerated charged particles emit electromagnetic
radiations. We shall see later that this explanation of the production of X-rays is at least
partially correct.

In common with other electromagnetic radiations, X-rays exhibit particle-like aspects as well
as wave-like aspects. The reader will recall that the Compton effect, which is one of the most
convincing demonstrations of the existence of quanta, was originally observed with
electromagnetic radiation in the X-ray region of wavelengths.

READING

Exercise 2

Read the following text quickly and fill in the table. What do the numbers given in the table
refer to?

1%

2%

6%

13%

16%

30%

3/4

86%

61
 Spoon-feeding

Before arriving at university students will have been powerfully influenced by their school‟s
approach to learning particular subjects. Yet this is only rarely taken into account by teachers
in higher education, according to new research carried out at Nottingham University, which
could explain why so many students experience problems making the transition.

Historian Alan Booth says there is a growing feeling on both sides of the Atlantic that the
shift from school .to university-style ..learning could be vastly improved. However, little
consensus exists about who or what is at fault when the students cannot cope. “School
teachers commonly blame the poor quality of university teaching, citing factors such as large
first-year lectures, the widespread use of inexperienced postgraduate tutors and the general
lack of concern for students in an environment where research is dominant in career
progression,” Dr. Booth said.

Many university tutors, on the other hand, claim that the school system is failing to prepare
students for what will be expected of them at university. A-level history in particular is seen
to be teacher-dominated, creating a passive dependency culture.

However, while both sides are bent on attacking each other, little is heard during such
exchanges from the students themselves, according to Dr. Booth, who has devised a
questionnaire to test the views of more than 200 first-year history students at Nottingham over
a three-year period. The students were asked about their experience of how history is taught at
the outset of their degree programme. It quickly became clear that teaching methods in school
were pretty staid.

About 30 per cent of respondents claimed to have made significant use of primary sources
(few felt very confident in handling them) and this had mostly been in connection with project
work. Only 16 per cent had used video/audio; 2 per cent had experienced field trips and less
than 1 percent had engaged in role-play.

Dr. Booth found students and teachers were frequently restricted by the assessment style
which remains dominated by exams. These put obstacles in the way of more adventurous
teaching and active learning, he said. Of the students in the survey just 13 per cent felt their
A-fevel course had prepared them very well for work at university. Three-quarters felt it had
prepared them fairly well.

One typical comment sums up the contrasting approach: “At A-level we tended to be spoon-
fed with dictated notes and if we were told to do any background reading (which was rare) we
were told exactly which pages to read out of the book”.

To test this further the students were asked how well they were prepared in specific skills
central to degree level history study. The answers reveal that the students felt most confident
at taking notes from lectures and organizing their notes. They were least able to give an oral
presentation and there was no great confidence in contributing to seminars, knowing how
much to read, using primary sources and searching for texts. Even reading and taking notes
from a book were often problematic. Just 6 per cent of the sample said they felt competent at
writing essays, the staple A level assessment activity.

The personal influence of the teacher was paramount, in fact individual teachers were the
centre of students‟ learning at A level with some 86 per cent of respondents reporting that

62
their teachers had been more influential in their development as historians than the students‟
own reading and thinking.

The ideal teacher turned out to be someone who was enthusiastic about the subject; a good
clear communicator who encouraged discussion. The ideal teacher was able to develop
students involvement and independence. He or she was approachable and willing to help. The
bad teacher, according to the survey, dictates notes and allows no room for discussion. He or
she makes students learn strings of facts; appears uninterested in the subject and fails to listen
to other points of view.

Mo matter how poor the students judged their preparedness for degree-level study, however,
there was a fairly widespread optimism that the experience would change them significantly,
particularly in terms of their open mindedness and ability to cope with people.

63
 PART E
MAKING INFERENCES AND DRAWING
CONCLUSIONS

64
 Inferences and Drawing Conclusions (Part 1)

Stated Information and Implied information

Writers do not always “write out” everything they expect the reader to understand. Sometimes
they say certain things indirectly, and an efficient reader should be able to understand these
indirect information or implications. In other words, he should infer some of the ideas from
the passage. An inference is a conclusion. A good reader should be able to draw conclusions
or make inferences from what the writer has said. Below you will find a partial text followed
by two sets of questions.

.... Of the seven men taking part in the experiment two were from Mandalay, two from other cities
in Burma, and the remainder from neighboring Southeast Asian countries. The experiment
produced significant results for the researchers.

1. Direct Reference Questions: These are questions which can be answered by referring to
the writer‟s actual words-to what he has actually stated.

a. How many men were taking part in the experiment?

According to what is stated in the text, seven men were taking part in the
experiment.

b. How many of the men were from Mandalay?

According to the text, two of the men were from Mandalay.

c. How many of the men were from other cities in Burma?

According to the text, two of the men were from other cities in Burma.

d. Where were the remainder (of the men) from?

According to the text, the remainder were from neighboring Southeast Asia
countries.

2. Indirect Reference and Inference Questions: These are questions to which there is. no
direct reference in the text. These questions require readers to draw conclusions or make
inferences by using contextual clues. Below are some indirect questions with their related
clue(s) in the text.

Questions Clue in the passage

a) What is Mandalay? ...other cities in Burma

b) Where is Burma? ...neighboring Southeast Asian countries
c) How many men from countries other ...of the seven...two were...two from...
than Burma took part in the experiment. and the remainder...
d) How successful was the experiment? produced significant results...for researchers

Now, let‟s examine the answers to the inference or implied questions:

a) It is a city in Burma.
b) It is in Southeast Asia.
c) There were three men from countries other than Burma.
d) It was a successful experiment for them.

65
Exercise: Drawing Conclusions or Making Inferences

Read the Mowing sentences carefully and study the four choices given for each. Then, circle
the letter of the statement that expresses a conclusion that can be made about it. Do not circle
statements which are stated in the sentence or false statements.

1. The doctor gave my sister some medicine, but it did not change her condition.

a) My sister did not like the medicine.

b) My sister did not get better.
c) The medicine made my sister ill.
d) The medicine changed her condition.

2. The teacher told John to rewrite his exercises carefully.

a) The teacher gave John a lot of exercises.

b) John didn‟t do his homework carefully.
c) John forgot to do his exercises.
d) John enjoys doing exercises.

3. The, plane from Madrid was due to arrive here at eight o‟clock but it was about an hour
behind schedule according to what that man told me.

a) The plane from Madrid left an hour ago.

b) The plane will arrive in Madrid soon.
c) The plane will arrive an hour late.
d) The plane was going to Madrid.

4. When I tried to mail my letter to the U.S. today, 1 didn‟t have enough money because I
didn‟t know the post office had changed the price of stamps.

a) It is difficult to mail letters to the U.S.

b) There was a considerable reduction in the price of postage.
c) The price of postage went up.
d) The post office was closed today.

5. 1 wanted to wait for Mary, but Peter said that we had to go.

a) We went without Mary.

b) We went without Peter.
c) They left without me.
d) I went alone.

6. Mr. Brown might bring his wife and daughter to the party, but I really doubt it.

a) I think I won‟t go to Mr. Brown‟s party.

b) I think Mr. Brown will definitely bring his wife and daughter to the party.
c) I think Mr. Brown won‟t bring his wife and daughter to the party.
d) I think Mr. Brown won‟t attend the party.

66
 Analyzing Inferences in Texts

Read the paragraphs below and circle the statement which can be inferred.

Passage 1

As trees grow old they add a new ring for each year; this discovery, it seems, was first made
by Leonardo de Vinci, the famous Italian painter and scientist, because sketches of tree rings
were found among his drawings. It took a long time, however, before the serious study of tree
rings started; this was done in Arizona by Andrew Douglas.

Douglas developed a simple technique for dating trees called cross-dating and for a period of
over 20 years continued the study of tree rings. He spent much of his time in logging camps
near Flagstaff.

The Douglas method has been used by many scientists. Some of them used it to examine logs
in Indian pueblo ruins; they were able to date the buildings right back to the tenth century.
Others used it to date the world‟s oldest living tree, the bristle cone pines.

1. What can be inferred from the first paragraph?

a) Leonardo made many discoveries.
b) Leonardo was famous as a painter.
c) Leonardo was interested in the aging process of trees.
d) Leonardo became famous well-known because of his tree ring discovery.

2. What also can be inferred from the first paragraph?

a) Leonard started the serious study of tree rings.
b) Leonardo‟s discovery was not developed for many years.
c) Tree rings were studied in Arizona for many years.
d) Douglas was a famous Arizona scientist.

3. What can be inferred from the second paragraph?

a) The term cross dating was invented by Douglas.
b) An uncomplicated method of tree-dating was discovered by Douglas.
c) It took Douglas 20 years to develop a tree-dating technique.
d) The technique of cross-dating was developed near Flagstaff.

4. What also can be inferred from the second paragraph?

a) Logging camps are good places for studying tree rings.
b) Douglas spent 20 years near Flagstaff.
c) Douglas spent most of his life studying tree rings.
d) There are courses for studying tree rings near Flagstaff.

5. What can be inferred from the last paragraph?

a) The Douglas method has been used since the 10th century.
b) Indians used the Douglas method to examine logs.
c) The earliest known trees can be dated by the Douglas method.
d) Indians used bristle cone pines to construct their buildings.

67
 Passage 2

In 1816 a Scottish natural philosopher, David Brewster, invented the kaleidoscope. As he was
studying theories about polarized (opposing) light he discovered how to reflect beautiful
images in multiples. He himself thought up the name for his invention; the Greek root of
„kaleidoscope‟ means „device to make beautiful images.‟

Used first as a toy, the kaleidoscope soon was used by pattern makers. Recently, this use has
increased as the crafts movement in the US has formed a new market for high-quality
handmade objects. Some modern day kaleidoscopes come with special sound effects.

As the popularity of kaleidoscopes has grown, so have the prices. It is possible now to pay
thousands of dollars for some specially made versions which have been created by well-
known artists.

1. What can be inferred from the first paragraph?

a) Brewster loved beautiful images.

b) Brewster searched for a long time for the kaleidoscope.
c) Brewster discovery of the kaleidoscope was accidental.
d) Brewster was extremely knowledgeable of ancient Greeks.

2. What can be inferred from the second paragraph?

a) The kaleidoscope became instantly popular.

b) The kaleidoscope was from the beginning used by industry.
c) Children were among the first to have kaleidoscopes.
d) Thousands of pattern makers soon came to use kaleidoscopes.

3. What can be inferred from the last paragraph?

a) The creation of modern kaleidoscopes is a popular hobby.

b) Well-known artists pay high prices for original kaleidoscopes.
c) The prices of kaleidoscopes are related to the increase in their popularity.
d) Kaleidoscopes have become more and more popular, but they are also more
expensive now thanks to inflation.

4. What can also be inferred from the last paragraph ?

a) Well-known artists use kaleidoscopes in their work.

b) Some kaleidoscopes today are extremely expensive due to workmanship.
c) No original versions of kaleidoscopes can be bought today.
d) The most popular kaleidoscopes are the most expensive.

68
MAKING INFERENCES IN FICTION
Presentation

Making Inferences in Fiction

An inference is like a guess. We make inferences based on our personal experiences the
information we read, and our own knowledge about a topic.

Many times the writer doesn‟t give all of the information about the situation Good readers
make inferences about the missing information. Inferences can help us understand better.

Practice 1
Read the story and the question. Then circle the letter of the answer.

Sally was so excited. The morning after her birthday was cool and crisp. It was a perfect day
for her first big ride on her new bike. It was the best birthday present ever! She loved it. Sally
looked at her watch. She didn‟t want to keep Tyler waiting at the park.

When Sally arrived at the park, she saw Tyler hanging from the monkey bars. He jumped off
and said, “Hey Sally! Are you ready for our big adventure?” Sally nodded her head, and off
they raced down the path behind the park. It was bumpy at first, but Sally felt confident on her
new bike.

After they rode for a while, they came upon Fox Lake. It was beautiful at this time of year.
The yellow, orange, and red leaves were glowing in the sun. They hopped off and dipped their
feet in the lake. At first their toes were frozen, but after a while they got used to it, and they
were soon in the water up to their knees.

Sally and Tyler stayed there for a couple of hours. They were playing around and looking for
wildlife. They saw some snakes, and they found a turtle. They played with it for a while and
made a little house for it. After a while they let it go. Then, Sally‟s stomach rumbled, and they
knew it was lunch time. They hopped back on their bikes and rode back to the park.

At the park, they parted ways for their houses. Sally called out, “Thanks, Tyler! That was
fun!” Tyler called back, “Let‟s meet again tomorrow!” As Sally got home, she thought she
could eat a horse! All that fresh air and biking made her hungry. She had a great time. She
couldn‟t wait until tomorrow.

1. How old do you think Sally and Tyler are?

a) 3 years old
b) 10 years old
c) 20 years old
d) 25 years old

69
2. What season is it?

a) Winter
b) Summer
c) Spring
d) Fall

3. What did Sally get for her birthday?

a) a new bike
b) a new doll
c) monkey bars
d) a turtle

4. Who is Tyler?

a) Sally‟s brother
b) Sally‟s sister
c) Sally‟s friend
d) Sally‟s teacher

5. What did they make a house for?

a) their bikes
b) a snake
c) a dog
d) a turtle

6. Why did Sally‟s stomach rumble?

a) She was hungry.

b) She was sick.
c) The turtle bit her.
d) She was afraid to ride her bike.

7. How do Sally and Tyler feel?

a) They are happy.

b) They are shy.
c) They are anxious.
d) They are bored.

8. What will Sally and Tyler probably to tomorrow?

a) They will go to school.

b) They will stay home and play video games.
c) They will go back to the lake.
d) They will buy a turtle at the pet store.

70
Practice 2
Read the story and the question. Then circle the letter of the answer.

The Smith family were on their way back from their family vacation. They had spent two
wonderful weeks camping in the mountains. The drive back to their house was long. IT was
late, and Mr. Smith and the children, Tommy and Tina, were all asleep in the back seats. Mrs.
Smith was at the wheel.

After a while, Mrs. Smith got a little thirsty. She stopped at a restaurant. Everyone was still
asleep, so she slipped quietly out of the car and went inside the restaurant. Meanwhile, Mr.
Smith woke up and realized he had to go to the bathroom. He also slipped out of the car and
went inside.

A few minutes later, Mrs. Smith got back in the car and drove off. She felt much better and
was ready to drive some more. She was going to wake up Mr. Smith when she got tired, but
for now she felt good, and she felt that she could finish the drive home. She decided she
would let Mr. Smith sleep.

A few hours later, they arrived back home. The kids were still asleep in the car, so she
carefully carried them inside the house. When she went to unpack the car, she didn‟t see her
husband. She thought he had gone inside the house. She unpacked the bags and went to bed.
A few minutes later, the telephone rang. It was Mr. Smith, and he didn‟t sound happy!

1. Where are they in the beginning of the story?

a) in a car
b) in the mountains
c) at home
d) at a restaurant

2. Who was driving?

a) Mr. Smith
b) Mrs. Smith
c) Tommy
d) Tina

3. Why was everyone asleep in the car?

a) They were all sick of driving.

b) They were hurt from hiking in the mountains,
c) They were pretending to be asleep.
d) They were tired from their vacation.

4 Why did Mrs. Smith stop at a restaurant?

a) She was sleeping.

b) She was bored.
c) She needed a drink.
d) She needed some food.

71
5. Why did Mrs. Smith drive off without Mr. Smith?

a) She was mad at him.

b) She didn‟t know he wasn‟t in the-car.
c) She forgot he was inside the restaurant.
d) He told her to leave him behind.

6. Where do you think Mr. Smith was in the end?

a) He was in the mountains.

b) He was in the car.
c) He was at the restaurant
d) He was walking home.

7. At the end of the story, how was Mr. Smith feeling?

a) tired
b) sleepy
c) sick
d) mad

8. At the end of the story, how was Mrs. Smith feeling?

a) sleepy
b) sick
c) confused
d) mad

Practice 3
Read the story and the question. Then circle the letter of the answer.

One upon a time there was a farmer who lived with his dog, Max, and other animals. The
other animals didn‟t like Max very much. He was greedy and didn‟t leave them much food.
Also, he didn‟t help the animals with their jobs. He liked to laze around in the sun doing
nothing. Whenever the other animals asked him to help, he would growl at them. So they
stopped asking him.

One morning, Max sax a big piece of meat on the table. He knew that he had to act fast before
the farmer came in from outside. He took it and ran out the door and didn‟t stop until he
reached a river nearby.

He wanted to run a little farther from home, so he needed to cross the river. He saw a bridge
that went to the other side of the river. As he was crossing the bridge, he looked in the water
and saw another dog with a bigger piece of meat than his!

Max wanted that piece of meat, too. He thought to himself, “I can scare that dog into giving
me his piece of meat, and then I‟ll have two!” So, just as he opened his mouth to growl, his
piece of meat fell into the river and sank to the bottom, and the other dog disappeared.

72
Distraught by having lost two pieces of meat, Max walked home with his head hung low. In
his pursuit for two pieces of meat, he ended up with none.

1. Where does this story take place?

a) in a city
b) on a farm
c) in a house
d) at a zoo

2. Why don‟t the other animals like Max?

a) He steals their food and doesn‟t do any work.

b) He is too big.
c) He is a dog.
d) The farmer likes him best.

3. Why don‟t the animals tell the farmer about Max?

a) They don‟t want to hurt Max‟s feelings.

b) They don‟t want to make the farmer mad.
c) They are afraid of Max.
d) They are afraid of the farmer.

4. What is Max‟s personality?

a) He is hard-working.
b) He is mean.
c) He is kind.
d) He is helpful.

5. Why did he want to get farther from home after he took the piece of meat?

a) He didn‟t want the farmer to catch him.

b) He didn‟t want the other animals to take the meat.
c) He wanted to, exercise.
d) He wanted to take a run in the forest.

73
 PART G
EXPANDING VOCABULARY

74
EXPANDING VOCABULARY THROUGH DERIVATIVES
Suppose you have just learned a new word - excitement If you know how to form derivatives,
you have actually learned not one new word, but several- you have learned exciting and
excited, excitingly and unexcited.

A derivative is a word formed by adding a prefix, or a suffix, or both, to a word or a root.

Here are some examples:

PREFIX WORD/ROOT SUFFIX DERIVATIVE

re (again) apply (word) reapply (apply again)
use reuse (use again)

e (out) ject (root) eject (throw out)

un (not) accept (word) able unacceptable

(1) Suffixes
A suffix is a special ending for a word. A suffix gives information about the part of speech of
a word, commonly called “word forms”. A suffix (and its derivative) can be in the form of a
noun, a verb, an adjective, or an adverb.

Noun Verb Adjective Adverb

er/ar/or // instructor en // darken strengthen ive // preventive ly // quickly slowly
ist / scientist/terrorist ize // memorize able/ible // comparative ally // generally specifically
ment // investment incredible (exception: hard / fast)
ion/tion // education / television ed // bored / excited
/ production ing // boring / exciting
ic // characteristic ial // social
sion // decision / conclusion al // tribal
ation/ition/cation // application ous/ious/eous // famous /
/ repetition / combination serious
ity // electricity ful // wasteful / hopeful
ness // happiness / sadness less // limitless / hopeless
ance/ence // acceptance / like // childlike
convenience ant/ent // distant / violent
ness // darkness / thickness / ate // literate
sickness n // known / unknown
ism //terrorism /alcoholism ic // scenic / economic
t/th // weight / death / width /
warmth
y/ryc/cy // honesty / discovery /
injury
ure/ature // failure / departure /
mixture
ing // training / understanding /
farming
dom // boredom / freedom
ship // membership /
relationship
age // passage / baggage /
percentage
hood // childhood / motherhood

75
Before introducing ways of understanding which form to use in a particular situation, it is
necessary to review the parts of speech (different word forms):

Noon: A noun is a word naming a person, place, thing or quality. In the following sentences,
all the italicized words are nouns.

1. The young motorist very slowly drove his badly damaged car to the nearest garage.
2. Health is wealth.
3. John is reading a book.
4. Martha has been living in Istanbul for 25 years.
5. The building was built in 1875.

Verb: A verb is a word that expresses (a) an action or (b) a state of being.

1. The young motorist very slowly drove his badly damaged car to the nearest garage.
2. Health is wealth.
3. John is reading a book.
4. Martha has been living in Istanbul for 25 years.
5. The building was built m 1875.
6. Please memorize the poem for tomorrow.

Adjective: An adjective is a word that modifies (describes) a noun.

The young motorist very slowly drove his badly damaged car to the nearest garage.

Adverb: An adverb is a word that modifies a verb, an adjective, or another adverb.

The young motorist very slowly drove his badly damaged car to the nearest garage.
slowly is an adverb modifying the verb “drove”
badly is an adverb modifying the adjective “damaged”
very is an adverb modifying the adverb “slowly”

Note: Vowels are the letters: a, e, i, o, u

Consonants are all the other letters of the alphabet

Now let‟s look at some guidelines that will help you in understanding which form to use in a
particular situation.

NOUN:

1. after: a/the/an + noun Pele is a soccer player.

There is a book on the table.

Note: An adjective can separate the article and noun. (like “tall” in sentence below)

John is a fall footballer.

2. (The+) subject of sentence (beginning of sentence):

The prepositions in Istanbul has greatly increased.

Education is important today.
Training is very important.

76
3. After prepositions (except an infinitive like “to see”):
He is in bed.
Students sometimes suffer from boredom.

4. Complement in a sentence. (He is a doctor. He = doctor.)

He is a scientist.

VERB:

Generally after the subject (noun) of a sentence:

Exercise strengthens the muscles.

Scientists theorize about the center of the earth.

ADJECTIVE:

1. Before a noun: This is a complicated problem

Marge is a very boring person.
That was a very boring film.

2. Complement in a sentence: (He is fat. He = fat.)

Superman is fearless.
Canan is hungry.
He is fascinated by UFO reports.

ADVERBS:

1. Before a verb: A good student typically (usually) studies a lot.

2. At he beginning of a sentence (ally) or at the end (ly):

Generally, he comes on time every day.

He walks very slowly.
A good student studies regularly.

Exercise 1: First study the word forms below. Then, fill -in the proper word forms m the
sentences following the list

Noun Verb Adjective Adverb

1. color color colored / colorful* colorfully
2. competition competitors compete competitive competitively
3. danger endanger dangerous endangered dangerously
4. death die dead / deadly
5. history / historian historical historically
6. hunger hungry hungrily
7. hunting / hunter hunt hunted
8. life live alive / live lively
9. power powerful / powerless powerfully / powerlessly
10. organization organize organized
11. repetition repeater repeat repeated / repetitious repeatedly / repetitiously
12. strength strengthen strong
13. weight / weights weigh
14. writer / writing write written
15. health
* colored - an object with one color
* colorful - an object made out of different color

77
Fill-in the proper word form of the word given.

1. health
a) He is a _________ man because he exercises and eats different kinds of food.
b) His _________ is bad because he smokes and drinks but never exercises.

2. danger
a) He acted __________________. His actions were __________________.
b) He is in _________.
c) Kiwis and panda bears are __________________ animals.

3. hunt
a) The _________ killed the wild pigs.
b) Some _________ animals are becoming extinct (=disappearing).

4. color
a) The male (man) species of animals are generally more, _________ than lite female.
b) _________ men couldn‟t eat with other people in a restaurant 20 years ago.
c) The girls used _________ pencils to paint the pictures.
d) The peacock has beautiful ___________ feathers.
e) The children all wanted a ___________ balloon.

5. die
a) Everyone_________ one day.
b) Some snakes are _________; they can kill.
c) His _________ was a shock to everyone because he was so young.

6. die — live (both forms in “a” below)

a) Is he _________ or _________? Call a doctor right away.
b) Water is important for _________.
c) He _________ in Germany now.

7. write
a) _________ try to explain an idea or concept to certain people.
b) If their _________ work is successful, the reader learns something new.
c) Therefore, _________ is a method of communication among people.

8. hungry
a) The man was dying of _________ because he got lost in the desert:
b) He then ate _________ everything he got from the people that found him.

9. power
a) The teenagers were_________ affected by the concert.
b) Sun, wave and wind _________ should be used to heat our homes, for hot water, and
for electricity to light up our cities.
c) The _________ lion attacked the _________ baby giraffe.

78
Exercise 2: Now let‟s take a closer look at some of the suffixes:

1. The suffix “-y” is used to make adjectives from nouns or adjectives from nouns. One
adjective is used twice.

storm snow salt oil luck

noise taste rain (un) health draft
smell room dirt dust juice

a) She was cooking fish so the kitchen had a __________ odor

b) The __________ mountains were beautiful.
c) The bookshelf was __________ because no one had cleaned it for a long time.
d) You room is very __________! Clean it right now!
e) It was a __________ day so we couldn‟t go on a picnic.
f) The sea was very __________.
g) Everyone thought her specially prepared chicken dish was very __________.
h) The heavy traffic was very __________.
i) The Cadillac is a very __________ car. It seats 8 people comfortably.
k) Most nuts are very __________. You have to drink a lot of water after eating some.
l) Smoking is very __________, but eating an apple every day is very __________.

2. The suffix “-ment” is added to verbs to make nouns. Add MENT to these words and fill
in the blanks. You may need to add “s” on the word.

(dis)agree develop arrange require achieve encourage

a) Smartphones are one of the latest _____________ of communication technology.

b) His _____________ of the chairs in the classroom allowed everyone to participate.
c) _____________ should be solved by peaceful means.
d) What are the _____________ for this job?
e) Edison‟s _____________ are well-known around the world.
f) Teachers should give _____________ to their students to do their best.

3. The suffix “-ly” and “ally” form adverbs. Form adverbs and fill-in the blanks with the
suitable one.

exact fair approximate recent like

potential immediate relative general (un)fortunate

a) The scientists say that a major earthquake is ___________ to hit Istanbul in the next
20 years.
b) It is felt that he is _______________ able to become a great writer but the needs
more guidance.
c) Please finish that essay _______________. The exam time is almost over.
d) Experiments must be done _______________ as the procedure outlines.
e) There are _______________ 50 Prep. classes.
f) A dolphin is _______________ large compared with a jellyfish but
_______________ small compared with a whale.
g) It is _______________ certain that it will rain tomorrow. Look at those clouds.

79
 h) _______________, I can‟t go to the party because I have too much homework.
i) Did you hear that one of our famous writers has just _______________ died?
j) He _______________ comes to class on time, but today he is late.

4. Add the suffix “-al” to the following words and use them in the sentences below.

education agriculture finance (inter)nation

culture industry person economic

a) Have you been to the new ____________ center?

b) The company is ____________. It sells products to many countries.
c) Documentary films are very ____________.
d) Compact cars are more ____________ than large ones.

a) ____________ products like tea, hazelnuts and coffee are exported.

b) His ____________ secretary was ill so he had to make all the arrangements himself.
c) His ____________ condition couldn‟t be better; he has inherited a lot of money.
d) ____________ areas are known for their pollution.

Exercise 3: Study the word form charts below. Then find the suitable word arid ipl the blanks
with the proper forms.

Noun Verb Adjective Adverb

1. symbol to symbolize symbolic symbolically
2. life / living to live alive / live lively
3. to study studious studiously
4. knowledge to know knowledgeable
5. probability probable probably
6. science scientific scientifically
7. violence violent violently
8. interest to interest interesting / interested interestingly

1. The unification of both German states was ________________ by the tearing down of the
Berlin Wall.
2. Even a boring subject can be ________________ presented to students if a teacher is
creative.
3. All ________________ things breathe, eat, grow, et. ________________ can be
interesting or frightening.
4. He always ________________ very hard and prepares his homework on time. He is a
________________ student.
5. The crescent moon is ________________ of Allah (God) in the Islamic philosophy.
6. In all ________________, the Mid-Term will be a very difficult exam so you need to
study hard.
7. Engineering Department students will have to read ________________ subjects and
prepare research papers.
8. A teacher must be ________________ in his field of study to be a successful teacher.

80
Noun Verb Adjective Adverb
1. explorer exploration to explore exploring
2. amazement amazing amazingly
3. survivor/survival to survive
4. prevention to prevent preventable
5. destruction to destroy destructive destructively
6. defense to defend defensive defenseless defensively
7. violation violence to violate violent violently
8. protection to protect protective protectively

1. In ancient times, people ___________ themselves by building castles with walls

surrounding them.
2. This kind of ___________ then was generally successful but it wouldn‟t be today.
3. Air pollution is ______________________. For example, it ___________ plants and
crops.
4. In my opinion, any kind of ___________ should have some kind of purpose other than
just “I want to see it.”
5. The effects of air pollution are not easily ___________.
6. There is too much ___________ in the world today. We don‟t need wars; we need peace!
7. He looked at his test paper in ___________ ; he had ___________ gotten an 88 on his
reading exam!
8. Mothers of all animals are very ___________ of their young.
9. Commandos learn how to ___________ in very difficult conditions. Their ___________
abilities are tested; they must live off a desert-like area for a week without food or water.
10. Babies are ___________. That is why mothers watch out for them all the time.
11. People who ___________ traffic laws should have to pay large fines (=money
punishment).
12. He was ___________ about his report; he claims that all the information is up to date and
the solutions are practical in answer to the criticism from others.
13. Walt Disney was famous for his family films; one reason was because they were not
___________.

Exercise 4: Use the correct form of the word given in the sentences below.
1. I want to ___________ my house by building an extra room. (extent)
2. Fireworks ___________ dogs and cats. (fright)
3. The doctor gave her some tablets to ___________ the pain. (relief)
4. The police can‟t ___________ that he committed the crime. (proof)
5. ___________ is one of the world‟s great problems. (poor)
6. Tell the ___________ ! (true)
7. I must drink something. I‟m dying of ________. (thirsty)
8. I must eat something. I‟m dying of ________. (hungry)
9. In his ________, he traveled a lot. Now he is too old. (young)
10. The ________ of the president was announced on the radio. (dead)
11. He was a very experienced, knowledgeable person: a man of great ________. (wise)
12. She felt great ________ at being treated so badly. (angry)
13. He left his town to find ________ in the big city. (famous)
14. It was a long, slow film. I nearly died of ________. (boring)
15. The ________ of the bridge is about two kilometers. (long)
16. The ________ of the road is not great enough to take large trucks. (wide)
17. What‟s the ________ of that mountain? (high)
18. The ________ of the water here is over three meters. (deep)
19. The teachers ________ the students to study. (courage)
20. More floods could ________ hundreds of homes. (danger)

81
Prefixes
We use prefixes to change meaning. They never change the part of speech like suffixes do.

Many prefixes give a word a meaning which is opposite or negative of the original word.

MEANING PREFIX DERIVATIVE

OPPOSITE anti- + adjective anti-clockwise
anti- + noun anti-climax
dis+ + verb disembark/disagree
dishonest
il- + adjective illegal
im- + adjective impossible
in- + adjective indirect
ir- + adjective irregular
de- + verb decentralize
+ noun deforestation
un- + adjective unhappy
NEGATIVE dis- + verb dislike
un- + verb unlock
AGAINST anti- + noun anti-theft device
anti- + adjective anti-European
antisocial
WRONGLY/BADLY mis- + verb mistook
(NEGATIVE) misspell
mishandle

Students frequently have difficulty in decisions which opposite or negative prefix to use. Here
are some guidelines:

1. Use “il” instead of “in” with words that begin with “I”.
insufficient (normal) illegal

2. Use “im” instead of “in” with words that begin with “m” or “p” or “b”.
inadequate (normal) impolite or imbalance or improper

3. Use “ir” instead of “in” with words that begin with “r”.
incomplete (normal) irrational or irresponsible

4. The prefix “dis-“ and “mis” are used much less frequently. You may need to refer to your
dictionary if you are not sure.

You must disconnect the electric cables first.

They expelled him for misbehaving.

82
 He is always misspelling the word “beautiful”.
He is such a disagreeable person.

Exercise 1: Put the following words under the appropriate column. Then fill in the blanks
with the opposite/negative form of the appropriate word.

possible accurate mature patient secure polite

frequent curable formal expensive mobile personal
active correct dependent

IN IM
inaccurate impossible

1. Some people are very ___________________. They behave like children.

2. Some illnesses are ___________________ --e.g., lung cancer and AIDS.
3. India became ___________________ in 1948.
4. Large banks are so ___________________ that you feel like a number not a person.
5. If the answer is ___________________, put a cross (X) next to it.
6. I always try to buy ___________________present. I don‟t have much money.
7. People who need other people to help them are often ___________________ about
themselves.
8. Don‟t be so ___________________. You can wait a little longer.
9. These “im” and “in” prefixes are ___________________ to learn!
10. An ___________________ sentence is one which has mistakes.
11. Don‟t worry about what to wear. It‟s quite an ___________________ party.
12. The buses in Istanbul are often very ___________________ and you have to wait for a
long time.
13. An ___________________ object is something you cannot move.
14. No wonder she‟s overweight; she has such an ___________________ life. She never
does anything.
15. Johny is always rude to people. He‟s so ___________________.

Exercise 2: Put following words under the appropriate column. Then, fill in the blanks with
the opposite/negative form of the appropriate word.

resistible legal logical responsible relevant literate

legible regular replaceable rational religious

IR IL

1. If you drink and drive, you are breaking the law; it‟s _____________________.
2. The “Mona Lisa” is such a valuable painting that it is _____________________.
3. Someone who is _____________________ does not believe in religion.
4. We all occasionally have _____________________ thoughts when we‟re not thinking
clearly.
5. There are many _____________________ people in the world; they can‟t read or write.
6. Some students‟ handwriting is totally _____________________. It‟s impossible to read.
7. I hate English verb form, especially the _____________________ past participles!

83
8. _____________________ people are such a pain! They never do what they are supposed
to and they never keep their promises.
9. My mother finds chocolate _____________________. She can‟t stop eating it!
10. Why do students ask so many _____________________ questions? They are not
connected to the subject being discussed at all!
11. _____________________behavior is usually a result of using our emotions instead of our
brains.

Exercise 3: Put the following words under the appropriate column. Then, fill in the blanks
with the opposite/negative form of the appropriate world.

important respectful polluted interesting kind covered

like fashionable able(d) dress honest obey
appeared similar clear
UN DIS
unimportant unlike disrespectful disappeared
dislike dissimilar
dishonest disable(d)
disobey

1. This lesson is so ______________________. I think I „m going to fall asleep.

2. He wears really terrible clothes. He‟s an ______________________ person.

3. My cigarettes have ______________________. Have you seen them anywhere?

4. They are twins, but they are really ______________________ people. He‟s short and fat;
she‟s tall and slim.

5. It was very ______________________ of you to steal that little child‟s sweets.

6. The student stuck his tongue out at the teacher! How ______________________!

7. Please explain! I don‟t understand you! Your meaning is very ____________________!

8. I found a wallet on the pavement yesterday, but I kept it. That was a very _______ action.

9. This river is safe to swim in. It‟s ______________________.

10. Small children have a tendency to _______________ their parents when they aren‟t
watching them.

11. Before you have a shower, you must _______________ yourself; otherwise your clothes
will get wet.

12. He became _______________ after the traffic accident.

84
13. Christopher Columbus _______________ America in 1942. What a disaster for the
natives!

14. The weather in Istanbul is terrible in winter. I really _______________ it.

15. Some people say that money is _______________, but I think it‟s essential.

Exercise 4: Put the words in the list under the appropriate column. Then fill in the blanks
with the negative form of the appropriate word. You may have to use the correct tense.

dependent understand decisive efficient treat complete

convenient behave trust frequent different lead
consistent expensive
IN DIS
misunderstand
mistreat
mistrust
mislead
misbehave

1. My watch looks like a Rolex, but it isn‟t. Actually, it was very ________________.
2. She‟s got a job and a flat. Now, she does what she wants, goes where she wants. She‟s
________________.
3. That poor little dog! Its owners beats it with a stick and doesn‟t feed it. In fact, he
________________ it all the time.
4. Before I leave, it always takes me hours to choose what to wear; I‟m really
________________.
5. Students who constantly ________________ in class aren‟t popular with their teachers.
6. Coal is a very ________________ form of heating because we have to use lots of it and
it‟s expensive.
7. You ________________ me! I didn‟t say “There‟s a bear in the bar”. I said, “There‟s a
BEER in the bar!”
8. Charles dickens died before he finished his last novel, so its ________________.
9. I‟m sorry I ________________ you at first but I thought you were trying to steal
something.
10. They don‟t care about anything very much. They are ________________ to the world.
11. He‟s an ________________ football player. Sometimes he plays well, and sometimes
badly.
12. Politicians never seem to want to tell us the truth. They always ________________ us.
13., out in the countryside, the bus service is ________________. You often have to wait, and
wait, and wait before one eventually arrives,
14. and his problem makes travelling anywhere very ________________.

85
Fill in the blanks in the exercises below using UN, DIS, IN, IM, IL, or IR. Use one word
given for each blank with the proper prefix.

Exercise 5:

necessary healthy well punctual employed fair pleasant

Vera : you look rather (a) ___________________. Why don‟t you see a doctor?

Alan : Oh no, that‟s (b) ___________________. I‟ve just been working hard. I‟m writing
a book.

Vera : In this room? With the windows closed? And you smoke! That‟s very (c)
___________________. You‟ll be ill.

Alan : But if I open the windows, some very (d) ___________________ smells come in
from the chemical factory.

Vera : And I hear you‟ve been (e) ___________________ since you lost your job in the
library.

Alan : Yes, they said I was (f) ___________________. But in fact I was only hate a few
times. It was very (g) ___________________.

Exercise 6:
satisfactory friendly conscious usual hurt tidy successful

(a) Just look at your room. It looks awful. It‟s so _______________.

(b) He doesn‟t like the children in his new school. They‟re rather _______________.
(c) I‟m afraid your work is _______________ . You‟ll have to do better.
(d) I was an _______________ film. I‟ve never seen one like it.
(e) He hit his head on the door as he fell and was _______________ for 20 minutes.
(f) I applied for the job but I was _______________.
(g) Two people were injured in the accident but fortunately everyone else was
_______________.

Exercise 7:

dress wrap tie lock do pack

I like going away for a holiday but the best part is coming home again. When I arrive home, I
(a) _____________ the door of my flat. I put my suitcase on the floor and start to (b)
_____________ it. I take out the things I have bought on my holiday. I (c) _____________
the string. I carefully (d) _____________ them, look at them and put them on the table. I feel
tired but very happy. I go into the bedroom. I (e) _____________ my jacket and shoes. Then,
I take them off. I (f) _____________ and I have a bath and relax. I‟m home again!

86
Exercise 8:

convenient polite formal honest regular correct legal

(a) I‟m afraid the buses here are very ______________. I sometimes have to wait an hour.

(b) This information is ______________ The train leaves at 3: 10, not at 3:20.

(c) The use of certain dangerous drugs is ______________; that is, it‟s against the law.

(d) His house isn‟t near the shops, transport or his work. It‟s in a very ______________
place.

(e) She didn‟t say “please” or “thank you”. She was very ______________.

(f) It‟s not a special occasion. Just wear ordinary, ______________ clothes.

(g) She steals; she also tells lies. She‟s completely ______________.

87
 PART G
MIXED EXERCISE

88
MIXED EXERCISE

Match the synonyms in the four groups below:

GROUP A
_____ 1. dreaded a) obvious, clear
_____ 2. arise from b) interest in
_____ 3. prevalent c) start; stimulate
_____ 4. knock out d) specifically
_____ 5. exclusively e) fatal
_____ 6. strike down f) feared
_____ 7. provisional g) cause
_____ 8. deadly h) destroy; become unconscious
_____ 9. concern i. research; work and spend time doing
_____ 10. apparent j. temporary
_____ 11. activate k. kill
_____ 12. effort l. widespread

GROUP B
_____ 1. identify a) go before
_____ 2. devise b) enter
_____ 3. infected c) get better
_____ 4. hence d) incident
_____ 5. progression e) show; uncover
_____ 6. proceed f) responsibility
_____ 7. case g) recognize; label; pick out
_____ 8. precede h) therefore
_____ 9. penetrate i) contagious ill person
_____ 10. recover j) continue on
_____ 11. reveal k) create
_____ 12. burden l) development

89
GROUP C
_____ 1. initial a) change (negative)
_____ 2. fellow b) prolong
_____ 3. troubled c) probable; possibility
_____ 4. attitude d) beginning
_____ 5. lesion e) get the better of, win
_____ 6. onset f) first
_____ 7. delay g) feelings about
_____ 8. mutate h) colleague
_____ 9. outsmart i) worried
_____ 10. likelihood j) sore

GROUP D
_____ 1. contaminate a) educated
_____ 2. vulnerable b) excess (cost)
_____ 3. diminish c) thus
_____ 4. precaution d) somewhat unwilling
_____ 5. enlightened e) pollute; poison
_____ 6. reluctant f) send
_____ 7. publicize g) decline
_____ 8. hence h) to promote; announce
_____ 9. prohibitive i) safety measure; safeguard
_____ 10. transmit j) weak; open to attack

90
Sentence Connectors I

1. Overpopulation is becoming an increasingly serious problem. ___________ Many

families continue to have large numbers of children.

a) Therefore b) Nonetheless c) Moreover d) Similarly

2. She is very fat ___________, she wants to go on a diet.

a) Yet b) Likewise c) Also d) Therefore

3. Dorothy felt rather tired. ___________, she went to bed early.

a) Also b) Therefore c) Indeed d) Besides

4. John was here yesterday. ___________ I didn‟t talk to him.

a) Furthermore b) However c) Besides d) Consequently

5. The workers‟ wages weren‟t high enough; ___________, they decided to go on strike.

a) yet b) as a result c)also d) still

6. Many students have negative reactions to exams. ___________, some students can‟t sleep
or eat when they have an exam.

a) Nevertheless b) For example c) Likewise d) In addition

7. A society which values excellence in sports will turn out good athletes. ___________, a
society that holds education in high esteem will produce outstanding educators.

a) In contrast b) On the other hand c) Similarly d) In fact

8. He did not object to the plan ___________, he wholeheartedly supported it.

a) Moreover b) On the contrary c) However d) Hence

9. Most people were opposed to the scheme on the grounds that it was expensive.
___________, it is now being re-examined to see if costs can be reduced.

a) Besides b) Correspondingly c) Still d) Accordingly

10. Agriculture will have to undergo a drastic change to meet the needs of the new situation.
___________, the country will starve.

a) Otherwise b) As a matter of fact c)Yet d) So

11. “Are you going abroad again this summer?”

“We might go to Spain. ___________, we might stay at home.”

a) Also b) On the other hand c) Meanwhile d) similarly

91
12. The price of this car seems to be reasonable. ___________, it is small for our family.

a) However b) Also c) Actually d) Otherwise

13. Learning a new language is difficult. ___________, the student must work hard.

a) Also b) However c) Yet d) Therefore

14. Insects do not speak. ___________, certain insects, like bees, can communicate by doing
a special dance which shows where nectar is.

a) However b) Consequently c) Similarly d) Furthermore

15. The language laboratory helps in listening. ___________, it gives listeners opportunity to
practice speaking.

a) Still b) Nevertheless c) Moreover d) Nonetheless

16. Pronunciation of a new language is difficult at first. ___________, it becomes easier in

time.

a) However b) As a result c) Thus d) In addition

17. He has learned French. ___________, he can speak English.

a) Also b) On the other hand c) Still d) Conversely

18. Spanish and Italian are similar languages; ___________, Italian has more vowel sounds.

a) moreover b) however c) hence d) also

19. He studies hard; ___________, he finds English easy.

a) yet b) therefore c) besides d) likewise

20. San Francisco has cool, windy summers. ___________, New Orleans‟s summers are hot
and humid.

a) Nevertheless b) In contrast c) Furthermore d) In fact

92
Sentence Connectors II

1. Jack is a successful businessman. ______________, businessmen in this country now.

a) In fact b) Correspondingly c) Nonetheless d) Likewise

2. His achievements in the sport of tennis are truly impressive. ______________, he won
Wimbledon six times in succession.

a) For example b) What is more c) By the way d) Consequently

3. We must reinforce the river banks. ______________, there is bound to be flooding in the
winter.

a) As a result b) Otherwise c) In fact d) Besides

4. With all the optional extras, the price of the car is £ 80,000. ______________, it costs
more than the average price for most houses.

a) In other words b) After all c) Conversely d) Furthermore

5. He is undoubtedly the best player in the team. ______________, he is very unpopular

with the other members.

a) In contrast b) On the other hand c) Moreover d) Likewise

6. Many people think that New Orleans is a large city. ______________, it has quite a small
population.

a) On the contrary b) On the other hand c) Conversely d) Likewise

7. Tim completed the race in 4 minutes 32, 5 seconds, the slowest time for several years.
______________, it was enough to win him the gold medal.

a) In any case b) Nevertheless c) Besides d) In contrast

8. “We‟ll set off at 5 P. m., and the coach will reach the hotel at 10 p.m. ______________,
it‟s a three-star hotel, not a two-star hotel as it says on your booking form.”

a) Anyway b) On the other hand c) Also d) By the way

9. “The helicopter will arrive to evacuate the wounded in the morning,” said the doctor.
“______________, we must make them as comfortable as possible.”

a) Meanwhile b)Now c) After all d) Therefore

10. “I know he is old and rather difficult,” said Mary,” but he should be treated with more
respect. ______________, “he was once regarded as a hero and decorated by the King.”

a) Moreover b) After all c) In fact d) All the same

93
11. We could put the car on the train and just drive the last hundred kilometers to the cottage.
______________, we could drive all the way.

a) Alternatively b) On the contrary c) Nevertheless d) Similarly

12. The striking workers want higher wages. ______________, they want better working
conditions.

a) In fact b) In addition c) Consequently d) Nonetheless

13. The time available for discussion was very limited. ______________, it was possible to
produce interesting arguments.

a) As a result b) Nevertheless c) Likewise d) Actually

14. A good knowledge of a foreign language enhances one‟s chances of getting a well-paid
job. ______________, many people want to learn at least one foreign language.

a) Therefore b) On the other hand c)Yet d) Moreover

15. Denmark is a constitutional monarchy. ______________, Finland is a republic.

a) Besides b) In contrast c) In spite of this d) Thus

16. The cost of living in big cities is very high. ______________, many civil servants take
part time jobs.

a) Furthermore b) As a consequence c) Yet d) Indeed

17. Australia doesn‟t import wheat. ______________, it exports a considerable amount of

wheat every year.

a) Likewise b) On the contrary c) Hence d) On the other hand

18. Germans always shake hands when they are introduced to strangers, whereas the
Japanese give a little bow. Americans, ______________, nod their heads and say „Hi‟.

a) nevertheless b) on the other hand c) On the contrary d) similarly

19. He has a lot of experience in teaching; ______________, he is unlikely to be hired.

a) even so b) in contrast c) also d) therefore

20. ______________, Helen thought Bill was Jane‟s husband but later she realized he wasn‟t.

a) First b) At first c) Firstly d) First of all

94
Sentence Connection

In each of the following paragraphs one sentence has been omitted from the text. Using the
contextual clues, find the sentence which best fits the blank space to make the paragraph a
coherent one.

1. Jeff decided to clean his room last weekend. __________________. But once he got
started, the room‟s appearance improved quickly. After three hours of hard work he could
hardly recognize it. When his mother walked by, she could not believe how neat it was.

a) At first he was eager to do the job.

b) The job looked overwhelming at first.
c) Then he went into the storage to get the necessary equipment.
d) He took great delight in doing the job.
e) He knew it would not take him long to finish the job.

2. George visited the library yesterday. He asked for a book to read. The librarian gave him
three books to look at. ___________________. He checked the book out and took it
home with him.

a) George liked one of them.

b) They were all quite interesting books.
c) There were too many books in the library, which made it difficult for him to make a
choice.
d) However, George liked one of the books very much.
e) It was exactly what he was looking for.

3. There was an accident at the street comer. A large truck hit a small car.
_______________. The two men inside it were badly injured. The police took them to a
hospital.

a) A traffic policeman who was on duty there stopped both vehicles.

b) The small car turned over.
c) A small car was badly damaged.
d) The rivers began shouting at each other, blaming each other for the accident.
e) They both stopped, and the drivers came out, shouting angrily at each other.

4. Mary went to a beauty shop yesterday afternoon. Three women were there. One woman
had her hair cut. _____________. Then the third woman had her hair washed and set.
Finally, it was time for Mary to have her hair dyed and curled.

a) Another woman has had her hair cut, too.

b) The second woman has got her hair cut as well
c) So was the second woman.
d) The second woman has done the same.
e) The second woman had her hair done a different style.

95
5. Fish are members of the vertebrate family. Because they are cold-blooded animals, they
cannot regulate the temperature of their bodies. ____________. If fish are placed in
freezing water, their temperatures sink. But place them in warm water, the opposite
occurs.

a) Warm-blooded animals, if conditions are normal, have a constant body temperature.

b) On the other hand, they need food to maintain their body temperature.
c) Instead their body temperature depends upon their surroundings.
d) Fish lay eggs by a process known as spawning.
e) In fact, some fish live in warm water.

6. ______________. At the present time production workers are just about fifteen percent
of the labor force. However, robotics may reduce that number to a little less than 5
percent. Although robots employed in industry at the present time are limited to the
simplest tasks on the assembly line, those of the future will be aided by the intelligence of
computers.

a) The word “robot”, which was first used in a Czech play called R.U.R., actually
means “worker”.
b) Within fifty years factories may be filled not with people but with robots.
c) The dream of building a mechanical human being goes back hundreds of years.
d) Fifty years from now, robots may stand in an assembly line that produces more
robots.
e) Robots may have artificial intelligence.

7. ______________. The number of inhabitants on this planet has already reached four
billion. If the present growth rate remains unchecked, the world‟s population may very
well double in the 30 to 354 years. Such a situation may bring about starvation, poverty,
and serious health problems.

a) It is predicted that the world will face serious health problems, in the next 30 to 35
years.
b) Population growth outpaces world food supply.
c) As a matter of fact, scientists are studying ways of curbing population growth.
d) The alarming increase in the world‟s population may lead to widespread poverty in
the next 30 to 35 years.
e) One of the most important problems the world will have to face in the future is the
rapid growth of its human population.

96
What Can Logically Follow?

1. Whereas I hate jazz music, ________________.

a) my wife has a strong dislike for it

b) my wife is very fond of it
c) my wife simply disgusts it
d) but my wife likes it very much

2. Although there is no doubt that acid rain is a danger to the environment, ____________.

a) people are beginning to take the problem seriously

b) lakes and rivers in parts of the county are contaminated
c) there is considerable pressure on governments to tackle the problem immediately
d) governments are still tying to ignore the problem

3. In spite of her lack of experience in business or electronics, ________________.

a) Jane was not offered a job

b) Jane managed to get a very good job with the phone company
c) Jane failed to find a job with the university
d) Jane was very successful in all her math classes

4. In spite of the ever-increasing exploitation of natural resources, which has now reached
dangerous proportions, ________________.

a) this process has resulted from very basic needs to survive

b) human beings cannot survive unless they exploit natural resources
c) little has been done on a world-wide scale to slow down or stop this process.
d) measures must be taken to preserve these resources for future generations.

5. Even if forests were planted extensively ________________.

a) it will take quite a long time to replant them and restore the ecological balance
b) the restoration of the destroyed forests would be essential
c) environmentalists are rather concerned about the scale of destruction
d) it would take years to restore the ecological balance

6. I think he will help you ________________.

a) however, he is willing to do all he can

b) nevertheless, he is unwilling to do
c) though he is reluctant to do so
d) on the contrary, he is anxious to help you in any way he can

97
7. Regular censuses of population did not exist prior to 1800, ________________.

a) also, they kept registers for only small groups of people

b) consequently, accurate figures were available to indicate the population of each
country
c) though no attempt was made to determine what the population of any given country
was
d) although registers were maintained for small population groups prior to that time

8. Environmental pollution is a major concern in today‟s world. ________________.

a) The so-called greenhouse effect caused by carbon dioxide trapped in the atmosphere
is yet another global problem.
b) On the contrary, environmentalists have formed political parties throughout
democratic countries to stop pollution.
c) Consequently, pollution cannot be stopped; it can only be reduced.
d) Conversely, it looks as though the world is already an uninhabitable place.

9. Criminals find it difficult to get jobs when they are released from prison. Likewise,
________________.

a) patients from mental hospitals may have problems finding employment

b) criminals admit they do not have proper training
c) criminals are treated quite unfairly by many people
d) patients have a lot of difficulty adjusting to work conditions after they recover from
their illness

10. The government held an inquiry into the cause of the plane disaster. ________________.

a) According to its report bad weather conditions were to blame for the crash
b) The pilot managed to land the plane safely and with no loss of life
c) They wanted to prevent similar accidents in the future
d) The report released yesterday stated that the disaster could be avoided

98